[DOCID: f:h10v2rh.txt]
                         VOLUME 2 OF 2 VOLUMES


                                                 Union Calendar No. 453
108th CONGRESS
  2d Session
                                 H. R. 10

           [Report No. 108-724, Parts I, II, III, IV, and V]

    To provide for reform of the intelligence community, terrorism 
    prevention and prosecution, border security, and international 
         cooperation and coordination, and for other purposes.


_______________________________________________________________________


                    IN THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES

                           September 24, 2004

Mr. Hastert (for himself, Mr. DeLay, Mr. Blunt, Ms. Pryce of Ohio, Mr. 
  Hoekstra, Mr. Hunter, Mr. Young of Florida, Mr. Sensenbrenner, Mr. 
 Hyde, Mr. Tom Davis of Virginia, Mr. Oxley, Mr. Dreier, Mr. Cox, Mr. 
     Thomas, Mr. Nussle, Mr. Boehner, and Mr. Smith of New Jersey) 
    introduced the following bill; which was referred to the Select 
 Committee on Intelligence (Permanent Select), and in addition to the 
 Committees on Armed Services, Education and the Workforce, Energy and 
    Commerce, Financial Services, Government Reform, International 
     Relations, the Judiciary, Rules, Science, Transportation and 
  Infrastructure, Ways and Means, and Select Homeland Security, for a 
 period to be subsequently determined by the Speaker, in each case for 
consideration of such provisions as fall within the jurisdiction of the 
                          committee concerned

                            October 4, 2004

 Reported from the Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence with an 
                               amendment
 [Strike out all after the enacting clause and insert the part printed 
                           in boldface roman]

                            October 4, 2004

     Reported from the Committee on Armed Services with amendments
 [Omit the part struck through in brackets and insert the part printed 
                               in italic]

                            October 4, 2004

  Reported from the Committee on Financial Services with an amendment
 [Strike out all after the enacting clause and insert the part printed 
                          in boldface italic]

                            October 4, 2004

 Referral to the Committees on Education and the Workforce, Energy and 
 Commerce, Government Reform, International Relations, the Judiciary, 
Rules, Science, Transportation and Infrastructure, Ways and Means, and 
the Select Committee on Homeland Security extended for a period ending 
                     not later than October 5, 2004

                            October 5, 2004

   Reported from the Committee on Government Reform with an amendment
 [Strike out all after the enacting clause and insert the part printed 
                     in italic in bold parentheses]

                            October 5, 2004

     Reported from the Committee on the Judiciary with an amendment
 [Strike out all after the enacting clause and insert the part printed 
                  in boldface roman in bold brackets]

                            October 5, 2004

Additional sponsors: Mr. Burr, Mr. Green of Wisconsin, Mr. McInnis, Mr. 
  Goodlatte, Mr. Issa, Mr. Pickering, Mr. Sessions, Mr. Gingrey, Mrs. 
                  Miller of Michigan, and Mr. Ramstad

                            October 5, 2004

    Committees on Education and the Workforce, Energy and Commerce, 
      International Relations, Rules, Science, Transportation and 
 Infrastructure, Ways and Means, and the Select Committee on Homeland 
 Security discharged; committed to the Committee of the Whole House on 
            the State of the Union and ordered to be printed

_______________________________________________________________________

                                 A BILL


 
    To provide for reform of the intelligence community, terrorism 
    prevention and prosecution, border security, and international 
         cooperation and coordination, and for other purposes.

SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.

    This Act may be cited as the ``9/11 Recommendations Implementation 
Act''.

SEC. 2. TABLE OF CONTENTS.

    The table of contents for this Act is as follows:

             TITLE I--REFORM OF THE INTELLIGENCE COMMUNITY

Sec. 1001. Short title.
      Subtitle A--Establishment of National Intelligence Director

Sec. 1011. Reorganization and improvement of management of intelligence 
                            community.
Sec. 1012. Revised definition of national intelligence.
Sec. 1013. Joint procedures for operational coordination between 
                            Department of Defense and Central 
                            Intelligence Agency.
Sec. 1014. Role of National Intelligence Director in appointment of 
                            certain officials responsible for 
                            intelligence-related activities.
Sec. 1015. Initial appointment of the National Intelligence Director.
Sec. 1016. Executive schedule matters.
   Subtitle B--National counterterrorism Center and Civil Liberties 
                              Protections

Sec. 1021. National counterterrorism Center.
Sec. 1022. Civil Liberties Protection Officer.
            Subtitle C--Joint Intelligence Community Council

Sec. 1031. Joint Intelligence Community Council.
         Subtitle D--Improvement of Human Intelligence (HUMINT)

Sec. 1041. Human intelligence as an increasingly critical component of 
                            the intelligence community.
Sec. 1042. Improvement of human intelligence capacity.
  Subtitle E--Improvement of Education for the Intelligence Community

Sec. 1051. Modification of obligated service requirements under 
                            National Security Education Program.
Sec. 1052. Improvements to the National Flagship Language Initiative.
Sec. 1053. Establishment of scholarship program for English language 
                            studies for heritage community citizens of 
                            the United States within the National 
                            Security Education Program.
Sec. 1054. Sense of Congress with respect to language and education for 
                            the intelligence community; reports.
Sec. 1055. Advancement of foreign languages critical to the 
                            intelligence community.
Sec. 1056. Pilot project for Civilian Linguist Reserve Corps.
Sec. 1057. Codification of establishment of the National Virtual 
                            Translation Center.
Sec. 1058. Report on recruitment and retention of qualified instructors 
                            of the Defense Language Institute.
     Subtitle F--Additional Improvements of Intelligence Activities

Sec. 1061. Permanent extension of Central Intelligence Agency Voluntary 
                            Separation Incentive Program.
Sec. 1062. National Security Agency Emerging Technologies Panel.
              Subtitle G--Conforming and Other Amendments

Sec. 1071. Conforming amendments relating to roles of National 
                            Intelligence Director and Director of the 
                            Central Intelligence Agency.
Sec. 1072. Other conforming amendments.
Sec. 1073. Elements of intelligence community under National Security 
                            Act of 1947.
Sec. 1074. Redesignation of National Foreign Intelligence Program as 
                            National Intelligence Program. 
Sec. 1075. Repeal of superseded authorities.
Sec. 1076. Clerical amendments to National Security Act of 1947.
Sec. 1077. Conforming amendments relating to prohibiting dual service 
                            of the Director of the Central Intelligence 
                            Agency.
Sec. 1078. Access to Inspector General protections.
Sec. 1079. General references.
Sec. 1080. Application of other laws.
   Subtitle H--Transfer, Termination, Transition and Other Provisions

Sec. 1091. Transfer of community management staff.
Sec. 1092. Transfer of terrorist threat integration center.
Sec. 1093. Termination of positions of Assistant Directors of Central 
                            Intelligence.
Sec. 1094. Implementation plan.
Sec. 1095. Transitional authorities.
Sec. 1096. Effective dates.
               Subtitle I--Grand Jury Information Sharing

Sec. 1101. Grand jury information sharing.
                       Subtitle J--Other Matters

Sec. 1111. Interoperable law enforcement and intelligence data system.
Sec. 1112. Improvement of intelligence capabilities of the Federal 
                            Bureau of Investigation.
             TITLE II--TERRORISM PREVENTION AND PROSECUTION

     Subtitle A--Individual Terrorists as Agents of Foreign Powers

Sec. 2001. Individual terrorists as agents of foreign powers.
       Subtitle B--Stop Terrorist and Military Hoaxes Act of 2004

Sec. 2021. Short title.
Sec. 2022. Hoaxes and recovery costs.
Sec. 2023. Obstruction of justice and false statements in terrorism 
                            cases.
Sec. 2024. Clarification of definition.
 Subtitle C--Material Support to Terrorism Prohibition Enhancement Act 
                                of 2004

Sec. 2041. Short title.
Sec. 2042. Receiving military-type training from a foreign terrorist 
                            organization.
Sec. 2043. Providing material support to terrorism.
Sec. 2044. Financing of terrorism.
Subtitle D--Weapons of Mass Destruction Prohibition Improvement Act of 
                                  2004

Sec. 2051. Short title.
Sec. 2052. Weapons of mass destruction.
Sec. 2053. Participation in nuclear and weapons of mass destruction 
                            threats to the United States.
          Subtitle E--Money Laundering and Terrorist Financing

   Chapter 1--Funding to Combat Financial Crimes Including Terrorist 
                               Financing

Sec. 2101. Additional authorization for FinCEN.
Sec. 2102. Money laundering and financial crimes strategy 
                            reauthorization.
   Chapter 2--Enforcement Tools to Combat Financial Crimes Including 
 subchapter a--money laundering abatement and financial antiterrorism 
                         technical corrections
Sec. 2111. Short title.
Sec. 2112. Technical corrections to Public Law 107-56.
Sec. 2113. Technical corrections to other provisions of law.
Sec. 2114. Repeal of review.
Sec. 2115. Effesubchapter b--additional enforcement tools
Sec. 2121. Bureau of Engraving and Printing security printing.
Sec. 2122. Conduct in aid of counterfeiting.
Sec. 2123. Reporting of cross-border transmittal of funds.
Sec. 2124. Enhanced effectiveness of examinations, including anti-money 
      subchapter c--unlawful internet gambling funding prohibition
Sec. 2131. Short title.
Sec. 2132. Findings.
Sec. 2133. Policies and procedures required to prevent payments for 
                            unlawful internet gambling.
Sec. 2134. Definitions.
Sec. 2135. Common sense rule of construction.
             Subtitle F--Criminal History Background Checks

Sec. 2141. Short title.
Sec. 2142. Criminal history information checks.
Subtitle G--Protection of United States Aviation System from Terrorist 
                                Attacks

Sec. 2171. Provision for the use of biometric or other technology.
Sec. 2172. Transportation security strategic planning.
Sec. 2173. Next generation airline passenger prescreening.
Sec. 2174. Deployment and use of explosive detection equipment at 
                            airport screening checkpoints.
Sec. 2175. Pilot program to evaluate use of blast-resistant cargo and 
                            baggage containers.
Sec. 2176. Air cargo screening technology.
Sec. 2177. Airport checkpoint screening explosive detection.
Sec. 2178. Next generation security checkpoint.
Sec. 2179. Penalty for failure to secure cockpit door.
Sec. 2180. Federal air marshal anonymity.
Sec. 2181. Federal law enforcement in-flight counterterrorism training.
Sec. 2182. Federal flight deck officer weapon carriage pilot program.
Sec. 2183. Registered traveler program.
Sec. 2184. Wireless communication.
Sec. 2185. Secondary flight deck barriers.
Sec. 2186. Extension.
Sec. 2187. Perimeter Security.
Sec. 2188. Definitions.
                       Subtitle H--Other Matters

Sec. 2191. Grand jury information sharing.
Sec. 2192. Interoperable law enforcement and intelligence data system.
Sec. 2193. Improvement of intelligence capabilities of the Federal 
                            Bureau of Investigation.
            TITLE III--BORDER SECURITY AND TERRORIST TRAVEL

        Subtitle A--Immigration Reform in the National Interest

                     Chapter 1--General Provisions

Sec. 3001. Eliminating the ``Western Hemisphere'' exception for 
                            citizens.
Sec. 3002. Modification of waiver authority with respect to 
                            documentation requirements for nationals of 
                            foreign contiguous territories and adjacent 
                            islands.
Sec. 3003. Increase in full-time border patrol agents.
Sec. 3004. Increase in full-time immigration and customs enforcement 
                            investigators.
Sec. 3005. Alien identification standards.
Sec. 3006. Expedited removal.
Sec. 3007. Preventing terrorists from obtaining asylum.
Sec. 3008. Revocation of visas and other travel documentation.
Sec. 3009. Judicial review of orders of removal.
    Chapter 2--Deportation of Terrorists and Supporters of Terrorism

Sec. 3031. Expanded inapplicability of restriction on removal.
Sec. 3032. Exception to restriction on removal for terrorists and 
                            criminals.
Sec. 3033. Additional removal authorities.
                Subtitle B--Identity Management Security

    Chapter 1--Improved Security for Drivers' Licenses and Personal 
                          Identification Cards

Sec. 3051. Definitions.
Sec. 3052. Minimum document requirements and issuance standards for 
                            Federal recognition.
Sec. 3053. Linking of databases.
Sec. 3054. Trafficking in authentication features for use in false 
                            identification documents.
Sec. 3055. Grants to States.
Sec. 3056. Authority.
          Chapter 2--Improved Security for Birth Certificates

Sec. 3061. Definitions.
Sec. 3062. Applicability of minimum standards to local governments.
Sec. 3063. Minimum standards for Federal recognition.
Sec. 3064. Establishment of electronic birth and death registration 
                            systems.
Sec. 3065. Electronic verification of vital events.
Sec. 3066. Grants to States.
Sec. 3067. Authority.
Chapter 3--Measures To Enhance Privacy and Integrity of Social Security 
                            Account Numbers

Sec. 3071. Prohibition of the display of social security account 
                            numbers on driver's licenses or motor 
                            vehicle registrations.
Sec. 3072. Independent verification of birth records provided in 
                            support of applications for social security 
                            account numbers.
Sec. 3073. Enumeration at birth.
Sec. 3074. Study relating to use of photographic identification in 
                            connection with applications for benefits, 
                            social security account numbers, and social 
                            security cards.
Sec. 3075. Restrictions on issuance of multiple replacement social 
                            security cards.
Sec. 3076. Study relating to modification of the social security 
                            account numbering system to show work 
                            authorization status.
                 Subtitle C--Targeting Terrorist Travel

Sec. 3081. Studies on machine-readable passports and travel history 
                            database.
Sec. 3082. Expanded preinspection at foreign airports.
Sec. 3083. Immigration security initiative.
Sec. 3084. Responsibilities and functions of consular officers.
Sec. 3085. Increase in penalties for fraud and related activity.
Sec. 3086. Criminal penalty for false claim to citizenship.
Sec. 3087. Antiterrorism assistance training of the Department of 
                            State.
Sec. 3088. International agreements to track and curtail terrorist 
                            travel through the use of fraudulently 
                            obtained documents.
Sec. 3089. International standards for translation of names into the 
                            Roman alphabet for international travel 
                            documents and name-based watchlist systems.
Sec. 3090. Biometric entry and exit data system.
Sec. 3091. Enhanced responsibilities of the Coordinator for 
                            counterterrorism.
Sec. 3092. Establishment of Office of Visa and Passport Security in the 
                            Department of State.
                      Subtitle D--Terrorist Travel

Sec. 3101. Information sharing and coordination.
Sec. 3102. Terrorist travel program.
Sec. 3103. Training program.
Sec. 3104. Technology acquisition and dissemination plan.
               Subtitle E--Maritime Security Requirements

Sec. 3111. Deadlines for implementation of maritime security 
                            requirements.
          TITLE IV--INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION AND COORDINATION

         Subtitle A--Attack Terrorists and Their Organizations

        Chapter 1--Provisions Relating to Terrorist Sanctuaries

Sec. 4001. United States policy on terrorist sanctuaries.
Sec. 4002. Reports on terrorist sanctuaries.
Sec. 4003. Amendments to existing law to include terrorist sanctuaries.
                      Chapter 2--Other Provisions

Sec. 4011. Appointments to fill vacancies in Arms Control and 
                            Nonproliferation Advisory Board.
Sec. 4012. Review of United States policy on proliferation of weapons 
                            of mass destruction and control of 
                            strategic weapons.
Sec. 4013. International agreements to interdict acts of international 
                            terrorism.
Sec. 4014. Effective Coalition approach toward detention and humane 
                            treatment of captured terrorists.
Sec. 4015. Sense of Congress and report regarding counter-drug efforts 
                            in Afghanistan.
         Subtitle B--Prevent the Continued Growth of Terrorism

               Chapter 1--United States Public Diplomacy

Sec. 4021. Annual review and assessment of public diplomacy strategy.
Sec. 4022. Public diplomacy training.
Sec. 4023. Promoting direct exchanges with Muslim countries.
Sec. 4024. Public diplomacy required for promotion in Foreign Service.
            Chapter 2--United States Multilateral Diplomacy

Sec. 4031. Purpose.
Sec. 4032. Support and expansion of democracy caucus.
Sec. 4033. Leadership and membership of international organizations.
Sec. 4034. Increased training in multilateral diplomacy.
Sec. 4035. Implementation and establishment of Office on Multilateral 
                            Negotiations.
                      Chapter 3--Other Provisions

Sec. 4041. Pilot program to provide grants to American-sponsored 
                            schools in predominantly Muslim countries 
                            to provide scholarships.
Sec. 4042. Enhancing free and independent media.
Sec. 4043. Combating biased or false foreign media coverage of the 
                            United States.
Sec. 4044. Report on broadcast outreach strategy.
Sec. 4045. Office relocation.
Sec. 4046. Strengthening the Community of Democracies for Muslim 
                            countries.
  Subtitle C--Reform of Designation of Foreign Terrorist Organizations

Sec. 4051. Designation of foreign terrorist organizations.
Sec. 4052. Inclusion in annual Department of State country reports on 
                            terrorism of information on terrorist 
                            groups that seek weapons of mass 
                            destruction and groups that have been 
                            designated as foreign terrorist 
                            organizations.
     Subtitle D--Afghanistan Freedom Support Act Amendments of 2004

Sec. 4061. Short title.
Sec. 4062. Coordination of assistance for Afghanistan.
Sec. 4063. General provisions relating to the Afghanistan Freedom 
                            Support Act of 2002.
Sec. 4064. Rule of law and related issues.
Sec. 4065. Monitoring of assistance.
Sec. 4066. United States policy to support disarmament of private 
                            militias and to support expansion of 
                            international peacekeeping and security 
                            operations in Afghanistan.
Sec. 4067. Efforts to expand international peacekeeping and security 
                            operations in Afghanistan.
Sec. 4068. Provisions relating to counternarcotics efforts in 
                            Afghanistan.
Sec. 4069. Additional amendments to the Afghanistan Freedom Support Act 
                            of 2002.
Sec. 4070. Repeal.
      Subtitle E--Provisions Relating to Saudi Arabia and Pakistan

Sec. 4081. New United States strategy for relationship with Saudi 
                            Arabia.
Sec. 4082. United States commitment to the future of Pakistan.
Sec. 4083. Extension of Pakistan waivers.
                    Subtitle F--Oversight Provisions

Sec. 4091. Case-Zablocki Act requirements.
  Subtitle G--Additional Protections of United States Aviation System 
                         from Terrorist Attacks

Sec. 4101. International agreements to allow maximum deployment of 
                            Federal flight deck officers.
Sec. 4102. Federal air marshal training.
Sec. 4103. Man-portable air defense systems (MANPADS).
Subtitle H--Improving International Standards and Cooperation to Fight 
                          Terrorist Financing

Sec. 4111. Sense of the Congress regarding success in multilateral 
                            organizations.
Sec. 4112. Expanded reporting and testimony requirements for the 
                            Secretary of the Treasury.
Sec. 4113. Coordination of United States Government efforts.
Sec. 4114. Definitions.
                   TITLE V--GOVERNMENT RESTRUCTURING

      Subtitle A--Faster and Smarter Funding for First Responders

Sec. 5001. Short title.
Sec. 5002. Findings.
Sec. 5003. Faster and smarter funding for first responders.
Sec. 5004. Modification of homeland security advisory system.
Sec. 5005. Coordination of industry efforts.
Sec. 5006. Superseded provision.
Sec. 5007. Sense of Congress regarding interoperable communications.
Sec. 5008. Sense of Congress regarding citizen corps councils.
Sec. 5009. Study regarding nationwide emergency notification system.
Sec. 5010. Required coordination.
            Subtitle B--Government Reorganization Authority

Sec. 5021. Authorization of intelligence community reorganization 
                            plans.
   Subtitle C--Restructuring Relating to the Department of Homeland 
                  Security and Congressional Oversight

Sec. 5025. Responsibilities of counternarcotics Office.
Sec. 5026. Use of counternarcotics enforcement activities in certain 
                            employee performance appraisals.
Sec. 5027. Sense of the House of Representatives on addressing homeland 
                            security for the American people.
            Subtitle D--Improvements to Information Security

Sec. 5031. Amendments to Clinger-Cohen provisions to enhance agency 
                            planning for information security needs.
             Subtitle E--Personnel Management Improvements

                 Chapter 1--Appointments Process Reform

Sec. 5041. Appointments to national security positions.
Sec. 5042. Presidential inaugural transitions.
Sec. 5043. Public financial disclosure for the intelligence community.
Sec. 5044. Reduction of positions requiring appointment with Senate 
                            confirmation.
Sec. 5045. Effective dates.
       Chapter 2--Federal Bureau of Investigation Revitalization

Sec. 5051. Mandatory separation age.
Sec. 5052. Retention and relocation bonuses.
Sec. 5053. Federal Bureau of Investigation Reserve Service.
Sec. 5054. Critical positions in the Federal Bureau of Investigation 
                            intelligence directorate.
                    Chapter 3--Management Authority

Sec. 5061. Management authority.
              Subtitle F--Security Clearance Modernization

Sec. 5071. Definitions.
Sec. 5072. Security clearance and investigative programs oversight and 
                            administration.
Sec. 5073. Reciprocity of security clearance and access determinations.
Sec. 5074. Establishment of national database.
Sec. 5075. Use of available technology in clearance investigations.
Sec. 5076. Reduction in length of personnel security clearance process.
Sec. 5077. Security clearances for presidential transition.
Sec. 5078. Reports.
              Subtitle G--Emergency Financial Preparedness

        Chapter 1--Emergency Preparedness for Fiscal Authorities

Sec. 5081. Delegation authority of the Secretary of the Treasury.
Sec. 5081A. Treasury support for financial services industry 
                            preparedness and response.
              subchapter a--netting of financial contracts
Sec. 5082. Short title.
Sec. 5082A. Treatment of certain agreements by conservators or 
                            receivers of insured depository 
                            institutions.
Sec. 5082B. Authority of the FDIC and NCUAB with respect to failed and 
                            failing institutions.
Sec. 5082C. Amendments relating to transfers of qualified financial 
                            contracts.
Sec. 5082D. Amendments relating to disaffirmance or repudiation of 
                            qualified financial contracts.
Sec. 5082E. Clarifying amendment relating to master agreements.
Sec. 5082F. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 
                            1991.
Sec. 5082G. Bankruptcy code amendments.
Sec. 5082H. Recordkeeping requirements.
Sec. 5082I. Exemptions from contemporaneous execution requirement.
Sec. 5082J. Damage measure.
Sec. 5082K. SIPC stay.
Sec. 5082L. Applicability of other sections to chapter 9.
Sec. 5082M. Effective date; application of amendments.
Sec. 5082N. Sasubchapter b--emergency securities response
Sec. 5086. Short title.
Sec. 5087. Extension of emergency order authority of the Securities and 
                            Exchange Commission.
Sec. 5088. Parallel authority of the Secretary of the Treasury with 
                            respect to government securities.
Sec. 5089. Joint report on implementation of financial system 
                            resilience recommendations.
Sec. 5089A. Private sector preparedness.
Sec. 5089B. Report on public/private partnerships.
                       Subtitle H--Other Matters

                       Chapter 1--Privacy Matters

Sec. 5091. Requirement that agency rulemaking take into consideration 
                            impacts on individual privacy.
Sec. 5092. Chief privacy officers for agencies with law enforcement or 
                            anti-terrorism functions.
            Chapter 2--Mutual Aid and Litigation Management

Sec. 5101. Short title.
Sec. 5102. Mutual aid authorized.
Sec. 5103. Litigation management agreements.
Sec. 5104. Additional provisions.
Sec. 5105. Definitions.
                    Chapter 3--Miscellaneous Matters

Sec. 5131. Enhancement of public safety communications 
                            interoperability.
Sec. 5132. Sense of Congress regarding the incident command system.
Sec. 5133. Sense of Congress regarding United States Northern Command 
                            plans and strategies.

             TITLE I--REFORM OF THE INTELLIGENCE COMMUNITY

SEC. 1001. SHORT TITLE.

    This title may be cited as the ``National Security Intelligence 
Improvement Act of 2004''.

      Subtitle A--Establishment of National Intelligence Director

SEC. 1011. REORGANIZATION AND IMPROVEMENT OF MANAGEMENT OF INTELLIGENCE 
              COMMUNITY.

    (a) In General.--Title I of the National Security Act of 1947 (50 
U.S.C. 402 et seq.) is amended by striking sections 102 through 104 and 
inserting the following new sections:

                    ``national intelligence director

    ``Sec. 102. (a) National Intelligence Director.--(1) There is a 
National Intelligence Director who shall be appointed by the President, 
by and with the advice and consent of the Senate.
    ``(2) The National Intelligence Director shall not be located 
within the Executive Office of the President.
    ``(b) Principal Responsibility.--Subject to the authority, 
direction, and control of the President, the National Intelligence 
Director shall--
            ``(1) serve as head of the intelligence community;
            ``(2) act as the principal adviser to the President, to the 
        National Security Council, and the Homeland Security Council 
        for intelligence matters related to the national security; and
            ``(3) through the heads of the departments containing 
        elements of the intelligence community, and the Central 
        Intelligence Agency, manage and oversee the execution of the 
        National Intelligence Program and direct the National 
        Intelligence Program.
    ``(c) Prohibition on Dual Service.--The individual serving in the 
position of National Intelligence Director shall not, while so serving, 
also serve as the Director of the Central Intelligence Agency or as the 
head of any other element of the intelligence community.

    ``responsibilities and authorities of the national intelligence 
                                director

    ``Sec. 102A. (a) Provision of Intelligence.--(1) Under the 
direction of the President, the National Intelligence Director shall be 
responsible for ensuring that national intelligence is provided--
            ``(A) to the President;
            ``(B) to the heads of departments and agencies of the 
        executive branch;
            ``(C) to the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff and 
        senior military commanders;
            ``(D) where appropriate, to the Senate and House of 
        Representatives and the committees thereof; and
            ``(E) to such other persons as the National Intelligence 
        Director determines to be appropriate.
    ``(2) Such national intelligence should be timely, objective, 
independent of political considerations, and based upon all sources 
available to the intelligence community and other appropriate entities.
    ``(b) Access to Intelligence.--To the extent approved by the 
President, the National Intelligence Director shall have access to all 
national intelligence and intelligence related to the national security 
which is collected by any Federal department, agency, or other entity, 
except as otherwise provided by law or, as appropriate, under 
guidelines agreed upon by the Attorney General and the National 
Intelligence Director.
    ``(c) Budget Authorities.--(1)(A) The National Intelligence 
Director shall develop and present to the President on an annual basis 
a budget for intelligence and intelligence-related activities of the 
United States.
    ``(B) In carrying out subparagraph (A) for any fiscal year for the 
components of the budget that comprise the National Intelligence 
Program, the National Intelligence Director shall provide guidance to 
the heads of departments containing elements of the intelligence 
community, and to the heads of the elements of the intelligence 
community, for development of budget inputs to the National 
Intelligence Director.
    ``(2)(A) The National Intelligence Director shall participate in 
the development by the Secretary of Defense of the annual budgets for 
the Joint Military Intelligence Program and for Tactical Intelligence 
and Related Activities.
    ``(B) The National Intelligence Director shall provide guidance for 
the development of the annual budget for each element of the 
intelligence community that is not within the National Intelligence 
Program.
    ``(3) In carrying out paragraphs (1) and (2), the National 
Intelligence Director may, as appropriate, obtain the advice of the 
Joint Intelligence Community Council.
    ``(4) The National Intelligence Director shall ensure the effective 
execution of the annual budget for intelligence and intelligence-
related activities.
    ``(5)(A) The National Intelligence Director shall facilitate the 
management and execution of funds appropriated for the National 
Intelligence Program.
    ``(B) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, in receiving 
funds pursuant to relevant appropriations Acts for the National 
Intelligence Program, the Office of Management and Budget shall 
apportion funds appropriated for the National Intelligence Program to 
the National Intelligence Director for allocation to the elements of 
the intelligence community through the host executive departments that 
manage programs and activities that are part of the National 
Intelligence Program.
    ``(C) The National Intelligence Director shall monitor the 
implementation and execution of the National Intelligence Program by 
the heads of the elements of the intelligence community that manage 
programs and activities that are part of the National Intelligence 
Program, which may include audits and evaluations, as necessary and 
feasible.
    ``(6) Apportionment and allotment of funds under this subsection 
shall be subject to chapter 13 and section 1517 of title 31, United 
States Code, and the Congressional Budget and Impoundment Control Act 
of 1974 (2 U.S.C. 621 et seq.).
    ``(7)(A) The National Intelligence Director shall provide a 
quarterly report, beginning April 1, 2005, and ending April 1, 2007, to 
the President and the Congress regarding implementation of this 
section.
    ``(B) The National Intelligence Director shall report to the 
President and the Congress not later than 5 days after learning of any 
instance in which a departmental comptroller acts in a manner 
inconsistent with the law (including permanent statutes, authorization 
Acts, and appropriations Acts), or the direction of the National 
Intelligence Director, in carrying out the National Intelligence 
Program.
    ``(d) Role of National Intelligence Director in Reprogramming.--(1) 
No funds made available under the National Intelligence Program may be 
transferred or reprogrammed without the prior approval of the National 
Intelligence Director, except in accordance with procedures prescribed 
by the National Intelligence Director.
    ``(2) The Secretary of Defense shall consult with the National 
Intelligence Director before transferring or reprogramming funds made 
available under the Joint Military Intelligence Program.
    ``(e) Transfer of Funds or Personnel Within National Intelligence 
Program.--(1) In addition to any other authorities available under law 
for such purposes, the National Intelligence Director, with the 
approval of the Director of the Office of Management and Budget--
            ``(A) may transfer funds appropriated for a program within 
        the National Intelligence Program to another such program; and
            ``(B) in accordance with procedures to be developed by the 
        National Intelligence Director and the heads of the departments 
        and agencies concerned, may transfer personnel authorized for 
        an element of the intelligence community to another such 
        element for periods up to one year.
    ``(2) The amounts available for transfer in the National 
Intelligence Program in any given fiscal year, and the terms and 
conditions governing such transfers, are subject to the provisions of 
annual appropriations Acts and this subsection.
    ``(3)(A) A transfer of funds or personnel may be made under this 
subsection only if--
            ``(i) the funds or personnel are being transferred to an 
        activity that is a higher priority intelligence activity;
            ``(ii) the need for funds or personnel for such activity is 
        based on unforeseen requirements;
            ``(iii) the transfer does not involve a transfer of funds 
        to the Reserve for Contingencies of the Central Intelligence 
        Agency;
            ``(iv) in the case of a transfer of funds, the transfer 
        results in a cumulative transfer of funds out of any department 
        or agency, as appropriate, funded in the National Intelligence 
        Program in a single fiscal year--
                    ``(I) that is less than $100,000,000, and
                    ``(II) that is less than 5 percent of amounts 
                available to a department or agency under the National 
                Intelligence Program; and
            ``(v) the transfer does not terminate a program.
    ``(B) A transfer may be made without regard to a limitation set 
forth in clause (iv) or (v) of subparagraph (A) if the transfer has the 
concurrence of the head of the department or agency involved. The 
authority to provide such concurrence may only be delegated by the head 
of the department or agency involved to the deputy of such officer.
    ``(4) Funds transferred under this subsection shall remain 
available for the same period as the appropriations account to which 
transferred.
    ``(5) Any transfer of funds under this subsection shall be carried 
out in accordance with existing procedures applicable to reprogramming 
notifications for the appropriate congressional committees. Any 
proposed transfer for which notice is given to the appropriate 
congressional committees shall be accompanied by a report explaining 
the nature of the proposed transfer and how it satisfies the 
requirements of this subsection. In addition, the congressional 
intelligence committees shall be promptly notified of any transfer of 
funds made pursuant to this subsection in any case in which the 
transfer would not have otherwise required reprogramming notification 
under procedures in effect as of the date of the enactment of this 
subsection.
    ``(6)(A) The National Intelligence Director shall promptly submit 
to--
            ``(i) the congressional intelligence committees,
            ``(ii) in the case of the transfer of personnel to or from 
        the Department of Defense, the Committee on Armed Services of 
        the Senate and the Committee on Armed Services of the House of 
        Representatives, and
            ``(iii) in the case of the transfer of personnel to or from 
        the Department of Justice, to the Committees on the Judiciary 
        of the Senate and the House of Representatives,
a report on any transfer of personnel made pursuant to this subsection.
    ``(B) The Director shall include in any such report an explanation 
of the nature of the transfer and how it satisfies the requirements of 
this subsection.
    ``(f) Tasking and Other Authorities.--(1)(A) The National 
Intelligence Director shall--
            ``(i) develop collection objectives, priorities, and 
        guidance for the intelligence community to ensure timely and 
        effective collection, processing, analysis, and dissemination 
        (including access by users to collected data consistent with 
        applicable law and, as appropriate, the guidelines referred to 
        in subsection (b) and analytic products generated by or within 
        the intelligence community) of national intelligence;
            ``(ii) determine and establish requirements and priorities 
        for, and manage and direct the tasking of, collection, 
        analysis, production, and dissemination of national 
        intelligence by elements of the intelligence community, 
        including--
                    ``(I) approving requirements for collection and 
                analysis, and
                    ``(II) resolving conflicts in collection 
                requirements and in the tasking of national collection 
                assets of the elements of the intelligence community; 
                and
            ``(iii) provide advisory tasking to intelligence elements 
        of those agencies and departments not within the National 
        Intelligence Program.
    ``(B) The authority of the National Intelligence Director under 
subparagraph (A) shall not apply--
            ``(i) insofar as the President so directs;
            ``(ii) with respect to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A), 
        insofar as the Secretary of Defense exercises tasking authority 
        under plans or arrangements agreed upon by the Secretary of 
        Defense and the National Intelligence Director; or
            ``(iii) to the direct dissemination of information to State 
        government and local government officials and private sector 
        entities pursuant to sections 201 and 892 of the Homeland 
        Security Act of 2002 (6 U.S.C. 121, 482).
    ``(2) The National Intelligence Director shall oversee the National 
counterterrorism Center and may establish such other national 
intelligence centers as the Director determines necessary.
    ``(3)(A) The National Intelligence Director shall prescribe 
community-wide personnel policies that--
            ``(i) facilitate assignments across community elements and 
        to the intelligence centers;
            ``(ii) establish overarching standards for intelligence 
        education and training; and
            ``(iii) promote the most effective analysis and collection 
        of intelligence by ensuring a diverse workforce, including the 
        recruitment and training of women, minorities, and individuals 
        with diverse, ethnic, and linguistic backgrounds.
    ``(B) In developing the policies prescribed under subparagraph (A), 
the National Intelligence Director shall consult with the heads of the 
departments containing the elements of the intelligence community.
    ``(C) Policies prescribed under subparagraph (A) shall not be 
inconsistent with the personnel policies otherwise applicable to 
members of the uniformed services.
    ``(4) The National Intelligence Director shall ensure compliance 
with the Constitution and laws of the United States by the Central 
Intelligence Agency and shall ensure such compliance by other elements 
of the intelligence community through the host executive departments 
that manage the programs and activities that are part of the National 
Intelligence Program.
    ``(5) The National Intelligence Director shall ensure the 
elimination of waste and unnecessary duplication within the 
intelligence community.
    ``(6) The National Intelligence Director shall perform such other 
functions as the President may direct.
Nothing in this Act shall be construed as affecting the role of the 
Department of Justice or the Attorney General with respect to 
applications under the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act of 1978.
    ``(g) Intelligence Information Sharing.--(1) The National 
Intelligence Director shall have principal authority to ensure maximum 
availability of and access to intelligence information within the 
intelligence community consistent with national security requirements. 
The National Intelligence Director shall--
            ``(A) establish uniform security standards and procedures;
            ``(B) establish common information technology standards, 
        protocols, and interfaces;
            ``(C) ensure development of information technology systems 
        that include multi-level security and intelligence integration 
        capabilities; and
            ``(D) establish policies and procedures to resolve 
        conflicts between the need to share intelligence information 
        and the need to protect intelligence sources and methods.
    ``(2) The President shall ensure that the National Intelligence 
Director has all necessary support and authorities to fully and 
effectively implement paragraph (1).
    ``(3) Except as otherwise directed by the President or with the 
specific written agreement of the head of the department or agency in 
question, a Federal agency or official shall not be considered to have 
met any obligation to provide any information, report, assessment, or 
other material (including unevaluated intelligence information) to that 
department or agency solely by virtue of having provided that 
information, report, assessment, or other material to the National 
Intelligence Director or the National counterterrorism Center.
    ``(4) Not later than February 1 of each year, the National 
Intelligence Director shall submit to the President and to the Congress 
an annual report that identifies any statute, regulation, policy, or 
practice that the Director believes impedes the ability of the Director 
to fully and effectively implement paragraph (1).
    ``(h) Analysis.--(1) The National Intelligence Director shall 
ensure that all elements of the intelligence community strive for the 
most accurate analysis of intelligence derived from all sources to 
support national security needs.
    ``(2) The National Intelligence Director shall ensure that 
intelligence analysis generally receives the highest priority when 
distributing resources within the intelligence community and shall 
carry out duties under this subsection in a manner that--
            ``(A) develops all-source analysis techniques;
            ``(B) ensures competitive analysis;
            ``(C) ensures that differences in judgment are fully 
        considered and brought to the attention of policymakers; and
            ``(D) builds relationships between intelligence collectors 
        and analysts to facilitate greater understanding of the needs 
        of analysts.
    ``(i) Protection of Intelligence Sources and Methods.--(1) In order 
to protect intelligence sources and methods from unauthorized 
disclosure and, consistent with that protection, to maximize the 
dissemination of intelligence, the National Intelligence Director shall 
establish and implement guidelines for the intelligence community for 
the following purposes:
            ``(A) Classification of information.
            ``(B) Access to and dissemination of intelligence, both in 
        final form and in the form when initially gathered.
            ``(C) Preparation of intelligence products in such a way 
        that source information is removed to allow for dissemination 
        at the lowest level of classification possible or in 
        unclassified form to the extent practicable.
    ``(2) The Director may only delegate a duty or authority given the 
Director under this subsection to the Deputy National Intelligence 
Director.
    ``(j) Uniform Procedures for Sensitive Compartmented Information.--
The President, acting through the National Intelligence Director, 
shall--
            ``(1) establish uniform standards and procedures for the 
        grant of access to sensitive compartmented information to any 
        officer or employee of any agency or department of the United 
        States and to employees of contractors of those agencies or 
        departments;
            ``(2) ensure the consistent implementation of those 
        standards and procedures throughout such agencies and 
        departments;
            ``(3) ensure that security clearances granted by individual 
        elements of the intelligence community are recognized by all 
        elements of the intelligence community, and under contracts 
        entered into by those agencies; and
            ``(4) ensure that the process for investigation and 
        adjudication of an application for access to sensitive 
        compartmented information is performed in the most expeditious 
        manner possible consistent with applicable standards for 
        national security.
    ``(k) Coordination With Foreign Governments.--Under the direction 
of the President and in a manner consistent with section 207 of the 
Foreign Service Act of 1980 (22 U.S.C. 3927), the National Intelligence 
Director shall oversee the coordination of the relationships between 
elements of the intelligence community and the intelligence or security 
services of foreign governments on all matters involving intelligence 
related to the national security or involving intelligence acquired 
through clandestine means.
    ``(l) Enhanced Personnel Management.--(1)(A) The National 
Intelligence Director shall, under regulations prescribed by the 
Director, provide incentives for personnel of elements of the 
intelligence community to serve--
            ``(i) on the staff of the National Intelligence Director;
            ``(ii) on the staff of the national intelligence centers;
            ``(iii) on the staff of the National counterterrorism 
        Center; and
            ``(iv) in other positions in support of the intelligence 
        community management functions of the Director.
    ``(B) Incentives under subparagraph (A) may include financial 
incentives, bonuses, and such other awards and incentives as the 
Director considers appropriate.
    ``(2)(A) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the personnel 
of an element of the intelligence community who are assigned or 
detailed under paragraph (1)(A) to service under the National 
Intelligence Director shall be promoted at rates equivalent to or 
better than personnel of such element who are not so assigned or 
detailed.
    ``(B) The Director may prescribe regulations to carry out this 
section.
    ``(3)(A) The National Intelligence Director shall prescribe 
mechanisms to facilitate the rotation of personnel of the intelligence 
community through various elements of the intelligence community in the 
course of their careers in order to facilitate the widest possible 
understanding by such personnel of the variety of intelligence 
requirements, methods, users, and capabilities.
    ``(B) The mechanisms prescribed under subparagraph (A) may include 
the following:
            ``(i) The establishment of special occupational categories 
        involving service, over the course of a career, in more than 
        one element of the intelligence community.
            ``(ii) The provision of rewards for service in positions 
        undertaking analysis and planning of operations involving two 
        or more elements of the intelligence community.
            ``(iii) The establishment of requirements for education, 
        training, service, and evaluation that involve service in more 
        than one element of the intelligence community.
    ``(C) It is the sense of Congress that the mechanisms prescribed 
under this subsection should, to the extent practical, seek to 
duplicate for civilian personnel within the intelligence community the 
joint officer management policies established by chapter 38 of title 
10, United States Code, and the other amendments made by title IV of 
the Goldwater-Nichols Department of Defense Reorganization Act of 1986 
(Public Law 99-433).
    ``(4)(A) This subsection shall not apply with respect to personnel 
of the elements of the intelligence community who are members of the 
uniformed services or law enforcement officers (as that term is defined 
in section 5541(3) of title 5, United States Code).
    ``(B) Assignment to the Office of the National Intelligence 
Director of commissioned officers of the Armed Forces shall be 
considered a joint-duty assignment for purposes of the joint officer 
management policies prescribed by chapter 38 of title 10, United States 
Code, and other provisions of that title.
    ``(m) Additional Authority With Respect to Personnel.--(1) In 
addition to the authorities under subsection (f)(3), the National 
Intelligence Director may exercise with respect to the personnel of the 
Office of the National Intelligence Director any authority of the 
Director of the Central Intelligence Agency with respect to the 
personnel of the Central Intelligence Agency under the Central 
Intelligence Agency Act of 1949 (50 U.S.C. 403a et seq.), and other 
applicable provisions of law, as of the date of the enactment of this 
subsection to the same extent, and subject to the same conditions and 
limitations, that the Director of the Central Intelligence Agency may 
exercise such authority with respect to personnel of the Central 
Intelligence Agency.
    ``(2) Employees and applicants for employment of the Office of the 
National Intelligence Director shall have the same rights and 
protections under the Office of the National Intelligence Director as 
employees of the Central Intelligence Agency have under the Central 
Intelligence Agency Act of 1949, and other applicable provisions of 
law, as of the date of the enactment of this subsection.
    ``(n) Acquisition Authorities.--(1) In carrying out the 
responsibilities and authorities under this section, the National 
Intelligence Director may exercise the acquisition authorities referred 
to in the Central Intelligence Agency Act of 1949 (50 U.S.C. 403a et 
seq.).
    ``(2) For the purpose of the exercise of any authority referred to 
in paragraph (1), a reference to the head of an agency shall be deemed 
to be a reference to the National Intelligence Director or the Deputy 
National Intelligence Director.
    ``(3)(A) Any determination or decision to be made under an 
authority referred to in paragraph (1) by the head of an agency may be 
made with respect to individual purchases and contracts or with respect 
to classes of purchases or contracts, and shall be final.
    ``(B) Except as provided in subparagraph (C), the National 
Intelligence Director or the Deputy National Intelligence Director may, 
in such official's discretion, delegate to any officer or other 
official of the Office of the National Intelligence Director any 
authority to make a determination or decision as the head of the agency 
under an authority referred to in paragraph (1).
    ``(C) The limitations and conditions set forth in section 3(d) of 
the Central Intelligence Agency Act of 1949 (50 U.S.C. 403c(d)) shall 
apply to the exercise by the National Intelligence Director of an 
authority referred to in paragraph (1).
    ``(D) Each determination or decision required by an authority 
referred to in the second sentence of section 3(d) of the Central 
Intelligence Agency Act of 1949 shall be based upon written findings 
made by the official making such determination or decision, which 
findings shall be final and shall be available within the Office of the 
National Intelligence Director for a period of at least six years 
following the date of such determination or decision.
    ``(o) Consideration of Views of Elements of the Intelligence 
Community.--In carrying out the duties and responsibilities under this 
section, the National Intelligence Director shall take into account the 
views of a head of a department containing an element of the 
intelligence community and of the Director of the Central Intelligence 
Agency.

             ``office of the national intelligence director

    ``Sec. 103. (a) Establishment of Office; Function.--(1) There is an 
Office of the National Intelligence Director. The Office of the 
National Intelligence Director shall not be located within the 
Executive Office of the President.
    ``(2) The function of the Office is to assist the National 
Intelligence Director in carrying out the duties and responsibilities 
of the Director under this Act and to carry out such other duties as 
may be prescribed by the President or by law.
    ``(3) Any authority, power, or function vested by law in any 
officer, employee, or part of the Office of the National Intelligence 
Director is vested in, or may be exercised by, the National 
Intelligence Director.
    ``(4) Exemptions, exceptions, and exclusions for the Central 
Intelligence Agency or for personnel, resources, or activities of such 
Agency from otherwise applicable laws, other than the exception 
contained in section 104A(c)(1) shall apply in the same manner to the 
Office of the National Intelligence Director and the personnel, 
resources, or activities of such Office.
    ``(b) Office of National Intelligence Director.--(1) The Office of 
the National Intelligence Director is composed of the following:
            ``(A) The National Intelligence Director.
            ``(B) The Deputy National Intelligence Director.
            ``(C) The Deputy National Intelligence Director for 
        Operations.
            ``(D) The Deputy National Intelligence Director for 
        Community Management and Resources.
            ``(E) The Associate National Intelligence Director for 
        Military Support.
            ``(F) The Associate National Intelligence Director for 
        Domestic Security.
            ``(G) The Associate National Intelligence Director for 
        Diplomatic Affairs.
            ``(H) The National Intelligence Council.
            ``(I) The General Counsel to the National Intelligence 
        Director.
            ``(J) Such other offices and officials as may be 
        established by law or the National Intelligence Director may 
        establish or designate in the Office.
    ``(2) To assist the National Intelligence Director in fulfilling 
the duties and responsibilities of the Director, the Director shall 
employ and utilize in the Office of the National Intelligence Director 
a staff having expertise in matters relating to such duties and 
responsibilities and may establish permanent positions and appropriate 
rates of pay with respect to such staff.
    ``(c) Deputy National Intelligence Director.--(1) There is a Deputy 
National Intelligence Director who shall be appointed by the President, 
by and with the advice and consent of the Senate.
    ``(2) The Deputy National Intelligence Director shall assist the 
National Intelligence Director in carrying out the responsibilities of 
the National Intelligence Director under this Act.
    ``(3) The Deputy National Intelligence Director shall act for, and 
exercise the powers of, the National Intelligence Director during the 
absence or disability of the National Intelligence Director or during a 
vacancy in the position of the National Intelligence Director.
    ``(4) The Deputy National Intelligence Director takes precedence in 
the Office of the National Intelligence Director immediately after the 
National Intelligence Director.
    ``(d) Deputy National Intelligence Director for Operations.--(1) 
There is a Deputy National Intelligence Director for Operations.
    ``(2) The Deputy National Intelligence Director for Operations 
shall--
            ``(A) assist the National Intelligence Director in all 
        aspects of intelligence operations, including intelligence 
        tasking, requirements, collection, and analysis;
            ``(B) assist the National Intelligence Director in 
        overseeing the national intelligence centers; and
            ``(C) perform such other duties and exercise such powers as 
        National Intelligence Director may prescribe.
    ``(e) Deputy National Intelligence Director for Community 
Management and Resources.--(1) There is a Deputy National Intelligence 
Director for Community Management and Resources.
    ``(2) The Deputy National Intelligence Director for Community 
Management and Resources shall--
            ``(A) assist the National Intelligence Director in all 
        aspects of management and resources, including administration, 
        budgeting, information security, personnel, training, and 
        programmatic functions; and
            ``(B) perform such other duties and exercise such powers as 
        the National Intelligence Director may prescribe.
    ``(f) Associate National Intelligence Director for Military 
Support.--(1) There is an Associate National Intelligence Director for 
Military Support who shall be appointed by the National Intelligence 
Director, in consultation with the Secretary of Defense.
    ``(2) The Associate National Intelligence Director for Military 
Support shall--
            ``(A) ensure that the intelligence needs of the Department 
        of Defense are met; and
            ``(B) perform such other duties and exercise such powers as 
        the National Intelligence Director may prescribe.
    ``(g) Associate National Intelligence Director for Domestic 
Security.--(1) There is an Associate National Intelligence Director for 
Domestic Security who shall be appointed by the National Intelligence 
Director in consultation with the Attorney General and the Secretary of 
Homeland Security.
    ``(2) The Associate National Intelligence Director for Domestic 
Security shall--
            ``(A) ensure that the intelligence needs of the Department 
        of Justice, the Department of Homeland Security, and other 
        relevant executive departments and agencies are met; and
            ``(B) perform such other duties and exercise such powers as 
        the National Intelligence Director may prescribe, except that 
        the National Intelligence Director may not make such officer 
        responsible for disseminating any domestic or homeland security 
        information to State government or local government officials 
        or any private sector entity.
    ``(h) Associate National Intelligence Director for Diplomatic 
Affairs.--(1) There is an Associate National Intelligence Director for 
Diplomatic Affairs who shall be appointed by the National Intelligence 
Director in consultation with the Secretary of State.
    ``(2) The Associate National Intelligence Director for Diplomatic 
Affairs shall--
            ``(A) ensure that the intelligence needs of the Department 
        of State are met; and
            ``(B) perform such other duties and exercise such powers as 
        the National Intelligence Director may prescribe.
    ``(i) Military Status of Director and Deputy Directors.--(1) Not 
more than one of the individuals serving in the positions specified in 
paragraph (2) may be a commissioned officer of the Armed Forces in 
active status.
    ``(2) The positions referred to in this paragraph are the 
following:
            ``(A) The National Intelligence Director.
            ``(B) The Deputy National Intelligence Director.
    ``(3) It is the sense of Congress that, under ordinary 
circumstances, it is desirable that one of the individuals serving in 
the positions specified in paragraph (2)--
            ``(A) be a commissioned officer of the Armed Forces, in 
        active status; or
            ``(B) have, by training or experience, an appreciation of 
        military intelligence activities and requirements.
    ``(4) A commissioned officer of the Armed Forces, while serving in 
a position specified in paragraph (2)--
            ``(A) shall not be subject to supervision or control by the 
        Secretary of Defense or by any officer or employee of the 
        Department of Defense;
            ``(B) shall not exercise, by reason of the officer's status 
        as a commissioned officer, any supervision or control with 
        respect to any of the military or civilian personnel of the 
        Department of Defense except as otherwise authorized by law; 
        and
            ``(C) shall not be counted against the numbers and 
        percentages of commissioned officers of the rank and grade of 
        such officer authorized for the military department of that 
        officer.
    ``(5) Except as provided in subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph 
(4), the appointment of an officer of the Armed Forces to a position 
specified in paragraph (2) shall not affect the status, position, rank, 
or grade of such officer in the Armed Forces, or any emolument, 
perquisite, right, privilege, or benefit incident to or arising out of 
such status, position, rank, or grade.
    ``(6) A commissioned officer of the Armed Forces on active duty who 
is appointed to a position specified in paragraph (2), while serving in 
such position and while remaining on active duty, shall continue to 
receive military pay and allowances and shall not receive the pay 
prescribed for such position. Funds from which such pay and allowances 
are paid shall be reimbursed from funds available to the National 
Intelligence Director.
    ``(j) National Intelligence Council.--(1) Within the Office of the 
Deputy National Intelligence Director for Operations, there is a 
National Intelligence Council.
    ``(2)(A) The National Intelligence Council shall be composed of 
senior analysts within the intelligence community and substantive 
experts from the public and private sector, who shall be appointed by 
and report to the Deputy National Intelligence Director for Operations.
    ``(B) The Director shall prescribe appropriate security 
requirements for personnel appointed from the private sector as a 
condition of service on the Council, or as contractors of the Council 
or employees of such contractors, to ensure the protection of 
intelligence sources and methods while avoiding, wherever possible, 
unduly intrusive requirements which the Director considers to be 
unnecessary for this purpose.
    ``(3) The National Intelligence Council shall--
            ``(A) produce national intelligence estimates for the 
        United States Government, which shall include as a part of such 
        estimates in their entirety, alternative views, if any, held by 
        elements of the intelligence community;
            ``(B) evaluate community-wide collection and production of 
        intelligence by the intelligence community and the requirements 
        and resources of such collection and production; and
            ``(C) otherwise assist the National Intelligence Director 
        in carrying out the responsibility of the National Intelligence 
        Director to provide national intelligence.
    ``(4) Within their respective areas of expertise and under the 
direction of the Deputy National Intelligence Director for Operations, 
the members of the National Intelligence Council shall constitute the 
senior intelligence advisers of the intelligence community for purposes 
of representing the views of the intelligence community within the 
United States Government.
    ``(5) Subject to the direction and control of the Deputy National 
Intelligence Director for Operations, the National Intelligence Council 
may carry out its responsibilities under this section by contract, 
including contracts for substantive experts necessary to assist the 
Council with particular assessments under this subsection.
    ``(6) The Deputy National Intelligence Director for Operations 
shall make available to the National Intelligence Council such 
personnel as may be necessary to permit the Council to carry out its 
responsibilities under this section.
    ``(7) The heads of the elements of the intelligence community 
shall, as appropriate, furnish such support to the National 
Intelligence Council, including the preparation of intelligence 
analyses, as may be required by the National Intelligence Director.
    ``(k) General Counsel to the National Intelligence Director.--(1) 
There is a General Counsel to the National Intelligence Director.
    ``(2) The individual serving in the position of General Counsel to 
the National Intelligence Director may not, while so serving, also 
serve as the General Counsel of any other agency or department of the 
United States.
    ``(3) The General Counsel to the National Intelligence Director is 
the chief legal officer for the National Intelligence Director.
    ``(4) The General Counsel to the National Intelligence Director 
shall perform such functions as the National Intelligence Director may 
prescribe.
    ``(l) Intelligence Community Information Technology Officer.--(1) 
There is an Intelligence Community Information Technology Officer who 
shall be appointed by the National Intelligence Director.
    ``(2) The mission of the Intelligence Community Information 
Technology Officer is to assist the National Intelligence Director in 
ensuring the sharing of information in the fullest and most prompt 
manner between and among elements of the intelligence community 
consistent with section 102A(g).
    ``(3) The Intelligence Community Information Technology Officer 
shall--
            ``(A) assist the Deputy National Intelligence Director for 
        Community Management and Resources in developing and 
        implementing an integrated information technology network;
            ``(B) develop an enterprise architecture for the 
        intelligence community and assist the Deputy National 
        Intelligence Director for Community Management and Resources in 
        ensuring that elements of the intelligence community comply 
        with such architecture;
            ``(C) have procurement approval authority over all 
        enterprise architecture-related information technology items 
        funded in the National Intelligence Program;
            ``(D) ensure that all such elements have the most direct 
        and continuous electronic access to all information (including 
        unevaluated intelligence consistent with existing laws and the 
        guidelines referred to in section 102A(b)) necessary for 
        appropriately cleared analysts to conduct comprehensive all-
        source analysis and for appropriately cleared policymakers to 
        perform their duties--
                    ``(i) directly, in the case of the elements of the 
                intelligence community within the National Intelligence 
                Program, and
                    ``(ii) in conjunction with the Secretary of Defense 
                and other applicable heads of departments with 
                intelligence elements outside the National Intelligence 
                Program;
            ``(E) review and provide recommendations to the Deputy 
        National Intelligence Director for Community Management and 
        Resources on National Intelligence Program budget requests for 
        information technology and national security systems;
            ``(F) assist the Deputy National Intelligence Director for 
        Community Management and Resources in promulgating and 
        enforcing standards on information technology and national 
        security systems that apply throughout the elements of the 
        intelligence community;
            ``(G) ensure that within and between the elements of the 
        National Intelligence Program, duplicative and unnecessary 
        information technology and national security systems are 
        eliminated; and
            ``(H) pursuant to the direction of the National 
        Intelligence Director, consult with the Director of the Office 
        of Management and Budget to ensure that the Office of the 
        National Intelligence Director coordinates and complies with 
        national security requirements consistent with applicable law, 
        Executive orders, and guidance; and
            ``(I) perform such other duties with respect to the 
        information systems and information technology of the Office of 
        the National Intelligence Director as may be prescribed by the 
        Deputy National Intelligence Director for Community Management 
        and Resources or specified by law.

                     ``central intelligence agency

    ``Sec. 104. (a) Central Intelligence Agency.--There is a Central 
Intelligence Agency.
    ``(b) Function.--The function of the Central Intelligence Agency is 
to assist the Director of the Central Intelligence Agency in carrying 
out the responsibilities specified in section 104A(c).

             ``director of the central intelligence agency

    ``Sec. 104A. (a) Director of Central Intelligence Agency.--There is 
a Director of the Central Intelligence Agency who shall be appointed by 
the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. The 
Director shall be under the authority, direction, and control of the 
National Intelligence Director, except as otherwise determined by the 
President.
    ``(b) Duties.--In the capacity as Director of the Central 
Intelligence Agency, the Director of the Central Intelligence Agency 
shall--
            ``(1) carry out the responsibilities specified in 
        subsection (c); and
            ``(2) serve as the head of the Central Intelligence Agency.
    ``(c) Responsibilities.--The Director of the Central Intelligence 
Agency shall--
            ``(1) collect intelligence through human sources and by 
        other appropriate means, except that the Director of the 
        Central Intelligence Agency shall have no police, subpoena, or 
        law enforcement powers or internal security functions;
            ``(2) provide overall direction for the collection of 
        national intelligence through human sources by elements of the 
        intelligence community authorized to undertake such collection 
        and, in coordination with other agencies of the Government 
        which are authorized to undertake such collection, ensure that 
        the most effective use is made of resources and that the risks 
        to the United States and those involved in such collection are 
        minimized;
            ``(3) correlate and evaluate intelligence related to the 
        national security and provide appropriate dissemination of such 
        intelligence;
            ``(4) perform such additional services as are of common 
        concern to the elements of the intelligence community, which 
        services the National Intelligence Director determines can be 
        more efficiently accomplished centrally; and
            ``(5) perform such other functions and duties related to 
        intelligence affecting the national security as the President 
        or the National Intelligence Director may direct.
    ``(d) Deputy Director of the Central Intelligence Agency.--There is 
a Deputy Director of the Central Intelligence Agency who shall be 
appointed by the President. The Deputy Director shall perform such 
functions as the Director may prescribe and shall perform the duties of 
the Director during the Director's absence or disability or during a 
vacancy in the position of the Director of the Central Intelligence 
Agency.
    ``(e) Termination of Employment of CIA Employees.--(1) 
Notwithstanding the provisions of any other law, the Director of the 
Central Intelligence Agency may, in the discretion of the Director, 
terminate the employment of any officer or employee of the Central 
Intelligence Agency whenever the Director considers the termination of 
employment of such officer or employee necessary or advisable in the 
interests of the United States.
    ``(2) Any termination of employment of an officer or employee under 
paragraph (1) shall not affect the right of the officer or employee to 
seek or accept employment in any other department, agency, or element 
of the United States Government if declared eligible for such 
employment by the Office of Personnel Management.''.
    (b) First Director.--(1) When the Senate receives the nomination of 
a person for the initial appointment by the President for the position 
of National Intelligence Director, it shall consider and dispose of 
such nomination within a period of 30 legislative days.
    (2) If the Senate does not dispose of such nomination referred to 
in paragraph (1) within such period--
            (A) Senate confirmation is not required; and
            (B) the appointment of such nominee as National 
        Intelligence Director takes effect upon administration of the 
        oath of office.
    (3) For the purposes of this subsection, the term ``legislative 
day'' means a day on which the Senate is in session.

SEC. 1012. REVISED DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE.

    Paragraph (5) of section 3 of the National Security Act of 1947 (50 
U.S.C. 401a) is amended to read as follows:
            ``(5) The terms `national intelligence' and `intelligence 
        related to national security' refer to all intelligence, 
        regardless of the source from which derived and including 
        information gathered within or outside the United States, 
        that--
                    ``(A) pertains, as determined consistent with any 
                guidance issued by the President, to more than one 
                United States Government agency; and
                    ``(B) that involves--
                            ``(i) threats to the United States, its 
                        people, property, or interests;
                            ``(ii) the development, proliferation, or 
                        use of weapons of mass destruction; or
                            ``(iii) any other matter bearing on United 
                        States national or homeland security.''.

SEC. 1013. JOINT PROCEDURES FOR OPERATIONAL COORDINATION BETWEEN 
              DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE AND CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY.

    (a) Development of Procedures.--The National Intelligence Director, 
in consultation with the Secretary of Defense and the Director of the 
Central Intelligence Agency, shall develop joint procedures to be used 
by the Department of Defense and the Central Intelligence Agency to 
improve the coordination and deconfliction of operations that involve 
elements of both the Armed Forces and the Central Intelligence Agency 
consistent with national security and the protection of human 
intelligence sources and methods. Those procedures shall, at a minimum, 
provide the following:
            (1) Methods by which the Director of the Central 
        Intelligence Agency and the Secretary of Defense can improve 
        communication and coordination in the planning, execution, and 
        sustainment of operations, including, as a minimum--
                    (A) information exchange between senior officials 
                of the Central Intelligence Agency and senior officers 
                and officials of the Department of Defense when 
                planning for such an operation commences by either 
                organization; and
                    (B) exchange of information between the Secretary 
                and the Director of the Central Intelligence Agency to 
                ensure that senior operational officials in both the 
                Department of Defense and the Central Intelligence 
                Agency have knowledge of the existence of the ongoing 
                operations of the other.
            (2) When appropriate, in cases where the Department of 
        Defense and the Central Intelligence Agency are conducting 
        separate missions in the same geographical area, mutual 
        agreement on the tactical and strategic objectives for the 
        region and a clear delineation of operational responsibilities 
        to prevent conflict and duplication of effort.
    (b) Implementation Report.--Not later than 180 days after the date 
of the enactment of the Act, the National Intelligence Director shall 
submit to the congressional defense committees (as defined in section 
101 of title 10, United States Code) and the congressional intelligence 
committees (as defined in section 3(7) of the National Security Act of 
1947 (50 U.S.C. 401a(7))) a report describing the procedures 
established pursuant to subsection (a) and the status of the 
implementation of those procedures.

SEC. 1014. ROLE OF NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE DIRECTOR IN APPOINTMENT OF 
              CERTAIN OFFICIALS RESPONSIBLE FOR INTELLIGENCE-RELATED 
              ACTIVITIES.

    Section 106 of the National Security Act of 1947 (50 U.S.C. 403-6) 
is amended by striking all after the heading and inserting the 
following:
    ``(a) Recommendation of NID in Certain Appointments.--(1) In the 
event of a vacancy in a position referred to in paragraph (2), the 
National Intelligence Director shall recommend to the President an 
individual for nomination to fill the vacancy.
    ``(2) Paragraph (1) applies to the following positions:
            ``(A) The Deputy National Intelligence Director.
            ``(B) The Director of the Central Intelligence Agency.
    ``(b) Concurrence of NID in Appointments to Positions in the 
Intelligence Community.--(1) In the event of a vacancy in a position 
referred to in paragraph (2), the head of the department or agency 
having jurisdiction over the position shall obtain the concurrence of 
the National Intelligence Director before appointing an individual to 
fill the vacancy or recommending to the President an individual to be 
nominated to fill the vacancy. If the Director does not concur in the 
recommendation, the head of the department or agency concerned may not 
fill the vacancy or make the recommendation to the President (as the 
case may be).
    ``(2) Paragraph (1) applies to the following positions:
            ``(A) The Director of the National Security Agency.
            ``(B) The Director of the National Reconnaissance Office.
            ``(C) The Director of the National Geospatial-Intelligence 
        Agency.
    ``(c) Consultation With National Intelligence Director in Certain 
Positions.--(1) In the event of a vacancy in a position referred to in 
paragraph (2), the head of the department or agency having jurisdiction 
over the position shall consult with the National Intelligence Director 
before appointing an individual to fill the vacancy or recommending to 
the President an individual to be nominated to fill the vacancy.
    ``(2) Paragraph (1) applies to the following positions:
            ``(A) The Director of the Defense Intelligence Agency.
            ``(B) The Assistant Secretary of State for Intelligence and 
        Research.
            ``(C) The Director of the Office of Intelligence of the 
        Department of Energy.
            ``(D) The Director of the Office of counterintelligence of 
        the Department of Energy.
            ``(E) The Assistant Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis 
        of the Department of the Treasury.
            ``(F) The Executive Assistant Director for Intelligence of 
        the Federal Bureau of Investigation.
            ``(G) The Under Secretary of Homeland Security for 
        Information Analysis and Infrastructure Protection.
            ``(H) The Deputy Assistant Commandant of the Coast Guard 
        for Intelligence.

SEC. 1015. INITIAL APPOINTMENT OF THE NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE DIRECTOR.

    (a) Initial Appointment of the National Intelligence Director.--
Notwithstanding section 102(a)(1) of the National Security Act of 1947, 
as added by section 1011(a), the individual serving as the Director of 
Central Intelligence on the date immediately preceding the date of the 
enactment of this Act may, at the discretion of the President, become 
the National Intelligence Director as of the date of the enactment of 
this Act.
    (b) General References.--(1) Any reference to the Director of 
Central Intelligence in the Director's capacity as the head of the 
intelligence community in any law, regulation, document, paper, or 
other record of the United States shall be deemed to be a reference to 
the National Intelligence Director.
    (2) Any reference to the Director of Central Intelligence in the 
Director's capacity as the head of the Central Intelligence Agency in 
any law, regulation, document, paper, or other record of the United 
States shall be deemed to be a reference to the Director of the Central 
Intelligence Agency.
    (3) Any reference to the Deputy Director of Central Intelligence in 
the Deputy Director's capacity as deputy to the head of the 
intelligence community in any law, regulation, document, paper, or 
other record of the United States shall be deemed to be a reference to 
the Deputy National Intelligence Director.
    (4) Any reference to the Deputy Director of Central Intelligence 
for Community Management in any law, regulation, document, paper, or 
other record of the United States shall be deemed to be a reference to 
the Deputy National Intelligence Director for Community Management and 
Resources.

SEC. 1016. EXECUTIVE SCHEDULE MATTERS.

    (a) Executive Schedule Level I.--Section 5312 of title 5, United 
States Code, is amended by adding the end the following new item:
            ``National Intelligence Director.''.
    (b) Executive Schedule Level II.--Section 5313 of title 5, United 
States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following new items:
            ``Deputy National Intelligence Director.
            ``Director of the National counterterrorism Center.''.
    (c) Executive Schedule Level IV.--Section 5315 of title 5, United 
States Code, is amended by striking the item relating to the Assistant 
Directors of Central Intelligence.

   Subtitle B--National counterterrorism Center and Civil Liberties 
                              Protections

SEC. 1021. NATIONAL COUNTERTERRORISM CENTER.

    (a) In General.--Title I of the National Security Act of 1947 (50 
U.S.C. 402 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following new 
section:

                   ``national counterterrorism center

    ``Sec. 119. (a) Establishment of Center.--There is within the 
Office of the National Intelligence Director a National 
counterterrorism Center.
    ``(b) Director of National counterterrorism Center.--There is a 
Director of the National counterterrorism Center, who shall be the head 
of the National counterterrorism Center, who shall be appointed by 
National Intelligence Director.
    ``(c) Supervision.--The Director of the National counterterrorism 
Center shall report to the National Intelligence Director on--
            ``(1) the budget and programs of the National 
        counterterrorism Center;
            ``(2) the activities of the Directorate of Intelligence of 
        the National counterterrorism Center under subsection (h);
            ``(3) the conduct of intelligence operations implemented by 
        other elements of the intelligence community; and
            ``(4) the planning and progress of joint counterterrorism 
        operations (other than intelligence operations).
The National Intelligence Director shall carry out this section through 
the Deputy National Intelligence Director for Operations.
    ``(d) Primary Missions.--The primary missions of the National 
counterterrorism Center shall be as follows:
            ``(1) To serve as the primary organization in the United 
        States Government for analyzing and integrating all 
        intelligence possessed or acquired by the United States 
        Government pertaining to terrorism and counterterrorism, 
        excepting intelligence pertaining exclusively to domestic 
        counterterrorism.
            ``(2) To conduct strategic operational planning for 
        counterterrorism activities, integrating all instruments of 
        national power, including diplomatic, financial, military, 
        intelligence, homeland security, and law enforcement activities 
        within and among agencies.
            ``(3) To support operational responsibilities assigned to 
        lead agencies for counterterrorism activities by ensuring that 
        such agencies have access to and receive intelligence needed to 
        accomplish their assigned activities.
            ``(4) To ensure that agencies, as appropriate, have access 
        to and receive all-source intelligence support needed to 
        execute their counterterrorism plans or perform independent, 
        alternative analysis.
    ``(e) Domestic counterterrorism Intelligence.--(1) The Center may, 
consistent with applicable law, the direction of the President, and the 
guidelines referred to in section 102A(b), receive intelligence 
pertaining exclusively to domestic counterterrorism from any Federal, 
State, or local government or other source necessary to fulfill its 
responsibilities and retain and disseminate such intelligence.
    ``(2) Any agency authorized to conduct counterterrorism activities 
may request information from the Center to assist it in its 
responsibilities, consistent with applicable law and the guidelines 
referred to in section 102A(b).
    ``(f) Duties and Responsibilities of Director.--The Director of the 
National counterterrorism Center shall--
            ``(1) serve as the principal adviser to the National 
        Intelligence Director on intelligence operations relating to 
        counterterrorism;
            ``(2) provide strategic guidance and plans for the civilian 
        and military counterterrorism efforts of the United States 
        Government and for the effective integration of 
        counterterrorism intelligence and operations across agency 
        boundaries, both inside and outside the United States;
            ``(3) advise the National Intelligence Director on the 
        extent to which the counterterrorism program recommendations 
        and budget proposals of the departments, agencies, and elements 
        of the United States Government conform to the priorities 
        established by the President;
            ``(4) disseminate terrorism information, including current 
        terrorism threat analysis, to the President, the Vice 
        President, the Secretaries of State, Defense, and Homeland 
        Security, the Attorney General, the Director of the Central 
        Intelligence Agency, and other officials of the executive 
        branch as appropriate, and to the appropriate committees of 
        Congress;
            ``(5) support the Department of Justice and the Department 
        of Homeland Security, and other appropriate agencies, in 
        fulfillment of their responsibilities to disseminate terrorism 
        information, consistent with applicable law, Executive Orders 
        and other Presidential guidance, to State and local government 
        officials, and other entities, and coordinate dissemination of 
        terrorism information to foreign governments as approved by the 
        National Intelligence Director;
            ``(6) consistent with priorities approved by the President, 
        assist the National Intelligence Director in establishing 
        requirements for the intelligence community for the collection 
        of terrorism information; and
            ``(7) perform such other duties as the National 
        Intelligence Director may prescribe or are prescribed by law.
    ``(g) Limitation.--The Director of the National counterterrorism 
Center may not direct the execution of counterterrorism operations.
    ``(h) Resolution of Disputes.--The National Intelligence Director 
shall resolve disagreements between the National counterterrorism 
Center and the head of a department, agency, or element of the United 
States Government on designations, assignments, plans, or 
responsibilities. The head of such a department, agency, or element may 
appeal the resolution of the disagreement by the National Intelligence 
Director to the President.
    ``(i) Directorate of Intelligence.--The Director of the National 
counterterrorism Center shall establish and maintain within the 
National counterterrorism Center a Directorate of Intelligence which 
shall have primary responsibility within the United States Government 
for analysis of terrorism and terrorist organizations (except for 
purely domestic terrorism and domestic terrorist organizations) from 
all sources of intelligence, whether collected inside or outside the 
United States.
    ``(j) Directorate of Strategic Planning.--The Director of the 
National counterterrorism Center shall establish and maintain within 
the National counterterrorism Center a Directorate of Strategic 
Planning which shall provide strategic guidance and plans for 
counterterrorism operations conducted by the United States 
Government.''.
    (b) Clerical Amendment.--The table of sections for the National 
Security Act of 1947 is amended by inserting after the item relating to 
section 118 the following new item:

``Sec. 119. National counterterrorism Center.''.

SEC. 1022. CIVIL LIBERTIES PROTECTION OFFICER.

    (a) Civil Liberties Protection Officer.--(1) Within the Office of 
the National Intelligence Director, there is a Civil Liberties 
Protection Officer who shall be appointed by the National Intelligence 
Director.
    (2) The Civil Liberties Protection Officer shall report directly to 
the National Intelligence Director.
    (b) Duties.--The Civil Liberties Protection Officer shall--
            (1) ensure that the protection of civil liberties and 
        privacy is appropriately incorporated in the policies and 
        procedures developed for and implemented by the Office of the 
        National Intelligence Director and the elements of the 
        intelligence community within the National Intelligence 
        Program;
            (2) oversee compliance by the Office and the National 
        Intelligence Director with requirements under the Constitution 
        and all laws, regulations, Executive orders, and implementing 
        guidelines relating to civil liberties and privacy;
            (3) review and assess complaints and other information 
        indicating possible abuses of civil liberties and privacy in 
        the administration of the programs and operations of the Office 
        and the National Intelligence Director and, as appropriate, 
        investigate any such complaint or information;
            (4) ensure that the use of technologies sustain, and do not 
        erode, privacy protections relating to the use, collection, and 
        disclosure of personal information;
            (5) ensure that personal information contained in a system 
        of records subject to section 552a of title 5, United States 
        Code (popularly referred to as the `Privacy Act'), is handled 
        in full compliance with fair information practices as set out 
        in that section;
            (6) conduct privacy impact assessments when appropriate or 
        as required by law; and
            (7) perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the 
        National Intelligence Director or specified by law.
    (c) Use of Agency Inspectors General.--When appropriate, the Civil 
Liberties Protection Officer may refer the Office of Inspector General 
having responsibility for the affected element of the department or 
agency of the intelligence community to conduct an investigation under 
paragraph (3) of subsection (b).

            Subtitle C--Joint Intelligence Community Council

SEC. 1031. JOINT INTELLIGENCE COMMUNITY COUNCIL.

    (a) Establishment.--There is hereby established a Joint 
Intelligence Community Council.
    (b) Functions.--(1) The Joint Intelligence Community Council shall 
provide advice to the National Intelligence Director as appropriate.
    (2) The National Intelligence Director shall consult with the Joint 
Intelligence Community Council in developing guidance for the 
development of the annual National Intelligence Program budget.
    (c) Membership.--The Joint Intelligence Community Council shall 
consist of the following:
            (1) The National Intelligence Director, who shall chair the 
        Council.
            (2) The Secretary of State.
            (3) The Secretary of the Treasury.
            (4) The Secretary of Defense.
            (5) The Attorney General.
            (6) The Secretary of Energy.
            (7) The Secretary of Homeland Security.
            (8) Such other officials of the executive branch as the 
        President may designate.

         Subtitle D--Improvement of Human Intelligence (HUMINT)

SEC. 1041. HUMAN INTELLIGENCE AS AN INCREASINGLY CRITICAL COMPONENT OF 
              THE INTELLIGENCE COMMUNITY.

    It is a sense of Congress that--
            (1) the human intelligence officers of the intelligence 
        community have performed admirably and honorably in the face of 
        great personal dangers;
            (2) during an extended period of unprecedented investment 
        and improvements in technical collection means, the human 
        intelligence capabilities of the United States have not 
        received the necessary and commensurate priorities;
            (3) human intelligence is becoming an increasingly 
        important capability to provide information on the asymmetric 
        threats to the national security of the United States;
            (4) the continued development and improvement of a robust 
        and empowered and flexible human intelligence work force is 
        critical to identifying, understanding, and countering the 
        plans and intentions of the adversaries of the United States; 
        and
            (5) an increased emphasis on, and resources applied to, 
        enhancing the depth and breadth of human intelligence 
        capabilities of the United States intelligence community must 
        be among the top priorities of the National Intelligence 
        Director.

SEC. 1042. IMPROVEMENT OF HUMAN INTELLIGENCE CAPACITY.

    Not later than 6 months after the date of the enactment of this 
Act, the National Intelligence Director shall submit to Congress a 
report on existing human intelligence (HUMINT) capacity which shall 
include a plan to implement changes, as necessary, to accelerate 
improvements to, and increase the capacity of, HUMINT across the 
intelligence community.

  Subtitle E--Improvement of Education for the Intelligence Community

SEC. 1051. MODIFICATION OF OBLIGATED SERVICE REQUIREMENTS UNDER 
              NATIONAL SECURITY EDUCATION PROGRAM.

    (a) In General.--(1) Subsection (b)(2) of section 802 of the David 
L. Boren National Security Education Act of 1991 (50 U.S.C. 1902) is 
amended to read as follows:
            ``(2) will meet the requirements for obligated service 
        described in subsection (j); and''.
    (2) Such section is further amended by adding at the end the 
following new subsection:
    ``(j) Requirements for Obligated Service in the Government.--(1) 
Each recipient of a scholarship or a fellowship under the program shall 
work in a specified national security position. In this subsection, the 
term `specified national security position' means a position of a 
department or agency of the United States that the Secretary certifies 
is appropriate to use the unique language and region expertise acquired 
by the recipient pursuant to the study for which scholarship or 
fellowship assistance (as the case may be) was provided under the 
program.
    ``(2) Each such recipient shall commence work in a specified 
national security position as soon as practicable but in no case later 
than two years after the completion by the recipient of the study for 
which scholarship or fellowship assistance (as the case may be) was 
provided under the program.
    ``(3) Each such recipient shall work in a specified national 
security position for a period specified by the Secretary, which period 
shall include--
            ``(A) in the case of a recipient of a scholarship, one year 
        of service for each year, or portion thereof, for which such 
        scholarship assistance was provided, and
            ``(B) in the case of a recipient of a fellowship, not less 
        than one nor more than three years for each year, or portion 
        thereof, for which such fellowship assistance was provided.
    ``(4) Recipients shall seek specified national security positions 
as follows:
            ``(A) In the Department of Defense or in any element of the 
        intelligence community.
            ``(B) In the Department of State or in the Department of 
        Homeland Security, if the recipient demonstrates to the 
        Secretary that no position is available in the Department of 
        Defense or in any element of the intelligence community.
            ``(C) In any other Federal department or agency not 
        referred to in subparagraphs (A) and (B), if the recipient 
        demonstrates to the Secretary that no position is available in 
        a Federal department or agency specified in such paragraphs.''.
    (b) Regulations.--The Secretary of Defense shall prescribe 
regulations to carry out subsection (j) of section 802 of the David L. 
Boren National Security Education Act of 1991, as added by subsection 
(a). In prescribing such regulations, the Secretary shall establish 
standards that recipients of scholarship and fellowship assistance 
under the program under section 802 of the David L. Boren National 
Security Education Act of 1991 are required to demonstrate in order to 
satisfy the requirement of a good faith effort to gain employment as 
required under such subsection.
    (c) Applicability.--(1) The amendments made by subsection (a) shall 
apply with respect to service agreements entered into under the David 
L. Boren National Security Education Act of 1991 on or after the date 
of the enactment of this Act.
    (2) The amendments made by subsection (a) shall not affect the 
force, validity, or terms of any service agreement entered into under 
the David L. Boren National Security Education Act of 1991 before the 
date of the enactment of this Act that is in force as of that date.

SEC. 1052. IMPROVEMENTS TO THE NATIONAL FLAGSHIP LANGUAGE INITIATIVE.

    (a) Increase in Annual Authorization of Appropriations.--(1) Title 
VIII of the Intelligence Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 1992 (Public 
Law 102-183; 105 Stat. 1271), as amended by section 311(c) of the 
Intelligence Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 1994 (Public Law 103-
178; 107 Stat. 2037) and by section 333(b) of the Intelligence 
Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2003 (Public Law 107-306; 116 Stat. 
2397), is amended in subsection (a) of section 811 by striking ``there 
is authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary for each fiscal year, 
beginning with fiscal year 2003, $10,000,000,'' and inserting ``there 
is authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary for each of fiscal 
years 2003 and 2004, $10,000,000, and for fiscal year 2005 and each 
subsequent fiscal year, $12,000,000,''.
    (2) Subsection (b) of such section is amended by inserting ``for 
fiscal years 2003 and 2004 only'' after ``authorization of 
appropriations under subsection (a)''.
    (b) Requirement for Employment Agreements.--(1) Section 802(i) of 
the David L. Boren National Security Education Act of 1991 (50 U.S.C. 
1902(i)) is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
    ``(5)(A) In the case of an undergraduate or graduate student that 
participates in training in programs under paragraph (1), the student 
shall enter into an agreement described in subsection (b), other than 
such a student who has entered into such an agreement pursuant to 
subparagraph (A)(ii) or (B)(ii) of section 802(a)(1).
    ``(B) In the case of an employee of an agency or department of the 
Federal Government that participates in training in programs under 
paragraph (1), the employee shall agree in writing--
            ``(i) to continue in the service of the agency or 
        department of the Federal Government employing the employee for 
        the period of such training;
            ``(ii) to continue in the service of such agency or 
        department employing the employee following completion of such 
        training for a period of two years for each year, or part of 
        the year, of such training;
            ``(iii) to reimburse the United States for the total cost 
        of such training (excluding the employee's pay and allowances) 
        provided to the employee if, before the completion by the 
        employee of the training, the employment of the employee by the 
        agency or department is terminated due to misconduct by the 
        employee or by the employee voluntarily; and
            ``(iv) to reimburse the United States if, after completing 
        such training, the employment of the employee by the agency or 
        department is terminated either by the agency or department due 
        to misconduct by the employee or by the employee voluntarily, 
        before the completion by the employee of the period of service 
        required in clause (ii), in an amount that bears the same ratio 
        to the total cost of the training (excluding the employee's pay 
        and allowances) provided to the employee as the unserved 
        portion of such period of service bears to the total period of 
        service under clause (ii).
    ``(C) Subject to subparagraph (D), the obligation to reimburse the 
United States under an agreement under subparagraph (A) is for all 
purposes a debt owing the United States.
    ``(D) The head of an element of the intelligence community may 
release an employee, in whole or in part, from the obligation to 
reimburse the United States under an agreement under subparagraph (A) 
when, in the discretion of the head of the element, the head of the 
element determines that equity or the interests of the United States so 
require.''.
    (2) The amendment made by paragraph (1) shall apply to training 
that begins on or after the date that is 90 days after the date of the 
enactment of this Act.
    (c) Increase in the Number of Participating Educational 
Institutions.--The Secretary of Defense shall take such steps as the 
Secretary determines will increase the number of qualified educational 
institutions that receive grants under the National Flagship Language 
Initiative to establish, operate, or improve activities designed to 
train students in programs in a range of disciplines to achieve 
advanced levels of proficiency in those foreign languages that the 
Secretary identifies as being the most critical in the interests of the 
national security of the United States.
    (d) Clarification of Authority to Support Studies Abroad.--
Educational institutions that receive grants under the National 
Flagship Language Initiative may support students who pursue total 
immersion foreign language studies overseas of foreign languages that 
are critical to the national security of the United States.

SEC. 1053. ESTABLISHMENT OF SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM FOR ENGLISH LANGUAGE 
              STUDIES FOR HERITAGE COMMUNITY CITIZENS OF THE UNITED 
              STATES WITHIN THE NATIONAL SECURITY EDUCATION PROGRAM.

    (a) Scholarship Program for English Language Studies for Heritage 
Community Citizens of the United States.--(1) Subsection (a)(1) of 
section 802 of the David L. Boren National Security Education Act of 
1991 (50 U.S.C. 1902) is amended--
            (A) by striking ``and'' at the end of subparagraph (C);
            (B) by striking the period at the end of subparagraph (D) 
        and inserting ``; and''; and
            (C) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
                    ``(E) awarding scholarships to students who--
                            ``(i) are United States citizens who--
                                    ``(I) are native speakers (commonly 
                                referred to as heritage community 
                                residents) of a foreign language that 
                                is identified as critical to the 
                                national security interests of the 
                                United States who should be actively 
                                recruited for employment by Federal 
                                security agencies with a need for 
                                linguists; and
                                    ``(II) are not proficient at a 
                                professional level in the English 
                                language with respect to reading, 
                                writing, and interpersonal skills 
                                required to carry out the national 
                                security interests of the United 
                                States, as determined by the Secretary,
                        to enable such students to pursue English 
                        language studies at an institution of higher 
                        education of the United States to attain 
                        proficiency in those skills; and
                            ``(ii) enter into an agreement to work in a 
                        national security position or work in the field 
                        of education in the area of study for which the 
                        scholarship was awarded in a similar manner (as 
                        determined by the Secretary) as agreements 
                        entered into pursuant to subsection 
                        (b)(2)(A).''.
    (2) The matter following subsection (a)(2) of such section is 
amended--
            (A) in the first sentence, by inserting ``or for the 
        scholarship program under paragraph (1)(E)'' after ``under 
        paragraph (1)(D) for the National Flagship Language Initiative 
        described in subsection (i)''; and
            (B) by adding at the end the following: ``For the 
        authorization of appropriations for the scholarship program 
        under paragraph (1)(E), see section 812.''.
    (3) Section 803(d)(4)(E) of such Act (50 U.S.C. 1903(d)(4)(E)) is 
amended by inserting before the period the following: ``and section 
802(a)(1)(E) (relating to scholarship programs for advanced English 
language studies by heritage community residents)''.
    (b) Funding.--The David L. Boren National Security Education Act of 
1991 (50 U.S.C. 1901 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the 
following new section:

``SEC. 812. FUNDING FOR SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM FOR CERTAIN HERITAGE 
              COMMUNITY RESIDENTS.

    ``There is authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary for each 
fiscal year, beginning with fiscal year 2005, $4,000,000, to carry out 
the scholarship programs for English language studies by certain 
heritage community residents under section 802(a)(1)(E).''.

SEC. 1054. SENSE OF CONGRESS WITH RESPECT TO LANGUAGE AND EDUCATION FOR 
              THE INTELLIGENCE COMMUNITY; REPORTS.

    (a) Sense of Congress.--It is the sense of Congress that there 
should be within the Office of the National Intelligence Director a 
senior official responsible to assist the National Intelligence 
Director in carrying out the Director's responsibilities for 
establishing policies and procedure for foreign language education and 
training of the intelligence community. The duties of such official 
should include the following:
            (1) Overseeing and coordinating requirements for foreign 
        language education and training of the intelligence community.
            (2) Establishing policy, standards, and priorities relating 
        to such requirements.
            (3) Identifying languages that are critical to the 
        capability of the intelligence community to carry out national 
        security activities of the United States.
            (4) Monitoring the allocation of resources for foreign 
        language education and training in order to ensure the 
        requirements of the intelligence community with respect to 
        foreign language proficiency are met.
    (b) Reports.--Not later than one year after the date of the 
enactment of this Act, the National Intelligence Director shall submit 
to Congress the following reports:
            (1) A report that identifies--
                    (A) skills and processes involved in learning a 
                foreign language; and
                    (B) characteristics and teaching techniques that 
                are most effective in teaching foreign languages.
            (2)(A) A report that identifies foreign language heritage 
        communities, particularly such communities that include 
        speakers of languages that are critical to the national 
        security of the United States.
            (B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term ``foreign 
        language heritage community'' means a community of residents or 
        citizens of the United States--
                    (i) who are native speakers of, or who have fluency 
                in, a foreign language; and
                    (ii) who should be actively recruited for 
                employment by Federal security agencies with a need for 
                linguists.
            (3) A report on--
                    (A) the estimated cost of establishing a program 
                under which the heads of elements of the intelligence 
                community agree to repay employees of the intelligence 
                community for any student loan taken out by that 
                employee for the study of foreign languages critical 
                for the national security of the United States; and
                    (B) the effectiveness of such a program in 
                recruiting and retaining highly qualified personnel in 
                the intelligence community.

SEC. 1055. ADVANCEMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES CRITICAL TO THE 
              INTELLIGENCE COMMUNITY.

    (a) In General.--Title X of the National Security Act of 1947 (50 
U.S.C.) is amended--
            (1) by inserting before section 1001 (50 U.S.C. 441g) the 
        following:

                ``Subtitle A--Science and Technology'';

        and
            (2) by adding at the end the following new subtitles:

                ``Subtitle B--Foreign Languages Program

     ``program on advancement of foreign languages critical to the 
                         intelligence community

    ``Sec. 1011. (a) Establishment of Program.--The Secretary of 
Defense and the National Intelligence Director may jointly establish a 
program to advance foreign languages skills in languages that are 
critical to the capability of the intelligence community to carry out 
national security activities of the United States (hereinafter in this 
subtitle referred to as the `Foreign Languages Program').
    ``(b) Identification of Requisite Actions.--In order to carry out 
the Foreign Languages Program, the Secretary of Defense and the 
National Intelligence Director shall jointly determine actions required 
to improve the education of personnel in the intelligence community in 
foreign languages that are critical to the capability of the 
intelligence community to carry out national security activities of the 
United States to meet the long-term intelligence needs of the United 
States.

                        ``education partnerships

    ``Sec. 1012. (a) In General.--In carrying out the Foreign Languages 
Program, the head of a department or agency containing an element of an 
intelligence community entity may enter into one or more education 
partnership agreements with educational institutions in the United 
States in order to encourage and enhance the study of foreign languages 
that are critical to the capability of the intelligence community to 
carry out national security activities of the United States in 
educational institutions.
    ``(b) Assistance Provided Under Educational Partnership 
Agreements.--Under an educational partnership agreement entered into 
with an educational institution pursuant to this section, the head of 
an element of an intelligence community entity may provide the 
following assistance to the educational institution:
            ``(1) The loan of equipment and instructional materials of 
        the element of the intelligence community entity to the 
        educational institution for any purpose and duration that the 
        head determines to be appropriate.
            ``(2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law relating 
        to transfers of surplus property, the transfer to the 
        educational institution of any computer equipment, or other 
        equipment, that is--
                    ``(A) commonly used by educational institutions;
                    ``(B) surplus to the needs of the entity; and
                    ``(C) determined by the head of the element to be 
                appropriate for support of such agreement.
            ``(3) The provision of dedicated personnel to the 
        educational institution--
                    ``(A) to teach courses in foreign languages that 
                are critical to the capability of the intelligence 
                community to carry out national security activities of 
                the United States; or
                    ``(B) to assist in the development of such courses 
                and materials for the institution.
            ``(4) The involvement of faculty and students of the 
        educational institution in research projects of the element of 
        the intelligence community entity.
            ``(5) Cooperation with the educational institution in 
        developing a program under which students receive academic 
        credit at the educational institution for work on research 
        projects of the element of the intelligence community entity.
            ``(6) The provision of academic and career advice and 
        assistance to students of the educational institution.
            ``(7) The provision of cash awards and other items that the 
        head of the element of the intelligence community entity 
        determines to be appropriate.

                          ``voluntary services

    ``Sec. 1013. (a) Authority To Accept Services.--Notwithstanding 
section 1342 of title 31, United States Code, and subject to subsection 
(b), the Foreign Languages Program under section 1011 shall include 
authority for the head of an element of an intelligence community 
entity to accept from any individual who is dedicated personnel (as 
defined in section 1016(3)) voluntary services in support of the 
activities authorized by this subtitle.
    ``(b) Requirements and Limitations.--(1) In accepting voluntary 
services from an individual under subsection (a), the head of the 
element shall--
            ``(A) supervise the individual to the same extent as the 
        head of the element would supervise a compensated employee of 
        that element providing similar services; and
            ``(B) ensure that the individual is licensed, privileged, 
        has appropriate educational or experiential credentials, or is 
        otherwise qualified under applicable law or regulations to 
        provide such services.
    ``(2) In accepting voluntary services from an individual under 
subsection (a), the head of an element of the intelligence community 
entity may not--
            ``(A) place the individual in a policymaking position, or 
        other position performing inherently government functions; or
            ``(B) compensate the individual for the provision of such 
        services.
    ``(c) Authority To Recruit and Train Individuals Providing 
Services.--The head of an element of an intelligence community entity 
may recruit and train individuals to provide voluntary services 
accepted under subsection (a).
    ``(d) Status of Individuals Providing Services.--(1) Subject to 
paragraph (2), while providing voluntary services accepted under 
subsection (a) or receiving training under subsection (c), an 
individual shall be considered to be an employee of the Federal 
Government only for purposes of the following provisions of law:
            ``(A) Section 552a of title 5, United States Code (relating 
        to maintenance of records on individuals).
            ``(B) Chapter 11 of title 18, United States Code (relating 
        to conflicts of interest).
    ``(2)(A) With respect to voluntary services accepted under 
paragraph (1) provided by an individual that are within the scope of 
the services so accepted, the individual is deemed to be a volunteer of 
a governmental entity or nonprofit institution for purposes of the 
Volunteer Protection Act of 1997 (42 U.S.C. 14501 et seq.).
    ``(B) In the case of any claim against such an individual with 
respect to the provision of such services, section 4(d) of such Act (42 
U.S.C. 14503(d)) shall not apply.
    ``(3) Acceptance of voluntary services under this section shall 
have no bearing on the issuance or renewal of a security clearance.
    ``(e) Reimbursement of Incidental Expenses.--(1) The head of an 
element of the intelligence community entity may reimburse an 
individual for incidental expenses incurred by the individual in 
providing voluntary services accepted under subsection (a). The head of 
an element of the intelligence community entity shall determine which 
expenses are eligible for reimbursement under this subsection.
    ``(2) Reimbursement under paragraph (1) may be made from 
appropriated or nonappropriated funds.
    ``(f) Authority To Install Equipment.--(1) The head of an element 
of the intelligence community may install telephone lines and any 
necessary telecommunication equipment in the private residences of 
individuals who provide voluntary services accepted under subsection 
(a).
    ``(2) The head of an element of the intelligence community may pay 
the charges incurred for the use of equipment installed under paragraph 
(1) for authorized purposes.
    ``(3) Notwithstanding section 1348 of title 31, United States Code, 
the head of an element of the intelligence community entity may use 
appropriated funds or nonappropriated funds of the element in carrying 
out this subsection.

                             ``regulations

    ``Sec. 1014. (a) In General.--The Secretary of Defense and the 
National Intelligence Director jointly shall promulgate regulations 
necessary to carry out the Foreign Languages Program authorized under 
this subtitle.
    ``(b) Elements of the Intelligence Community.--Each head of an 
element of an intelligence community entity shall prescribe regulations 
to carry out sections 1012 and 1013 with respect to that element 
including the following:
            ``(1) Procedures to be utilized for the acceptance of 
        voluntary services under section 1013.
            ``(2) Procedures and requirements relating to the 
        installation of equipment under section 1013(g).

                             ``definitions

    ``Sec. 1015. In this subtitle:
            ``(1) The term `intelligence community entity' means an 
        agency, office, bureau, or element referred to in subparagraphs 
        (B) through (K) of section 3(4).
            ``(2) The term `educational institution' means--
                    ``(A) a local educational agency (as that term is 
                defined in section 9101(26) of the Elementary and 
                Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801(26))),
                    ``(B) an institution of higher education (as 
                defined in section 102 of the Higher Education Act of 
                1965 (20 U.S.C. 1002) other than institutions referred 
                to in subsection (a)(1)(C) of such section), or
                    ``(C) any other nonprofit institution that provides 
                instruction of foreign languages in languages that are 
                critical to the capability of the intelligence 
                community to carry out national security activities of 
                the United States.
            ``(3) The term `dedicated personnel' means employees of the 
        intelligence community and private citizens (including former 
        civilian employees of the Federal Government who have been 
        voluntarily separated, and members of the United States Armed 
        Forces who have been honorably discharged or generally 
        discharged under honorable circumstances, and rehired on a 
        voluntary basis specifically to perform the activities 
        authorized under this subtitle).

             ``Subtitle C--Additional Education Provisions

 ``assignment of intelligence community personnel as language students

    ``Sec. 1021. (a) In General.--(1) The National Intelligence 
Director, acting through the heads of the elements of the intelligence 
community, may provide for the assignment of military and civilian 
personnel described in paragraph (2) as students at accredited 
professional, technical, or other institutions of higher education for 
training at the graduate or undergraduate level in foreign languages 
required for the conduct of duties and responsibilities of such 
positions.
    ``(2) Personnel referred to in paragraph (1) are personnel of the 
elements of the intelligence community who serve in analysts positions 
in such elements and who require foreign language expertise required 
for the conduct of duties and responsibilities of such positions.
    ``(b) Authority for Reimbursement of Costs of Tuition and 
Training.--(1) The Director may reimburse an employee assigned under 
subsection (a) for the total cost of the training described in 
subsection (a), including costs of educational and supplementary 
reading materials.
    ``(2) The authority under paragraph (1) shall apply to employees 
who are assigned on a full-time or part-time basis.
    ``(3) Reimbursement under paragraph (1) may be made from 
appropriated or nonappropriated funds.
    ``(c) Relationship to Compensation as an Analyst.--Reimbursement 
under this section to an employee who is an analyst is in addition to 
any benefits, allowances, travels, or other compensation the employee 
is entitled to by reason of serving in such an analyst position.''.
    (b) Clerical Amendment.--The table of contents for the National 
Security Act of 1947 is amended by striking the item relating to 
section 1001 and inserting the following new items:

                  ``Subtitle A--Science and Technology

``Sec. 1001. Scholarships and work-study for pursuit of graduate 
                            degrees in science and technology.
                ``Subtitle B--Foreign Languages Program

``Sec. 1011. Program on advancement of foreign languages critical to 
                            the intelligence community.
``Sec. 1012. Education partnerships.
``Sec. 1013. Voluntary services.
``Sec. 1014. Regulations.
``Sec. 1015. Definitions.
             ``Subtitle C--Additional Education Provisions

``Sec. 1021. Assignment of intelligence community personnel as language 
                            students.''.

SEC. 1056. PILOT PROJECT FOR CIVILIAN LINGUIST RESERVE CORPS.

    (a) Pilot Project.--The National Intelligence Director shall 
conduct a pilot project to establish a Civilian Linguist Reserve Corps 
comprised of United States citizens with advanced levels of proficiency 
in foreign languages who would be available upon a call of the 
President to perform such service or duties with respect to such 
foreign languages in the Federal Government as the President may 
specify.
    (b) Conduct of Project.--Taking into account the findings and 
recommendations contained in the report required under section 325 of 
the Intelligence Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2003 (Public Law 
107-306; 116 Stat. 2393), in conducting the pilot project under 
subsection (a) the National Intelligence Director shall--
            (1) identify several foreign languages that are critical 
        for the national security of the United States;
            (2) identify United States citizens with advanced levels of 
        proficiency in those foreign languages who would be available 
        to perform the services and duties referred to in subsection 
        (a); and
            (3) implement a call for the performance of such services 
        and duties.
    (c) Duration of Project.--The pilot project under subsection (a) 
shall be conducted for a three-year period.
    (d) Authority To Enter Into Contracts.--The National Intelligence 
Director may enter into contracts with appropriate agencies or entities 
to carry out the pilot project under subsection (a).
    (e) Reports.--(1) The National Intelligence Director shall submit 
to Congress an initial and a final report on the pilot project 
conducted under subsection (a).
    (2) Each report required under paragraph (1) shall contain 
information on the operation of the pilot project, the success of the 
pilot project in carrying out the objectives of the establishment of a 
Civilian Linguist Reserve Corps, and recommendations for the 
continuation or expansion of the pilot project.
    (3) The final report shall be submitted not later than 6 months 
after the completion of the project.
    (f) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to the National Intelligence Director such sums as are 
necessary for each of fiscal years 2005, 2006, and 2007 in order to 
carry out the pilot project under subsection (a).

SEC. 1057. CODIFICATION OF ESTABLISHMENT OF THE NATIONAL VIRTUAL 
              TRANSLATION CENTER.

    (a) In General.--Title I of the National Security Act of 1947 (50 
U.S.C. 402 et seq.), as amended by section 1021(a), is further amended 
by adding at the end the following new section:

                 ``national virtual translation center

    ``Sec. 120. (a) In General.--There is an element of the 
intelligence community known as the National Virtual Translation Center 
under the direction of the National Intelligence Director.
    ``(b) Function.--The National Virtual Translation Center shall 
provide for timely and accurate translations of foreign intelligence 
for all other elements of the intelligence community.
    ``(c) Facilitating Access to Translations.--In order to minimize 
the need for a central facility for the National Virtual Translation 
Center, the Center shall--
            ``(1) use state-of-the-art communications technology;
            ``(2) integrate existing translation capabilities in the 
        intelligence community; and
            ``(3) use remote-connection capacities.
    ``(d) Use of Secure Facilities.--Personnel of the National Virtual 
Translation Center may carry out duties of the Center at any location 
that--
            ``(1) has been certified as a secure facility by an agency 
        or department of the United States; and
            ``(2) the National Intelligence Director determines to be 
        appropriate for such purpose.''.
    (b) Clerical Amendment.--The table of sections for that Act, as 
amended by section 1021(b), is further amended by inserting after the 
item relating to section 119 the following new item:

``Sec. 120. National Virtual Translation Center.''.

SEC. 1058. REPORT ON RECRUITMENT AND RETENTION OF QUALIFIED INSTRUCTORS 
              OF THE DEFENSE LANGUAGE INSTITUTE.

    (a) Study.--The Secretary of Defense shall conduct a study on 
methods to improve the recruitment and retention of qualified foreign 
language instructors at the Foreign Language Center of the Defense 
Language Institute. In conducting the study, the Secretary shall 
consider, in the case of a foreign language instructor who is an alien, 
to expeditiously adjust the status of the alien from a temporary status 
to that of an alien lawfully admitted for permanent residence.
    (b) Report.--(1) Not later than one year after the date of the 
enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Defense shall submit to the 
appropriate congressional committees a report on the study conducted 
under subsection (a), and shall include in that report recommendations 
for such changes in legislation and regulation as the Secretary 
determines to be appropriate.
    (2) Definition.--In this subsection, the term ``appropriate 
congressional committees'' means the following:
            (A) The Select Committee on Intelligence and the Committee 
        on Armed Services of the Senate.
            (B) The Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence and the 
        Committee on Armed Services of the House of Representatives.

     Subtitle F--Additional Improvements of Intelligence Activities

SEC. 1061. PERMANENT EXTENSION OF CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY VOLUNTARY 
              SEPARATION INCENTIVE PROGRAM.

    (a) Extension of Program.--Section 2 of the Central Intelligence 
Agency Voluntary Separation Pay Act (50 U.S.C. 403-4 note) is amended--
            (1) by striking subsection (f); and
            (2) by redesignating subsections (g) and (h) as subsections 
        (f) and (g), respectively.
    (b) Termination of Funds Remittance Requirement.--(1) Section 2 of 
such Act (50 U.S.C. 403-4 note) is further amended by striking 
subsection (i).
    (2) Section 4(a)(2)(B)(ii) of the Federal Workforce Restructuring 
Act of 1994 (5 U.S.C. 8331 note) is amended by striking ``, or section 
2 of the Central Intelligence Agency Voluntary Separation Pay Act 
(Public Law 103-36; 107 Stat. 104)''.

SEC. 1062. NATIONAL SECURITY AGENCY EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES PANEL.

    The National Security Agency Act of 1959 (50 U.S.C. 402 note) is 
amended by adding at the end the following new section:
    ``Sec. 19. (a) There is established the National Security Agency 
Emerging Technologies Panel. The panel is a standing panel of the 
National Security Agency. The panel shall be appointed by, and shall 
report directly to, the Director.
    ``(b) The National Security Agency Emerging Technologies Panel 
shall study and assess, and periodically advise the Director on, the 
research, development, and application of existing and emerging science 
and technology advances, advances on encryption, and other topics.
    ``(c) The Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.) shall not 
apply with respect to the National Security Agency Emerging 
Technologies Panel.''.

              Subtitle G--Conforming and Other Amendments

SEC. 1071. CONFORMING AMENDMENTS RELATING TO ROLES OF NATIONAL 
              INTELLIGENCE DIRECTOR AND DIRECTOR OF THE CENTRAL 
              INTELLIGENCE AGENCY.

    (a) National Security Act of 1947.--(1) The National Security Act 
of 1947 (50 U.S.C. 401 et seq.) is amended by striking ``Director of 
Central Intelligence'' each place it appears in the following 
provisions and inserting ``National Intelligence Director'':
            (A) Section 3(5)(B) (50 U.S.C. 401a(5)(B)).
            (B) Section 101(h)(2)(A) (50 U.S.C. 402(h)(2)(A)).
            (C) Section 101(h)(5) (50 U.S.C. 402(h)(5)).
            (D) Section 101(i)(2)(A) (50 U.S.C. 402(i)(2)(A)).
            (E) Section 101(j) (50 U.S.C. 402(j)).
            (F) Section 105(a) (50 U.S.C. 403-5(a)).
            (G) Section 105(b)(6)(A) (50 U.S.C. 403-5(b)(6)(A)).
            (H) Section 105B(a)(1) (50 U.S.C. 403-5b(a)(1)).
            (I) Section 105B(b) (50 U.S.C. 403-5b(b)), the first place 
        it appears.
            (J) Section 110(b) (50 U.S.C. 404e(b)).
            (K) Section 110(c) (50 U.S.C. 404e(c)).
            (L) Section 112(a)(1) (50 U.S.C. 404g(a)(1)).
            (M) Section 112(d)(1) (50 U.S.C. 404g(d)(1)).
            (N) Section 113(b)(2)(A) (50 U.S.C. 404h(b)(2)(A)).
            (O) Section 114(a)(1) (50 U.S.C. 404i(a)(1)).
            (P) Section 114(b)(1) (50 U.S.C. 404i(b)(1)).
            (Q) Section 115(a)(1) (50 U.S.C. 404j(a)(1)).
            (R) Section 115(b) (50 U.S.C. 404j(b)).
            (S) Section 115(c)(1)(B) (50 U.S.C. 404j(c)(1)(B)).
            (T) Section 116(a) (50 U.S.C. 404k(a)).
            (U) Section 117(a)(1) (50 U.S.C. 404l(a)(1)).
            (V) Section 303(a) (50 U.S.C. 405(a)), both places it 
        appears.
            (W) Section 501(d) (50 U.S.C. 413(d)).
            (X) Section 502(a) (50 U.S.C. 413a(a)).
            (Y) Section 502(c) (50 U.S.C. 413a(c)).
            (Z) Section 503(b) (50 U.S.C. 413b(b)).
            (AA) Section 504(a)(3)(C) (50 U.S.C. 414(a)(3)(C)).
            (BB) Section 504(d)(2) (50 U.S.C. 414(d)(2)).
            (CC) Section 506A(a)(1) (50 U.S.C. 415a-1(a)(1)).
            (DD) Section 603(a) (50 U.S.C. 423(a)).
            (EE) Section 702(a)(1) (50 U.S.C. 432(a)(1)).
            (FF) Section 702(a)(6)(B)(viii) (50 U.S.C. 
        432(a)(6)(B)(viii)).
            (GG) Section 702(b)(1) (50 U.S.C. 432(b)(1)), both places 
        it appears.
            (HH) Section 703(a)(1) (50 U.S.C. 432a(a)(1)).
            (II) Section 703(a)(6)(B)(viii) (50 U.S.C. 
        432a(a)(6)(B)(viii)).
            (JJ) Section 703(b)(1) (50 U.S.C. 432a(b)(1)), both places 
        it appears.
            (KK) Section 704(a)(1) (50 U.S.C. 432b(a)(1)).
            (LL) Section 704(f)(2)(H) (50 U.S.C. 432b(f)(2)(H)).
            (MM) Section 704(g)(1)) (50 U.S.C. 432b(g)(1)), both places 
        it appears.
            (NN) Section 1001(a) (50 U.S.C. 441g(a)).
            (OO) Section 1102(a)(1) (50 U.S.C. 442a(a)(1)).
            (PP) Section 1102(b)(1) (50 U.S.C. 442a(b)(1)).
            (QQ) Section 1102(c)(1) (50 U.S.C. 442a(c)(1)).
            (RR) Section 1102(d) (50 U.S.C. 442a(d)).
    (2) That Act is further amended by striking ``of Central 
Intelligence'' each place it appears in the following provisions:
            (A) Section 105(a)(2) (50 U.S.C. 403-5(a)(2)).
            (B) Section 105B(a)(2) (50 U.S.C. 403-5b(a)(2)).
            (C) Section 105B(b) (50 U.S.C. 403-5b(b)), the second place 
        it appears.
    (3) That Act is further amended by striking ``Director'' each place 
it appears in the following provisions and inserting ``National 
Intelligence Director'':
            (A) Section 114(c) (50 U.S.C. 404i(c)).
            (B) Section 116(b) (50 U.S.C. 404k(b)).
            (C) Section 1001(b) (50 U.S.C. 441g(b)).
            (D) Section 1001(c) (50 U.S.C. 441g(c)), the first place it 
        appears.
            (E) Section 1001(d)(1)(B) (50 U.S.C. 441g(d)(1)(B)).
            (F) Section 1001(e) (50 U.S.C. 441g(e)), the first place it 
        appears.
    (4) Section 114A of that Act (50 U.S.C. 404i-1) is amended by 
striking ``Director of Central Intelligence'' and inserting ``National 
Intelligence Director, the Director of the Central Intelligence 
Agency''.
    (5) Section 504(a)(2) of that Act (50 U.S.C. 414(a)(2)) is amended 
by striking ``Director of Central Intelligence'' and inserting 
``Director of the Central Intelligence Agency''.
    (6) Section 701 of that Act (50 U.S.C. 431) is amended--
            (A) in subsection (a), by striking ``Operational files of 
        the Central Intelligence Agency may be exempted by the Director 
        of Central Intelligence'' and inserting ``The Director of the 
        Central Intelligence Agency, with the coordination of the 
        National Intelligence Director, may exempt operational files of 
        the Central Intelligence Agency''; and
            (B) in subsection (g)(1), by striking ``Director of Central 
        Intelligence'' and inserting ``Director of the Central 
        Intelligence Agency and the National Intelligence Director''.
    (7) The heading for section 114 of that Act (50 U.S.C. 404i) is 
amended to read as follows:

 ``additional annual reports from the national intelligence director''.

    (b) Central Intelligence Agency Act of 1949.--(1) The Central 
Intelligence Agency Act of 1949 (50 U.S.C. 403a et seq.) is amended by 
striking ``Director of Central Intelligence'' each place it appears in 
the following provisions and inserting ``National Intelligence 
Director'':
            (A) Section 6 (50 U.S.C. 403g).
            (B) Section 17(f) (50 U.S.C. 403q(f)), both places it 
        appears.
    (2) That Act is further amended by striking ``of Central 
Intelligence'' in each of the following provisions:
            (A) Section 2 (50 U.S.C. 403b).
            (B) Section 16(c)(1)(B) (50 U.S.C. 403p(c)(1)(B)).
            (C) Section 17(d)(1) (50 U.S.C. 403q(d)(1)).
            (D) Section 20(c) (50 U.S.C. 403t(c)).
    (3) That Act is further amended by striking ``Director of Central 
Intelligence'' each place it appears in the following provisions and 
inserting ``Director of the Central Intelligence Agency'':
            (A) Section 14(b) (50 U.S.C. 403n(b)).
            (B) Section 16(b)(2) (50 U.S.C. 403p(b)(2)).
            (C) Section 16(b)(3) (50 U.S.C. 403p(b)(3)), both places it 
        appears.
            (D) Section 21(g)(1) (50 U.S.C. 403u(g)(1)).
            (E) Section 21(g)(2) (50 U.S.C. 403u(g)(2)).
    (c) Central Intelligence Agency Retirement Act.--Section 101 of the 
Central Intelligence Agency Retirement Act (50 U.S.C. 2001) is amended 
by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the following new paragraph 
(2):
            ``(2) Director.--The term `Director' means the Director of 
        the Central Intelligence Agency.''.
    (d) CIA Voluntary Separation Pay Act.--Subsection (a)(1) of section 
2 of the Central Intelligence Agency Voluntary Separation Pay Act (50 
U.S.C. 2001 note) is amended to read as follows:
            ``(1) the term `Director' means the Director of the Central 
        Intelligence Agency;''.
    (e) Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act of 1978.--(1) The Foreign 
Intelligence Surveillance Act of 1978 (50 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.) is 
amended by striking ``Director of Central Intelligence'' each place it 
appears and inserting ``National Intelligence Director''.
    (f) Classified Information Procedures Act.--Section 9(a) of the 
Classified Information Procedures Act (5 U.S.C. App.) is amended by 
striking ``Director of Central Intelligence'' and inserting ``National 
Intelligence Director''.
    (g) Intelligence Authorization Acts.--
            (1) Public law 103-359.--Section 811(c)(6)(C) of the 
        counterintelligence and Security Enhancements Act of 1994 
        (title VIII of Public Law 103-359) is amended by striking 
        ``Director of Central Intelligence'' and inserting ``National 
        Intelligence Director''.
            (2) Public law 107-306.--(A) The Intelligence Authorization 
        Act for Fiscal Year 2003 (Public Law 107-306) is amended by 
        striking ``Director of Central Intelligence, acting as the head 
        of the intelligence community,'' each place it appears in the 
        following provisions and inserting ``National Intelligence 
        Director'':
                    (i) Section 313(a) (50 U.S.C. 404n(a)).
                    (ii) Section 343(a)(1) (50 U.S.C. 404n-2(a)(1))
            (B) That Act is further amended by striking ``Director of 
        Central Intelligence'' each place it appears in the following 
        provisions and inserting ``National Intelligence Director'':
                    (i) Section 902(a)(2) (50 U.S.C. 402b(a)(2)).
                    (ii) Section 904(e)(4) (50 U.S.C. 402c(e)(4)).
                    (iii) Section 904(e)(5) (50 U.S.C. 402c(e)(5)).
                    (iv) Section 904(h) (50 U.S.C. 402c(h)), each place 
                it appears.
                    (v) Section 904(m) (50 U.S.C. 402c(m)).
            (C) Section 341 of that Act (50 U.S.C. 404n-1) is amended 
        by striking ``Director of Central Intelligence, acting as the 
        head of the intelligence community, shall establish in the 
        Central Intelligence Agency'' and inserting ``National 
        Intelligence Director shall establish within the Central 
        Intelligence Agency''.
            (D) Section 352(b) of that Act (50 U.S.C. 404-3 note) is 
        amended by striking ``Director'' and inserting ``National 
        Intelligence Director''.
            (3) Public law 108-177.--(A) The Intelligence Authorization 
        Act for Fiscal Year 2004 (Public Law 108-177) is amended by 
        striking ``Director of Central Intelligence'' each place it 
        appears in the following provisions and inserting ``National 
        Intelligence Director'':
                    (i) Section 317(a) (50 U.S.C. 403-3 note).
                    (ii) Section 317(h)(1).
                    (iii) Section 318(a) (50 U.S.C. 441g note).
                    (iv) Section 319(b) (50 U.S.C. 403 note).
                    (v) Section 341(b) (28 U.S.C. 519 note).
                    (vi) Section 357(a) (50 U.S.C. 403 note).
                    (vii) Section 504(a) (117 Stat. 2634), both places 
                it appears.
            (B) Section 319(f)(2) of that Act (50 U.S.C. 403 note) is 
        amended by striking ``Director'' the first place it appears and 
        inserting ``National Intelligence Director''.
            (C) Section 404 of that Act (18 U.S.C. 4124 note) is 
        amended by striking ``Director of Central Intelligence'' and 
        inserting ``Director of the Central Intelligence Agency''.

SEC. 1072. OTHER CONFORMING AMENDMENTS

    (a) National Security Act of 1947.--(1) Section 101(j) of the 
National Security Act of 1947 (50 U.S.C. 402(j)) is amended by striking 
``Deputy Director of Central Intelligence'' and inserting ``Deputy 
National Intelligence Director''.
    (2) Section 112(d)(1) of that Act (50 U.S.C. 404g(d)(1)) is amended 
by striking ``section 103(c)(6) of this Act'' and inserting ``section 
102A(g) of this Act''.
    (3) Section 116(b) of that Act (50 U.S.C. 404k(b)) is amended by 
striking ``to the Deputy Director of Central Intelligence, or with 
respect to employees of the Central Intelligence Agency, the Director 
may delegate such authority to the Deputy Director for Operations'' and 
inserting ``to the Deputy National Intelligence Director, or with 
respect to employees of the Central Intelligence Agency, to the 
Director of the Central Intelligence Agency''.
    (4) Section 506A(b)(1) of that Act (50 U.S.C. 415a-1(b)(1)) is 
amended by striking ``Office of the Deputy Director of Central 
Intelligence'' and inserting ``Office of the National Intelligence 
Director''.
    (5) Section 701(c)(3) of that Act (50 U.S.C. 431(c)(3)) is amended 
by striking ``Office of the Director of Central Intelligence'' and 
inserting ``Office of the National Intelligence Director''.
    (6) Section 1001(b) of that Act (50 U.S.C. 441g(b)) is amended by 
striking ``Assistant Director of Central Intelligence for 
Administration'' and inserting ``Office of the National Intelligence 
Director''.
    (b) Central Intelligence Act of 1949.--Section 6 of the Central 
Intelligence Agency Act of 1949 (50 U.S.C. 403g) is amended by striking 
``section 103(c)(7) of the National Security Act of 1947 (50 U.S.C. 
403-3(c)(7))'' and inserting ``section 102A(g) of the National Security 
Act of 1947''.
    (c) Central Intelligence Agency Retirement Act.--Section 201(c) of 
the Central Intelligence Agency Retirement Act (50 U.S.C. 2011(c)) is 
amended by striking ``paragraph (6) of section 103(c) of the National 
Security Act of 1947 (50 U.S.C. 403-3(c)) that the Director of Central 
Intelligence'' and inserting ``section 102A(g) of the National Security 
Act of 1947 (50 U.S.C. 403-3(c)(1)) that the National Intelligence 
Director''.
    (d) Intelligence Authorization Acts.--
            (1) Public law 107-306.--(A) Section 343(c) of the 
        Intelligence Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2003 (Public Law 
        107-306; 50 U.S.C. 404n-2(c)) is amended by striking ``section 
        103(c)(6) of the National Security Act of 1947 (50 U.S.C. 403-
        3((c)(6))'' and inserting ``section 102A(g) of the National 
        Security Act of 1947 (50 U.S.C. 403-3(c)(1))''.
            (B) Section 904 of that Act (50 U.S.C. 402c) is amended--
                    (i) in subsection (c), by striking ``Office of the 
                Director of Central Intelligence'' and inserting 
                ``Office of the National Intelligence Director''; and
                    (ii) in subsection (l), by striking ``Office of the 
                Director of Central Intelligence'' and inserting 
                ``Office of the National Intelligence Director''.
            (2) Public law 108-177.--Section 317 of the Intelligence 
        Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2004 (Public Law 108-177; 50 
        U.S.C. 403-3 note) is amended--
                    (A) in subsection (g), by striking ``Assistant 
                Director of Central Intelligence for Analysis and 
                Production'' and inserting ``Deputy National 
                Intelligence Director''; and
                    (B) in subsection (h)(2)(C), by striking 
                ``Assistant Director'' and inserting ``Deputy National 
                Intelligence Director''.

SEC. 1073. ELEMENTS OF INTELLIGENCE COMMUNITY UNDER NATIONAL SECURITY 
              ACT OF 1947.

    Paragraph (4) of section 3 of the National Security Act of 1947 (50 
U.S.C. 401a) is amended to read as follows:
            ``(4) The term `intelligence community' includes the 
        following:
                    ``(A) The Office of the National Intelligence 
                Director.
                    ``(B) The Central Intelligence Agency.
                    ``(C) The National Security Agency.
                    ``(D) The Defense Intelligence Agency.
                    ``(E) The National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency.
                    ``(F) The National Reconnaissance Office.
                    ``(G) Other offices within the Department of 
                Defense for the collection of specialized national 
                intelligence through reconnaissance programs.
                    ``(H) The intelligence elements of the Army, the 
                Navy, the Air Force, the Marine Corps, the Federal 
                Bureau of Investigation, and the Department of Energy.
                    ``(I) The Bureau of Intelligence and Research of 
                the Department of State.
                    ``(J) The Office of Intelligence and Analysis of 
                the Department of the Treasury.
                    ``(K) The elements of the Department of Homeland 
                Security concerned with the analysis of intelligence 
                information, including the Office of Intelligence of 
                the Coast Guard.
                    ``(L) Such other elements of any other department 
                or agency as may be designated by the President, or 
                designated jointly by the National Intelligence 
                Director and the head of the department or agency 
                concerned, as an element of the intelligence 
                community.''.

SEC. 1074. REDESIGNATION OF NATIONAL FOREIGN INTELLIGENCE PROGRAM AS 
              NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE PROGRAM.

    (a) Redesignation.--Paragraph (6) of section 3 of the National 
Security Act of 1947 (50 U.S.C. 401a) is amended by striking 
``Foreign''.
    (b) Conforming Amendments.--(1) Section 506(a) of the National 
Security Act of 1947 (50 U.S.C. 415a(a)) is amended by striking 
``National Foreign Intelligence Program'' and inserting ``National 
Intelligence Program''.
    (2) Section 17(f) of the Central Intelligence Agency Act of 1949 
(50 U.S.C. 403q(f)) is amended by striking ``National Foreign 
Intelligence Program'' and inserting ``National Intelligence Program''.
    (c) Heading Amendment.--The heading of section 506 of that Act is 
amended by striking ``foreign''.

SEC. 1075. REPEAL OF SUPERSEDED AUTHORITIES.

    (a) Appointment of Certain Intelligence Officials.--Section 106 of 
the National Security Act of 1947 (50 U.S.C. 403-6) is repealed.
    (b) Collection Tasking Authority.--Section 111 of the National 
Security Act of 1947 (50 U.S.C. 404f) is repealed.

SEC. 1076. CLERICAL AMENDMENTS TO NATIONAL SECURITY ACT OF 1947.

    The table of contents for the National Security Act of 1947 is 
amended--
            (1) by striking the items relating to sections 102 through 
        104 and inserting the following new items:

``Sec. 102. National Intelligence Director.
``Sec. 102A. Responsibilities and authorities of National Intelligence 
                            Director.
``Sec. 103. Office of the National Intelligence Director.
``Sec. 104. Central Intelligence Agency.
``Sec. 104A. Director of the Central Intelligence Agency.''; and
            (2) by striking the item relating to section 114 and 
        inserting the following new item:

``Sec. 114. Additional annual reports from the National Intelligence 
                            Director.'';
            and
            (3) by striking the item relating to section 506 and 
        inserting the following new item:

``Sec. 506. Specificity of National Intelligence Program budget amounts 
                            for counterterrorism, counterproliferation, 
                            counternarcotics, and 
                            counterintelligence''.

SEC. 1077. CONFORMING AMENDMENTS RELATING TO PROHIBITING DUAL SERVICE 
              OF THE DIRECTOR OF THE CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY.

    Section 1 of the Central Intelligence Agency Act of 1949 (50 U.S.C. 
403a) is amended--
            (1) by redesignating paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) as 
        paragraphs (1), (2), and (3), respectively; and
            (2) by striking paragraph (2), as so redesignated, and 
        inserting the following new paragraph (2):
    ``(2) `Director' means the Director of the Central Intelligence 
Agency; and''.

SEC. 1078. ACCESS TO INSPECTOR GENERAL PROTECTIONS.

    Section 17(a)(1) of the Central Intelligence Agency Act of 1949 (50 
U.S.C. 403q(a)(1)) is amended by inserting before the semicolon at the 
end the following: ``and to programs and operations of the Office of 
the National Intelligence Director''.

SEC. 1079. GENERAL REFERENCES.

    (a) Director of Central Intelligence as Head of Intelligence 
Community.--Any reference to the Director of Central Intelligence or 
the Director of the Central Intelligence Agency in the Director's 
capacity as the head of the intelligence community in any law, 
regulation, document, paper, or other record of the United States shall 
be deemed to be a reference to the National Intelligence Director.
    (b) Director of Central Intelligence as Head of CIA.--Any reference 
to the Director of Central Intelligence or the Director of the Central 
Intelligence Agency in the Director's capacity as the head of the 
Central Intelligence Agency in any law, regulation, document, paper, or 
other record of the United States shall be deemed to be a reference to 
the Director of the Central Intelligence Agency.
    (c) Community Management Staff.--Any reference to the Community 
Management Staff in any law, regulation, document, paper, or other 
record of the United States shall be deemed to be a reference to the 
staff of the Office of the National Intelligence Director.

SEC. 1080. APPLICATION OF OTHER LAWS.

    (a) Political Service of Personnel.--Section 7323(b)(2)(B)(i) of 
title 5, United States Code, is amended--
            (1) in subclause (XII), by striking ``or'' at the end; and
            (2) by inserting after subclause (XIII) the following new 
        subclause:
                    ``(XIV) the Office of the National Intelligence 
                Director; or''.
    (b) Deletion of Information About Foreign Gifts.--Section 
7342(f)(4) of title 5, United States Code, is amended--
            (1) by inserting ``(A)'' after ``(4)'';
            (2) in subparagraph (A), as so designated, by striking 
        ``the Director of Central Intelligence'' and inserting ``the 
        Director of the Central Intelligence Agency''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
    ``(B) In transmitting such listings for the Office of the National 
Intelligence Director, the National Intelligence Director may delete 
the information described in subparagraphs (A) and (C) of paragraphs 
(2) and (3) if the Director certifies in writing to the Secretary of 
State that the publication of such information could adversely affect 
United States intelligence sources.''.
    (c) Exemption From Financial Disclosures.--Section 105(a)(1) of the 
Ethics in Government Act (5 U.S.C. App.) is amended by inserting ``the 
Office of the National Intelligence Director,'' before ``the Central 
Intelligence Agency''.

   Subtitle H--Transfer, Termination, Transition and Other Provisions

SEC. 1091. TRANSFER OF COMMUNITY MANAGEMENT STAFF.

    (a) Transfer.--There shall be transferred to the Office of the 
National Intelligence Director the staff of the Community Management 
Staff as of the date of the enactment of this Act, including all 
functions and activities discharged by the Community Management Staff 
as of that date.
    (b) Administration.--The National Intelligence Director shall 
administer the Community Management Staff after the date of the 
enactment of this Act as a component of the Office of the National 
Intelligence Director under section 103(b) of the National Security Act 
of 1947, as amended by section 1011(a).

SEC. 1092. TRANSFER OF TERRORIST THREAT INTEGRATION CENTER.

    (a) Transfer.--There shall be transferred to the National 
counterterrorism Center the Terrorist Threat Integration Center (TTIC), 
including all functions and activities discharged by the Terrorist 
Threat Integration Center as of the date of the enactment of this Act.
    (b) Administration.--The Director of the National counterterrorism 
Center shall administer the Terrorist Threat Integration Center after 
the date of the enactment of this Act as a component of the Directorate 
of Intelligence of the National counterterrorism Center under section 
119(i) of the National Security Act of 1947, as added by section 
1021(a).

SEC. 1093. TERMINATION OF POSITIONS OF ASSISTANT DIRECTORS OF CENTRAL 
              INTELLIGENCE.

    (a) Termination.--The positions within the Central Intelligence 
Agency referred to in subsection (b) are hereby abolished.
    (b) Covered Positions.--The positions within the Central 
Intelligence Agency referred to in this subsection are as follows:
            (1) The Assistant Director of Central Intelligence for 
        Collection.
            (2) The Assistant Director of Central Intelligence for 
        Analysis and Production.
            (3) The Assistant Director of Central Intelligence for 
        Administration.

SEC. 1094. IMPLEMENTATION PLAN.

    (a) Submission of Plan.--The President shall transmit to Congress a 
plan for the implementation of this title and the amendments made by 
this title. The plan shall address, at a minimum, the following:
            (1) The transfer of personnel, assets, and obligations to 
        the National Intelligence Director pursuant to this title.
            (2) Any consolidation, reorganization, or streamlining of 
        activities transferred to the National Intelligence Director 
        pursuant to this title.
            (3) The establishment of offices within the Office of the 
        National Intelligence Director to implement the duties and 
        responsibilities of the National Intelligence Director as 
        described in this title.
            (4) Specification of any proposed disposition of property, 
        facilities, contracts, records, and other assets and 
        obligations to be transferred to the National Intelligence 
        Director.
            (5) Recommendations for additional legislative or 
        administrative action as the Director considers appropriate.
    (b) Sense of Congress.--It is the sense of Congress that the 
permanent location for the headquarters for the Office of the National 
Intelligence Director, should be at a location other than the George 
Bush Center for Intelligence in Langley, Virginia.

SEC. 1095. TRANSITIONAL AUTHORITIES.

    Upon the request of the National Intelligence Director, the head of 
any executive agency may, on a reimbursable basis, provide services or 
detail personnel to the National Intelligence Director.

SEC. 1096. EFFECTIVE DATES.

    (a) In General.--Except as otherwise expressly provided in this 
Act, this title and the amendments made by this title shall take effect 
on the date of the enactment of this Act.
    (b) Specific Effective Dates.--(1)(A) Not later than 60 days after 
the date of the enactment of this Act, the National Intelligence 
Director shall first appoint individuals to positions within the Office 
of the National Intelligence Director.
    (B) Subparagraph (A) shall not apply with respect to the Deputy 
National Intelligence Director.
    (2) Not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of this 
Act, the President shall transmit to Congress the implementation plan 
required under section 1904.
    (3) Not later than one year after the date of the enactment of this 
Act, the National Intelligence Director shall prescribe regulations, 
policies, procedures, standards, and guidelines required under section 
102A of the National Security Act of 1947, as amended by section 
1011(a).

             TITLE II--TERRORISM PREVENTION AND PROSECUTION

     Subtitle A--Individual Terrorists as Agents of Foreign Powers

SECTION 2001. INDIVIDUAL TERRORISTS AS AGENTS OF FOREIGN POWERS.

    Section 101(b)(1) of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act of 
1978 (50 U.S.C. 1801(b)(1)) is amended by adding at the end the 
following new subparagraph:
                    ``(C) engages in international terrorism or 
                activities in preparation therefor; or''.

       Subtitle B--Stop Terrorist and Military Hoaxes Act of 2004

SEC. 2021. SHORT TITLE.

    This subtitle may be cited as the ``Stop Terrorist and Military 
Hoaxes Act of 2004''.

SEC. 2022. HOAXES AND RECOVERY COSTS.

    (a) Prohibition on Hoaxes.--Chapter 47 of title 18, United States 
Code, is amended by inserting after section 1037 the following:
``Sec. 1038. False information and hoaxes
    ``(a) Criminal Violation.--
            ``(1) In general.--Whoever engages in any conduct with 
        intent to convey false or misleading information under 
        circumstances where such information may reasonably be believed 
        and where such information indicates that an activity has 
        taken, is taking, or will take place that would constitute a 
        violation of chapter 2, 10, 11B, 39, 40, 44, 111, or 113B of 
        this title, section 236 of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 
        U.S.C. 2284), or section 46502, the second sentence of section 
        46504, section 46505 (b)(3) or (c), section 46506 if homicide 
        or attempted homicide is involved, or section 60123(b) of title 
        49 shall--
                    ``(A) be fined under this title or imprisoned not 
                more than 5 years, or both;
                    ``(B) if serious bodily injury results, be fined 
                under this title or imprisoned not more than 25 years, 
                or both; and
                    ``(C) if death results, be fined under this title 
                or imprisoned for any number of years up to life, or 
                both.
            ``(2) Armed forces.--Whoever, without lawful authority, 
        makes a false statement, with intent to convey false or 
        misleading information, about the death, injury, capture, or 
        disappearance of a member of the Armed Forces of the United 
        States during a war or armed conflict in which the United 
        States is engaged, shall--
                    ``(A) be fined under this title or imprisoned not 
                more than 5 years, or both;
                    ``(B) if serious bodily injury results, be fined 
                under this title or imprisoned not more than 25 years, 
                or both; and
                    ``(C) if death results, be fined under this title 
                or imprisoned for any number of years up to life, or 
                both.
    ``(b) Civil Action.--Whoever knowingly engages in any conduct with 
intent to convey false or misleading information under circumstances 
where such information may reasonably be believed and where such 
information indicates that an activity has taken, is taking, or will 
take place that would constitute a violation of chapter 2, 10, 11B, 39, 
40, 44, 111, or 113B of this title, section 236 of the Atomic Energy 
Act of 1954 (42 U.S.C. 2284), or section 46502, the second sentence of 
section 46504, section 46505 (b)(3) or (c), section 46506 if homicide 
or attempted homicide is involved, or section 60123(b) of title 49 is 
liable in a civil action to any party incurring expenses incident to 
any emergency or investigative response to that conduct, for those 
expenses.
    ``(c) Reimbursement.--
            ``(1) In general.--The court, in imposing a sentence on a 
        defendant who has been convicted of an offense under subsection 
        (a), shall order the defendant to reimburse any state or local 
        government, or private not-for-profit organization that 
        provides fire or rescue service incurring expenses incident to 
        any emergency or investigative response to that conduct, for 
        those expenses.
            ``(2) Liability.--A person ordered to make reimbursement 
        under this subsection shall be jointly and severally liable for 
        such expenses with each other person, if any, who is ordered to 
        make reimbursement under this subsection for the same expenses.
            ``(3) Civil judgment.--An order of reimbursement under this 
        subsection shall, for the purposes of enforcement, be treated 
        as a civil judgment.
    ``(d) Activities of Law Enforcement.--This section does not 
prohibit any lawfully authorized investigative, protective, or 
intelligence activity of a law enforcement agency of the United States, 
a State, or political subdivision of a State, or of an intelligence 
agency of the United States.''.
    (b) Clerical Amendment.--The table of sections as the beginning of 
chapter 47 of title 18, United States Code, is amended by adding after 
the item for section 1037 the following:

``1038. False information and hoaxes.''.

SEC. 2023. OBSTRUCTION OF JUSTICE AND FALSE STATEMENTS IN TERRORISM 
              CASES.

    (a) Enhanced Penalty.--Section 1001(a) and the third undesignated 
paragraph of section 1505 of title 18, United States Code, are amended 
by striking ``be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than 5 
years, or both'' and inserting ``be fined under this title, imprisoned 
not more than 5 years or, if the matter relates to international or 
domestic terrorism (as defined in section 2331), imprisoned not more 
than 10 years, or both''.
    (b) Sentencing Guidelines.--Not later than 30 days of the enactment 
of this section, the United States Sentencing Commission shall amend 
the Sentencing Guidelines to provide for an increased offense level for 
an offense under sections 1001(a) and 1505 of title 18, United States 
Code, if the offense involves a matter relating to international or 
domestic terrorism, as defined in section 2331 of such title.

SEC. 2024. CLARIFICATION OF DEFINITION.

    Section 1958 of title 18, United States Code, is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a), by striking ``facility in'' and 
        inserting ``facility of''; and
            (2) in subsection (b)(2), by inserting ``or foreign'' after 
        ``interstate''.

 Subtitle C--Material Support to Terrorism Prohibition Enhancement Act 
                                of 2004

SEC. 2041. SHORT TITLE.

    This subtitle may be cited as the ``Material Support to Terrorism 
Prohibition Enhancement Act of 2004''.

SEC. 2042. RECEIVING MILITARY-TYPE TRAINING FROM A FOREIGN TERRORIST 
              ORGANIZATION.

    Chapter 113B of title 18, United States Code, is amended by adding 
after section 2339C the following new section:
``Sec. 2339D. Receiving military-type training from a foreign terrorist 
              organization
    ``(a) Offense.--Whoever knowingly receives military-type training 
from or on behalf of any organization designated at the time of the 
training by the Secretary of State under section 219(a)(1) of the 
Immigration and Nationality Act as a foreign terrorist organization 
shall be fined under this title or imprisoned for ten years, or both. 
To violate this subsection, a person must have knowledge that the 
organization is a designated terrorist organization (as defined in 
subsection (c)(4)), that the organization has engaged or engages in 
terrorist activity (as defined in section 212 of the Immigration and 
Nationality Act), or that the organization has engaged or engages in 
terrorism (as defined in section 140(d)(2) of the Foreign Relations 
Authorization Act, Fiscal Years 1988 and 1989).
    ``(b) Extraterritorial Jurisdiction.--There is extraterritorial 
Federal jurisdiction over an offense under this section. There is 
jurisdiction over an offense under subsection (a) if--
            ``(1) an offender is a national of the United States (as 
        defined in 101(a)(22) of the Immigration and Nationality Act) 
        or an alien lawfully admitted for permanent residence in the 
        United States (as defined in section 101(a)(20) of the 
        Immigration and Nationality Act);
            ``(2) an offender is a stateless person whose habitual 
        residence is in the United States;
            ``(3) after the conduct required for the offense occurs an 
        offender is brought into or found in the United States, even if 
        the conduct required for the offense occurs outside the United 
        States;
            ``(4) the offense occurs in whole or in part within the 
        United States;
            ``(5) the offense occurs in or affects interstate or 
        foreign commerce;
            ``(6) an offender aids or abets any person over whom 
        jurisdiction exists under this paragraph in committing an 
        offense under subsection (a) or conspires with any person over 
        whom jurisdiction exists under this paragraph to commit an 
        offense under subsection (a).
    ``(c) Definitions.--As used in this section--
            ``(1) the term `military-type training' includes training 
        in means or methods that can cause death or serious bodily 
        injury, destroy or damage property, or disrupt services to 
        critical infrastructure, or training on the use, storage, 
        production, or assembly of any explosive, firearm or other 
        weapon, including any weapon of mass destruction (as defined in 
        section 2232a(c)(2));
            ``(2) the term `serious bodily injury' has the meaning 
        given that term in section 1365(h)(3);
            ``(3) the term `critical infrastructure' means systems and 
        assets vital to national defense, national security, economic 
        security, public health or safety including both regional and 
        national infrastructure. Critical infrastructure may be 
        publicly or privately owned; examples of critical 
        infrastructure include gas and oil production, storage, or 
        delivery systems, water supply systems, telecommunications 
        networks, electrical power generation or delivery systems, 
        financing and banking systems, emergency services (including 
        medical, police, fire, and rescue services), and transportation 
        systems and services (including highways, mass transit, 
        airlines, and airports); and
            ``(4) the term `foreign terrorist organization' means an 
        organization designated as a terrorist organization under 
        section 219(a)(1) of the Immigration and Nationality Act.''.

SEC. 2043. PROVIDING MATERIAL SUPPORT TO TERRORISM.

    (a) Additions to Offense of Providing Material Support to 
Terrorists.--Section 2339A(a) of title 18, United States Code, is 
amended--
            (1) by designating the first sentence as paragraph (1);
            (2) by designating the second sentence as paragraph (3);
            (3) by inserting after paragraph (1) as so designated by 
        this subsection the following:
            ``(2) (A) Whoever in a circumstance described in 
        subparagraph (B) provides material support or resources or 
        conceals or disguises the nature, location, source, or 
        ownership of material support or resources, knowing or 
        intending that they are to be used in preparation for, or in 
        carrying out, an act of international or domestic terrorism (as 
        defined in section 2331), or in preparation for, or in carrying 
        out, the concealment or escape from the commission of any such 
        act, or attempts or conspires to do so, shall be punished as 
        provided under paragraph (1) for an offense under that 
        paragraph.
            ``(B) The circumstances referred to in subparagraph (A) are 
        any of the following:
                    ``(i) The offense occurs in or affects interstate 
                or foreign commerce.
                    ``(ii) The act of terrorism is an act of 
                international or domestic terrorism that violates the 
                criminal law of the United States.
                    ``(iii) The act of terrorism is an act of domestic 
                terrorism that appears to be intended to influence the 
                policy, or affect the conduct, of the Government of the 
                United States or a foreign government.
                    ``(iv) An offender, acting within the United States 
                or outside the territorial jurisdiction of the United 
                States, is a national of the United States (as defined 
                in section 101(a)(22) of the Immigration and 
                Nationality Act), an alien lawfully admitted for 
                permanent residence in the United States (as defined in 
                section 101(a)(20) of the Immigration and Nationality 
                Act), or a stateless person whose habitual residence is 
                in the United States, and the act of terrorism is an 
                act of international terrorism that appears to be 
                intended to influence the policy, or affect the 
                conduct, of the Government of the United States or a 
                foreign government.
                    ``(v) An offender, acting within the United States, 
                is an alien, and the act of terrorism is an act of 
                international terrorism that appears to be intended to 
                influence the policy, or affect the conduct, of the 
                Government of the United States or a foreign 
                government.
                    ``(vi) An offender, acting outside the territorial 
                jurisdiction of the United States, is an alien and the 
                act of terrorism is an act of international terrorism 
                that appears to be intended to influence the policy of, 
                or affect the conduct of, the Government of the United 
                States.
                    ``(vii) An offender aids or abets any person over 
                whom jurisdiction exists under this paragraph in 
                committing an offense under this paragraph or conspires 
                with any person over whom jurisdiction exists under 
                this paragraph to commit an offense under this 
                paragraph.''; and
            (4) by inserting ``act or'' after ``underlying''.
    (b) Definitions.--Section 2339A(b) of title 18, United States Code, 
is amended--
            (1) by striking ``In this'' and inserting ``(1) In this'';
            (2) by inserting ``any property, tangible or intangible, or 
        service, including'' after ``means'';
            (3) by inserting ``(one or more individuals who may be or 
        include oneself)'' after ``personnel'';
            (4) by inserting ``and'' before ``transportation'';
            (5) by striking ``and other physical assets''; and
            (6) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(2) As used in this subsection, the term `training' means 
instruction or teaching designed to impart a specific skill, as opposed 
to general knowledge, and the term `expert advice or assistance' means 
advice or assistance derived from scientific, technical or other 
specialized knowledge.''.
    (c) Addition to Offense of Providing Material Support to Terrorist 
Organizations.--Section 2339B(a)(1) of title 18, United States Code, is 
amended--
            (1) by striking ``, within the United States or subject to 
        the jurisdiction of the United States,'' and inserting ``in a 
        circumstance described in paragraph (2)''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following: ``To violate this 
        paragraph, a person must have knowledge that the organization 
        is a designated terrorist organization (as defined in 
        subsection (g)(6)), that the organization has engaged or 
        engages in terrorist activity (as defined in section 
        212(a)(3)(B) of the Immigration and Nationality Act, or that 
        the organization has engaged or engages in terrorism (as 
        defined in section 140(d)(2) of the Foreign Relations 
        Authorization Act, Fiscal Years 1988 and 1989.''.
    (d) Federal Authority.--Section 2339B(d) of title 18 is amended--
            (1) by inserting ``(1)'' before ``There''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(2) The circumstances referred to in paragraph (1) are any of the 
following:
            ``(A) An offender is a national of the United States (as 
        defined in section 101(a)(22) of the Immigration and 
        Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1101(a)(22)) or an alien lawfully 
        admitted for permanent residence in the United States (as 
        defined in section 101(a)(20) of the Immigration and 
        Nationality Act.
            ``(B) An offender is a stateless person whose habitual 
        residence is in the United States.
            ``(C) After the conduct required for the offense occurs an 
        offender is brought into or found in the United States, even if 
        the conduct required for the offense occurs outside the United 
        States.
            ``(D) The offense occurs in whole or in part within the 
        United States.
            ``(E) The offense occurs in or affects interstate or 
        foreign commerce.
            ``(F) An offender aids or abets any person over whom 
        jurisdiction exists under this paragraph in committing an 
        offense under subsection (a) or conspires with any person over 
        whom jurisdiction exists under this paragraph to commit an 
        offense under subsection (a).''.
    (e) Definition.--Paragraph (4) of section 2339B(g) of title 18, 
United States Code, is amended to read as follows:
            ``(4) the term `material support or resources' has the same 
        meaning given that term in section 2339A;''.
    (f) Additional Provisions.--Section 2339B of title 18, United 
States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following:
    ``(h) Provision of Personnel.--No person may be prosecuted under 
this section in connection with the term `personnel' unless that person 
has knowingly provided, attempted to provide, or conspired to provide a 
foreign terrorist organization with one or more individuals (who may be 
or include himself) to work under that terrorist organization's 
direction or control or to organize, manage, supervise, or otherwise 
direct the operation of that organization. Individuals who act entirely 
independently of the foreign terrorist organization to advance its 
goals or objectives shall not be considered to be working under the 
foreign terrorist organization's direction and control.
    ``(i) Rule of Construction.--Nothing in this section shall be 
construed or applied so as to abridge the exercise of rights guaranteed 
under the First Amendment to the Constitution of the United States.''.

SEC. 2044. FINANCING OF TERRORISM.

    (a) Financing Terrorism.--Section 2339c(c)(2) of title 18, United 
States Code, is amended--
            (1) by striking ``, resources, or funds'' and inserting 
        ``or resources, or any funds or proceeds of such funds'';
            (2) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``were provided'' and 
        inserting ``are to be provided, or knowing that the support or 
        resources were provided,''; and
            (3) in subparagraph (B)--
                    (A) by striking ``or any proceeds of such funds''; 
                and
                    (B) by striking ``were provided or collected'' and 
                inserting ``are to be provided or collected, or knowing 
                that the funds were provided or collected,''.
    (b) Definitions.--Section 2339c(e) of title 18, United States Code, 
is amended--
            (1) by striking ``and'' at the end of paragraph (12);
            (2) by redesignating paragraph (13) as paragraph (14); and
            (3) by inserting after paragraph (12) the following:
            ``(13) the term `material support or resources' has the 
        same meaning given that term in section 2339B(g)(4) of this 
        title; and''.

Subtitle D--Weapons of Mass Destruction Prohibition Improvement Act of 
                                  2004

SEC. 2051. SHORT TITLE.

    This subtitle may be cited as the ``Weapons of Mass Destruction 
Prohibition Improvement Act of 2004''.

SEC. 2052. WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION.

    (a) Expansion of Jurisdictional Bases and Scope.--Section 2332a of 
title 18, United States Code, is amended--
            (1) so that paragraph (2) of subsection (a) reads as 
        follows:
            ``(2) against any person or property within the United 
        States, and
                    ``(A) the mail or any facility of interstate or 
                foreign commerce is used in furtherance of the offense;
                    ``(B) such property is used in interstate or 
                foreign commerce or in an activity that affects 
                interstate or foreign commerce;
                    ``(C) any perpetrator travels in or causes another 
                to travel in interstate or foreign commerce in 
                furtherance of the offense; or
                    ``(D) the offense, or the results of the offense, 
                affect interstate or foreign commerce, or, in the case 
                of a threat, attempt, or conspiracy, would have 
                affected interstate or foreign commerce;'';
            (2) in paragraph (3) of subsection (a), by striking the 
        comma at the end and inserting ``; or'';
            (3) in subsection (a), by adding the following at the end:
            ``(4) against any property within the United States that is 
        owned, leased, or used by a foreign government,'';
            (4) at the end of subsection (c)(1), by striking ``and'';
            (5) in subsection (c)(2), by striking the period at the end 
        and inserting ``; and''; and
            (6) in subsection (c), by adding at the end the following:
            ``(3) the term `property' includes all real and personal 
        property.''.
    (b) Restoration of the Coverage of Chemical Weapons.--Section 2332a 
of title 18, United States Code, as amended by subsection (a), is 
further amended--
            (1) in the section heading, by striking ``certain'';
            (2) in subsection (a), by striking ``(other than a chemical 
        weapon as that term is defined in section 229F)''; and
            (3) in subsection (b), by striking ``(other than a chemical 
        weapon (as that term is defined in section 229F))''.
    (c) Expansion of Categories of Restricted Persons Subject to 
Prohibitions Relating to Select Agents.--Section 175b(d)(2) of title 
18, United States Code, is amended--
            (1) in subparagraph (G) by--
                    (A) inserting ``(i)'' after ``(G)'';
                    (B) inserting ``, or (ii) acts for or on behalf of, 
                or operates subject to the direction or control of, a 
                government or official of a country described in this 
                subparagraph'' after ``terrorism''; and
                    (C) striking ``or'' after the semicolon.
            (2) in subparagraph (H) by striking the period and 
        inserting ``; or''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
                    ``(I) is a member of, acts for or on behalf of, or 
                operates subject to the direction or control of, a 
                terrorist organization as defined in section 
                212(a)(3)(B)(vi) of the Immigration and Nationality Act 
                (8 U.S.C. 1182(a)(3)(B)(vi)).''.
    (d) Conforming Amendment to Regulations.--
            (1) Section 175b(a)(1) of title 18, United States Code, is 
        amended by striking ``as a select agent in Appendix A'' and all 
        that follows and inserting the following: ``as a non-overlap or 
        overlap select biological agent or toxin in sections 73.4 and 
        73.5 of title 42, Code of Federal Regulations, pursuant to 
        section 351A of the Public Health Service Act, and is not 
        excluded under sections 73.4 and 73.5 or exempted under section 
        73.6 of title 42, Code of Federal Regulations.''.
            (2) The amendment made by paragraph (1) shall take effect 
        at the same time that sections 73.4, 73.5, and 73.6 of title 
        42, Code of Federal Regulations, become effective.

SEC. 2053. PARTICIPATION IN NUCLEAR AND WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION 
              THREATS TO THE UNITED STATES.

    (a) Section 57(b) of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 U.S.C. 
2077(b)) is amended by striking ``in the production of any special 
nuclear material'' and inserting ``or participate in the development or 
production of any special nuclear material or atomic weapon''.
    (b) Title 18, United States Code, is amended--
            (1) in the table of sections at the beginning of chapter 
        39, by inserting after the item relating to section 831 the 
        following:

``832. Participation in nuclear and weapons of mass destruction threats 
                            to the United States.'';
            (2) by inserting after section 831 the following:
``Sec. 832. Participation in nuclear and weapons of mass destruction 
              threats to the United States
    ``(a) Whoever, within the United States or subject to the 
jurisdiction of the United States, willfully participates in or 
provides material support or resources (as defined in section 2339A) to 
a nuclear weapons program or other weapons of mass destruction program 
of a foreign terrorist power, or attempts or conspires to do so, shall 
be imprisoned for not more than 20 years.
    ``(b) There is extraterritorial Federal jurisdiction over an 
offense under this section.
    ``(c) As used in this section--
            ``(1) `nuclear weapons program' means a program or plan for 
        the development, acquisition, or production of any nuclear 
        weapon or weapons;
            ``(2) `weapons of mass destruction program' means a program 
        or plan for the development, acquisition, or production of any 
        weapon or weapons of mass destruction (as defined in section 
        2332a(c));
            ``(3) `foreign terrorist power' means a terrorist 
        organization designated under section 219 of the Immigration 
        and Nationality Act, or a state sponsor of terrorism designated 
        under section 6(j) of the Export Administration Act of 1979 or 
        section 620A of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961; and
            ``(4) `nuclear weapon' means any weapon that contains or 
        uses nuclear material as defined in section 831(f)(1).''; and
            (3) in section 2332b(g)(5)(B)(i), by inserting after 
        ``nuclear materials),'' the following: ``832 (relating to 
        participation in nuclear and weapons of mass destruction 
        threats to the United States)''.

          Subtitle E--Money Laundering and Terrorist Financing

   CHAPTER 1--FUNDING TO COMBAT FINANCIAL CRIMES INCLUDING TERRORIST 
                               FINANCING

SEC. 2101. ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION FOR FINCEN.

    Subsection (d) of section 310 of title 31, United States Code, is 
amended--
            (1) by striking ``appropriations.--There are authorized'' 
        and inserting ``Appropriations.--
            ``(1) In general.--There are authorized''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
            ``(2) Authorization for funding key technological 
        improvements in mission-critical fincen systems.--There are 
        authorized to be appropriated for fiscal year 2005 the 
        following amounts, which are authorized to remain available 
        until expended:
                    ``(A) BSA direct.--For technological improvements 
                to provide authorized law enforcement and financial 
                regulatory agencies with Web-based access to FinCEN 
                data, to fully develop and implement the highly secure 
                network required under section 362 of Public Law 107-56 
                to expedite the filing of, and reduce the filing costs 
                for, financial institution reports, including 
                suspicious activity reports, collected by FinCEN under 
                chapter 53 and related provisions of law, and enable 
                FinCEN to immediately alert financial institutions 
                about suspicious activities that warrant immediate and 
                enhanced scrutiny, and to provide and upgrade advanced 
                information-sharing technologies to materially improve 
                the Government's ability to exploit the information in 
                the FinCEN databanks, $16,500,000.
                    ``(B) Advanced analytical technologies.--To provide 
                advanced analytical tools needed to ensure that the 
                data collected by FinCEN under chapter 53 and related 
                provisions of law are utilized fully and appropriately 
                in safeguarding financial institutions and supporting 
                the war on terrorism, $5,000,000.
                    ``(C) Data networking modernization.--To improve 
                the telecommunications infrastructure to support the 
                improved capabilities of the FinCEN systems, 
                $3,000,000.
                    ``(D) Enhanced compliance capability.--To improve 
                the effectiveness of the Office of Compliance in 
                FinCEN, $3,000,000.
                    ``(E) Detection and prevention of financial crimes 
                and terrorism.--To provide development of, and training 
                in the use of, technology to detect and prevent 
                financial crimes and terrorism within and without the 
                United States, $8,000,000.''.

SEC. 2102. MONEY LAUNDERING AND FINANCIAL CRIMES STRATEGY 
              REAUTHORIZATION.

    (a) Program.--Section 5341(a)(2) of title 31, United States Code, 
is amended by striking ``and 2003,'' and inserting ``2003, and 2005,''.
    (b) Reauthorization of Appropriations.--Section 5355 of title 31, 
United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following:

    ``2004.........................
                                        $15,000,000.
    ``2005.........................
                                        $15,000,000.''.

   CHAPTER 2--ENFORCEMENT TOOLS TO COMBAT FINANCIAL CRIMES INCLUDING 
                          TERRORIST FINANCING

 Subchapter A--Money laundering abatement and financial antiterrorism 
                         technical corrections

SEC. 2111. SHORT TITLE.

    This subchapter may be cited as the ``Money Laundering Abatement 
and Financial Antiterrorism Technical Corrections Act of 2004''.

SEC. 2112. TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS TO PUBLIC LAW 107-56.

    (a) The heading of title III of Public Law 107-56 is amended to 
read as follows:

  ``TITLE III--INTERNATIONAL MONEY LAUNDERING ABATEMENT AND FINANCIAL 
                      ANTITERRORISM ACT OF 2001''.

    (b) The table of contents of Public Law 107-56 is amended by 
striking the item relating to title III and inserting the following new 
item:

  ``TITLE III--INTERNATIONAL MONEY LAUNDERING ABATEMENT AND FINANCIAL 
                      ANTITERRORISM ACT OF 2001''.

    (c) Section 302 of Public Law 107-56 is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(4), by striking the comma after 
        ``movement of criminal funds'';
            (2) in subsection (b)(7), by inserting ``or types of 
        accounts'' after ``classes of international transactions''; and
            (3) in subsection (b)(10), by striking ``subchapters II and 
        III'' and inserting ``subchapter II''.
    (d) Section 303(a) of Public Law 107-56 is amended by striking 
``Anti-Terrorist Financing Act'' and inserting ``Financial 
Antiterrorism Act''.
    (e) The heading for section 311 of Public Law 107-56 is amended by 
striking ``or international transactions'' and inserting 
``international transactions, or types of accounts''.
    (f) Section 314 of Public Law 107-56 is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1)--
                    (A) by inserting a comma after ``organizations 
                engaged in''; and
                    (B) by inserting a comma after ``credible evidence 
                of engaging in'';
            (2) in paragraph (2)(A)--
                    (A) by striking ``and'' after ``nongovernmental 
                organizations,''; and
                    (B) by inserting a comma after ``unwittingly 
                involved in such finances'';
            (3) in paragraph (3)(A)--
                    (A) by striking ``to monitor accounts of'' and 
                inserting ``monitor accounts of,''; and
                    (B) by striking the comma after ``organizations 
                identified''; and
            (4) in paragraph (3)(B), by inserting ``financial'' after 
        ``size, and nature of the''.
    (g) Section 321 of Public Law 107-56 is amended by striking 
``5312(2)'' and inserting ``5312(a)(2)''.
    (h) Section 325 of Public Law 107-56 is amended by striking ``as 
amended by section 202 of this title,'' and inserting ``as amended by 
section 352,''.
    (i) Subsections (a)(2) and (b)(2) of section 327 of Public Law 107-
56 are each amended by inserting a period after ``December 31, 2001'' 
and striking all that follows through the period at the end of each 
such subsection.
    (j) Section 356(c)(4) of Public Law 107-56 is amended by striking 
``or business or other grantor trust'' and inserting ``, business 
trust, or other grantor trust''.
    (k) Section 358(e) of Public Law 107-56 is amended--
            (1) by striking ``Section 123(a)'' and inserting ``That 
        portion of section 123(a)'';
            (2) by striking ``is amended to read'' and inserting ``that 
        precedes paragraph (1) of such section is amended to read''; 
        and
            (3) by striking ``.'.'' at the end of such section and 
        inserting ``--'''.
    (l) Section 360 of Public Law 107-56 is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a), by inserting ``the'' after 
        ``utilization of the funds of''; and
            (2) in subsection (b), by striking ``at such institutions'' 
        and inserting ``at such institution''.
    (m) Section 362(a)(1) of Public Law 107-56 is amended by striking 
``subchapter II or III'' and inserting ``subchapter II''.
    (n) Section 365 of Public Law 107-56 is amended--
            (1) by redesignating the 2nd of the 2 subsections 
        designated as subsection (c) (relating to a clerical amendment) 
        as subsection (d); and
            (2) by redesignating subsection (f) as subsection (e).
    (o) Section 365(d) of Public Law 107-56 (as so redesignated by 
subsection (n) of this section) is amended by striking ``section 5332 
(as added by section 112 of this title)'' and inserting ``section 
5330''.

SEC. 2113. TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS TO OTHER PROVISIONS OF LAW.

    (a) Section 310(c) of title 31, United States Code, is amended by 
striking ``the Network'' each place such term appears and inserting 
``FinCEN''.
    (b) Section 5312(a)(3)(C) of title 31, United States Code, is 
amended by striking ``sections 5333 and 5316'' and inserting ``sections 
5316 and 5331''.
    (c) Section 5318(i) of title 31, United States Code, is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (3)(B), by inserting a comma after 
        ``foreign political figure'' the 2nd place such term appears; 
        and
            (2) in the heading of paragraph (4), by striking 
        ``Definition'' and inserting ``Definitions''.
    (d) Section 5318(k)(1)(B) of title 31, United States Code, is 
amended by striking ``section 5318A(f)(1)(B)'' and inserting ``section 
5318A(e)(1)(B)''.
    (e) The heading for section 5318A of title 31, United States Code, 
is amended to read as follows:
``Sec. 5318A. Special measures for jurisdictions, financial 
              institutions, international transactions, or types of 
              accounts of primary money laundering concern''.
    (f) Section 5318A of title 31, United States Code, is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(4)(A), by striking ``, as defined in 
        section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act,'' and inserting 
        ``(as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance 
        Act)'';
            (2) in subsection (a)(4)(B)(iii), by striking ``or class of 
        transactions'' and inserting ``class of transactions, or type 
        of account'';
            (3) in subsection (b)(1)(A), by striking ``or class of 
        transactions to be'' and inserting ``class of transactions, or 
        type of account to be''; and
            (4) in subsection (e)(3), by inserting ``or subsection (i) 
        or (j) of section 5318'' after ``identification of individuals 
        under this section''.
    (g) Section 5324(b) of title 31, United States Code, is amended by 
striking ``5333'' each place such term appears and inserting ``5331''.
    (h) Section 5332 of title 31, United States Code, is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)(2), by striking
        ``, subject to subsection (d) of this section''; and
            (2) in subsection (c)(1), by striking
        ``, subject to subsection (d) of this section,''.
    (i) The table of sections for subchapter II of chapter 53 of title 
31, United States Code, is amended by striking the item relating to 
section 5318A and inserting the following new item:

``5318A. Special measures for jurisdictions, financial institutions, 
                            international transactions, or types of 
                            accounts of primary money laundering 
                            concern.''.
    (j) Section 18(w)(3) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 
U.S.C. 1828(w)(3)) is amended by inserting a comma after ``agent of 
such institution''.
    (k) Section 21(a)(2) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 
U.S.C. 1829b(a)(2)) is amended by striking ``recognizes that'' and 
inserting ``recognizing that''.
    (l) Section 626(e) of the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 
1681v(e)) is amended by striking ``governmental agency'' and inserting 
``government agency''.

SEC. 2114. REPEAL OF REVIEW.

    Title III of Public Law 107-56 is amended by striking section 303 
(31 U.S.C. 5311 note).

SEC. 2115. EFFECTIVE DATE.

    The amendments made by this subchapter to Public Law 107-56, the 
United States Code, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and any other 
provision of law shall take effect as if such amendments had been 
included in Public Law 107-56, as of the date of the enactment of such 
Public Law, and no amendment made by such Public Law that is 
inconsistent with an amendment made by this subchapter shall be deemed 
to have taken effect.

               Subchapter B--Additional enforcement tools

SEC. 2121. BUREAU OF ENGRAVING AND PRINTING SECURITY PRINTING.

    (a) Production of Documents.--Section 5114(a) of title 31, United 
States Code (relating to engraving and printing currency and security 
documents), is amended--
            (1) by striking ``(a) The Secretary of the Treasury'' and 
        inserting:
    ``(a) Authority to Engrave and Print.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary of the Treasury''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following new paragraphs:
            ``(2) Engraving and printing for other governments.--The 
        Secretary of the Treasury may produce currency, postage stamps, 
        and other security documents for foreign governments if--
                    ``(A) the Secretary of the Treasury determines that 
                such production will not interfere with engraving and 
                printing needs of the United States; and
                    ``(B) the Secretary of State determines that such 
                production would be consistent with the foreign policy 
                of the United States.
            ``(3) Procurement guidelines.--Articles, material, and 
        supplies procured for use in the production of currency, 
        postage stamps, and other security documents for foreign 
        governments pursuant to paragraph (2) shall be treated in the 
        same manner as articles, material, and supplies procured for 
        public use within the United States for purposes of title III 
        of the Act of March 3, 1933 (41 U.S.C. 10a et seq.; commonly 
        referred to as the Buy American Act).''.
    (b) Reimbursement.--Section 5143 of title 31, United States Code 
(relating to payment for services of the Bureau of Engraving and 
Printing), is amended--
            (1) in the first sentence, by inserting ``or to a foreign 
        government under section 5114'' after ``agency'';
            (2) in the second sentence, by inserting ``and other'' 
        after ``including administrative''; and
            (3) in the last sentence, by inserting
        ``, and the Secretary shall take such action, in coordination 
        with the Secretary of State, as may be appropriate to ensure 
        prompt payment by a foreign government of any invoice or 
        statement of account submitted by the Secretary with respect to 
        services rendered under section 5114'' before the period at the 
        end.

SEC. 2122. CONDUCT IN AID OF COUNTERFEITING.

    (a) In General.--Section 474(a) of title 18, United States Code, is 
amended by inserting after the paragraph beginning ``Whoever has in his 
control, custody, or possession any plate'' the following:
    ``Whoever, with intent to defraud, has in his custody, control, or 
possession any material that can be used to make, alter, forge or 
counterfeit any obligations and other securities of the United States 
or any part of such securities and obligations, except under the 
authority of the Secretary of the Treasury; or''.
    (b) Foreign Obligations and Securities.--Section 481 of title 18, 
United States Code, is amended by inserting after the paragraph 
beginning ``Whoever, with intent to defraud'' the following:
    ``Whoever, with intent to defraud, has in his custody, control, or 
possession any material that can be used to make, alter, forge or 
counterfeit any obligation or other security of any foreign government, 
bank or corporation; or''.
    (c) Counterfeit Acts.--Section 470 of title 18, United States Code, 
is amended by striking ``or 474'' and inserting ``474, or 474A''.
    (d) Materials Used in Counterfeiting.--Section 474A(b) of title 18, 
United States Code, is amended by striking ``any essentially 
identical'' and inserting ``any thing or material made after or in the 
similitude of any''.

SEC. 2123. REPORTING OF CROSS-BORDER TRANSMITTAL OF FUNDS.

    Section 5318 of title 31, United States Code, is amended by adding 
at the end the following new subsection:
    ``(n) Reporting of Cross-Border Transmittal of Funds.--
            ``(1) In general.--Subject to paragraph (3), the Secretary 
        shall prescribe regulations requiring such financial 
        institutions as the Secretary determines to be appropriate to 
        report to the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network certain 
        cross-border electronic transmittals of funds relevant to 
        efforts of the Secretary against money laundering and terrorist 
        financing.
            ``(2) Form and manner of reports.--In prescribing the 
        regulations required under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall 
        determine the appropriate form, manner, content and frequency 
        of filing of the required reports.
            ``(3) Feasibility report.--Before prescribing the 
        regulations required under paragraph (1), and as soon as is 
        practicable after the date of enactment of the 9/11 
        Recommendations Implementation Act, the Secretary shall 
        delegate to the Bank Secrecy Act Advisory Group established by 
        the Secretary the task of producing a report for the Secretary 
        and the Congress that--
                    ``(A) identifies the information in cross-border 
                electronic transmittals of funds that is relevant to 
                efforts against money laundering and terrorist 
                financing;
                    ``(B) makes recommendations regarding the 
                appropriate form, manner, content and frequency of 
                filing of the required reports; and
                    ``(C) identifies the technology necessary for the 
                Financial Crimes Enforcement Network to receive, keep, 
                exploit and disseminate information from reports of 
                cross-border electronic transmittals of funds to law 
                enforcement and other entities engaged in efforts 
                against money laundering and terrorist financing.
        The report shall be submitted to the Secretary and the Congress 
        no later than the end of the 1-year period beginning on the 
        date of enactment of such Act.
            ``(4) Regulations.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Subject to subparagraph (B), the 
                regulations required by paragraph (1) shall be 
                prescribed in final form by the Secretary, in 
                consultation with the Board of Governors of the Federal 
                Reserve System, before the end of the 3-year period 
                beginning on the date of the enactment of the 9/11 
                Recommendations Implementation Act.
                    ``(B) Technological feasibility.--No regulations 
                shall be prescribed under this subsection before the 
                Secretary certifies to the Congress that the Financial 
                Crimes Enforcement Network has the technological 
                systems in place to effectively and efficiently 
                receive, keep, exploit, and disseminate information 
                from reports of cross-border electronic transmittals of 
                funds to law enforcement and other entities engaged in 
                efforts against money laundering and terrorist 
                financing.
            ``(5) Recordkeeping.--No financial institution required to 
        submit reports on certain cross-border electronic transmittals 
        of funds to the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network under this 
        subsection shall be subject to the recordkeeping requirement 
        under section 21(b)(3) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act 
        with respect to such transmittals of funds.''.

SEC. 2124. ENHANCED EFFECTIVENESS OF EXAMINATIONS, INCLUDING ANTI-MONEY 
              LAUNDERING PROGRAMS.

    (a) Depository Institutions and Depository Institution Holding 
Companies.--Section 10 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 
1820) is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection:
    ``(k) Post-Employment Limitations on Leading Bank Examiners.--
            ``(1) In general.--In the case of any person who--
                    ``(A) was an officer or employee (including any 
                special Government employee) of a Federal banking 
                agency or a Federal reserve bank; and
                    ``(B) served 2 or more months during the final 18 
                months of such person's employment with such agency or 
                entity as the examiner-in-charge (or a functionally 
                equivalent position) of a depository institution or 
                depository institution holding company with dedicated, 
                overall, continuous, and ongoing responsibility for the 
                examination (or inspection) and supervision of that 
                depository institution or depository institution 
                holding company,
        such person may not hold any office, position, or employment at 
        any such depository institution or depository institution 
        holding company, become a controlling shareholder in, a 
        consultant for, a joint-venture partner with, or an independent 
        contractor for (including as attorney, appraiser, or 
        accountant) any such depository institution or holding company, 
        or any other company that controls such depository institution, 
        or otherwise participate in the conduct of the affairs of any 
        such depository institution or holding company, during the 1-
        year period beginning on such date.
            ``(2) Violators subject to industry-wide prohibition 
        orders.--
                    ``(A) In general.--In addition to any other penalty 
                which may apply, whenever the appropriate Federal 
                banking agency determines that a person subject to 
                paragraph (1) has violated the prohibition in such 
                paragraph with respect to any insured depository 
                institution or depository institution holding company 
                or any other company, the agency shall serve a written 
                notice or order, in accordance with and subject to the 
                provisions of section 8(e)(4) for written notices under 
                paragraphs (1) or (2) of section 8(e), upon such person 
                of the agency's intention to--
                            ``(i) remove such person from office in any 
                        capacity described in paragraph (1); and
                            ``(ii) prohibit any further participation 
                        by such person, in any manner, in the conduct 
                        of the affairs of any insured depository 
                        institution or depository institution holding 
                        company for a period of 5 years.
                    ``(B) Scope of prohibition order.--Any person 
                subject to an order issued under this subsection shall 
                be subject to paragraphs (6) and (7) of section 8(e) in 
                the same manner and to the same extent as a person 
                subject to an order issued under such section and 
                subsections (i) and (j) of section 8 and any other 
                provision of this Act applicable to orders issued under 
                subsection (e) or (g) shall apply with respect to such 
                order.
            ``(3) Regulations.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Federal banking agencies 
                shall prescribe regulations to implement this 
                subsection, including the manner for determining which 
                persons are referred to in paragraph 1(B) taking into 
                account--
                            ``(i) the manner in which examiners and 
                        other persons who participate in the 
                        regulation, examination, or monitoring of 
                        depository institutions or depository 
                        institution holding companies are distributed 
                        among such institutions or companies by such 
                        agency, including the number of examiners and 
                        other persons assigned to each institution or 
                        holding company, the depth and structure of any 
                        group so assigned within such distribution, and 
                        the factors giving rise to that distribution;
                            ``(ii) the number of institutions or 
                        companies each such examiner or other person is 
                        so involved with in any given period of 
                        assignment;
                            ``(iii) the period of time for which each 
                        such examiner or other person is assigned to an 
                        institution or company, or a group of 
                        institutions or companies, before reassignment;
                            ``(iv) the size of the institutions or 
                        holding companies for which each such person is 
                        responsible and the amount of time devoted to 
                        each such institution or holding company during 
                        each examination period; and
                            ``(v) such other factors as the agency 
                        determines to be appropriate.
                    ``(B) Determination of applicability.--The 
                regulations prescribed or orders issued under this 
                subparagraph by an appropriate Federal banking agency 
                shall include a process, initiated by application or 
                otherwise, for determining whether any person who 
                ceases to be, or intends to cease to be, an examiner 
                of, or a person having supervisory authority over, 
                insured depository institutions or depository 
                institution holding companies for or on behalf of such 
                agency is subject to the limitations of this subsection 
                with respect to any particular insured depository 
                institution or depository institution holding company.
                    ``(C) Consultation.--The Federal banking agencies 
                shall consult with each other for the purpose of 
                assuring that the rules and regulations issued by the 
                agencies under subparagraph (A) are, to the extent 
                possible, consistent, comparable, and practicable, 
                taking into account any differences in the supervisory 
                programs utilized by the agencies for the supervision 
                of depository institutions and depository institution 
                holding companies.
            ``(4) Waiver.--A Federal banking agency may waive, on a 
        case-by-case basis, the restrictions imposed by this subsection 
        if--
                    ``(A) the head of the agency certifies in writing 
                that the grant of such waiver would be not inconsistent 
                with the public interest; and
                    ``(B) the waiver is provided in advance before the 
                person becomes affiliated in any way with the 
                depository institution or depository institution 
                holding company.
            ``(5) Definitions and rules of construction.--For purposes 
        of this subsection, the following definitions and rules shall 
        apply:
                    ``(A) Depository institution.--The term `depository 
                institution' includes an uninsured branch or agency of 
                a foreign bank if such branch or agency is located in 
                any State.
                    ``(B) Depository institution holding company.--The 
                term `depository institution holding company' includes 
                any foreign bank or company described in section 8(a) 
                of the International Banking Act of 1978.
                    ``(C) Head of the agency.--The term `the head of 
                agency' means--
                            ``(i) the Comptroller of the Currency, in 
                        the case of the Office of the Comptroller of 
                        the Currency;
                            ``(ii) the Chairman of the Board of 
                        Governors of the Federal Reserve System, in the 
                        case of the Board of Governors of the Federal 
                        Reserve System;
                            ``(iii) the Chairperson of the Board of 
                        Directors, in the case of the Federal Deposit 
                        Insurance Corporation; and
                            ``(iv) the Director, in the case of the 
                        Office of Thrift Supervision.
                    ``(D) Rule of construction for consultants and 
                independent contractors.--A person shall be deemed to 
                act as a consultant or independent contractor 
                (including as an attorney, appraiser, or accountant) 
                for a depository institution or a depository holding 
                company only if such person directly works on matters 
                for, or on behalf of, such depository institution or 
                depository holding company.
                    ``(E) Appropriate agency for certain other 
                companies.--The term `appropriate Federal banking 
                agency' means, with respect to a company that is not a 
                depository institution or depository institution 
                holding company, the Federal banking agency on whose 
                behalf the person described in paragraph (1) performed 
                the functions described in paragraph (3).''.
    (b) Credit Unions.--Section 206 of the Federal Credit Union Act (12 
U.S.C. 1786) is amended by adding at the end the following new 
subsection:
    ``(w) Post-Employment Limitations on Examiners.--
            ``(1) Regulations required.--The Board shall consult with 
        the Federal banking agencies and prescribe regulations imposing 
        the same limitations on persons employed by or on behalf of the 
        Board as leading examiners of, or functionally equivalent 
        positions with respect to, credit unions as are applicable 
        under section 10(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 
        taking into account all the requirements and factors described 
        in paragraphs (3) and (4) of such section.
            ``(2) Enforcement.--The Board shall issue orders under 
        subsection (g) with respect to any person who violates any 
        regulation prescribed pursuant to paragraph (1) to--
                    ``(A) remove such person from office in any 
                capacity with respect to a credit union; and
                    ``(B) prohibit any further participation by such 
                person, in any manner, in the conduct of the affairs of 
                any credit union for a period of 5 years.
            ``(3) Scope of prohibition order.--Any person subject to an 
        order issued under this subsection shall be subject to 
        paragraphs (5) and (7) of subsection (g) in the same manner and 
        to the same extent as a person subject to an order issued under 
        such subsection and subsection (l) and any other provision of 
        this Act applicable to orders issued under subsection (g) shall 
        apply with respect to such order.''.
    (c) Study of Examiner Hiring and Retention.--
            (1) Study required.--The Board of Directors of the Federal 
        Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Comptroller of the Currency, 
        the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Board of 
        Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and the National 
        Credit Union Administration Board, acting through the Financial 
        Institutions Examination Council, shall conduct a study of 
        efforts and proposals for--
                    (A) retaining the services of experienced and 
                highly qualified examiners and supervisors already 
                employed by such agencies; and
                    (B) continuing to attract such examiners and 
                supervisors on an-ongoing basis to the extent necessary 
                to fulfill the agencies' obligations to maintain the 
                safety and soundness of the Nation's depository 
                institutions.
            (2) Report.--Before the end of the 1-year period beginning 
        on the date of the enactment of this Act, the agencies 
        conducting the study under paragraph (1) shall submit a report 
        containing the findings and conclusions of such agencies with 
        respect to such study, together with such recommendations for 
        administrative or legislative changes as the agencies determine 
        to be appropriate.

      Subchapter C--Unlawful Internet Gambling Funding Prohibition

SEC. 2131. SHORT TITLE.

    This subchapter may be cited as the ``Unlawful Internet Gambling 
Funding Prohibition Act''.

SEC. 2132. FINDINGS.

    The Congress finds as follows:
            (1) Internet gambling is primarily funded through personal 
        use of bank instruments, including credit cards and wire 
        transfers.
            (2) The National Gambling Impact Study Commission in 1999 
        recommended the passage of legislation to prohibit wire 
        transfers to Internet gambling sites or the banks which 
        represent them.
            (3) Internet gambling is a major cause of debt collection 
        problems for insured depository institutions and the consumer 
        credit industry.
            (4) Internet gambling conducted through offshore 
        jurisdictions has been identified by United States law 
        enforcement officials as a significant money laundering 
        vulnerability.

SEC. 2133. POLICIES AND PROCEDURES REQUIRED TO PREVENT PAYMENTS FOR 
              UNLAWFUL INTERNET GAMBLING.

    (a) Regulations.--Before the end of the 6-month period beginning on 
the date of the enactment of this subchapter, the Federal functional 
regulators shall prescribe regulations requiring any designated payment 
system to establish policies and procedures reasonably designed to 
identify and prevent restricted transactions in any of the following 
ways:
            (1) The establishment of policies and procedures that--
                    (A) allow the payment system and any person 
                involved in the payment system to identify restricted 
                transactions by means of codes in authorization 
                messages or by other means; and
                    (B) block restricted transactions identified as a 
                result of the policies and procedures developed 
                pursuant to subparagraph (A).
            (2) The establishment of policies and procedures that 
        prevent the acceptance of the products or services of the 
        payment system in connection with a restricted transaction.
    (b) Requirements for Policies and Procedures.--In prescribing 
regulations pursuant to subsection (a), the Federal functional 
regulators shall--
            (1) identify types of policies and procedures, including 
        nonexclusive examples, which would be deemed to be ``reasonably 
        designed to identify'' and ``reasonably designed to block'' or 
        to ``prevent the acceptance of the products or services'' with 
        respect to each type of transaction, such as, should credit 
        card transactions be so designated, identifying transactions by 
        a code or codes in the authorization message and denying 
        authorization of a credit card transaction in response to an 
        authorization message;
            (2) to the extent practical, permit any participant in a 
        payment system to choose among alternative means of identifying 
        and blocking, or otherwise preventing the acceptance of the 
        products or services of the payment system or participant in 
        connection with, restricted transactions; and
            (3) consider exempting restricted transactions from any 
        requirement under subsection (a) if the Federal functional 
        regulators find that it is not reasonably practical to identify 
        and block, or otherwise prevent, such transactions.
    (c) Compliance With Payment System Policies and Procedures.--A 
creditor, credit card issuer, financial institution, operator of a 
terminal at which an electronic fund transfer may be initiated, money 
transmitting business, or international, national, regional, or local 
network utilized to effect a credit transaction, electronic fund 
transfer, or money transmitting service, or a participant in such 
network, meets the requirement of subsection (a) if--
            (1) such person relies on and complies with the policies 
        and procedures of a designated payment system of which it is a 
        member or participant to--
                    (A) identify and block restricted transactions; or
                    (B) otherwise prevent the acceptance of the 
                products or services of the payment system, member, or 
                participant in connection with restricted transactions; 
                and
            (2) such policies and procedures of the designated payment 
        system comply with the requirements of regulations prescribed 
        under subsection (a).
    (d) Enforcement.--
            (1) In general.--This section shall be enforced by the 
        Federal functional regulators and the Federal Trade Commission 
        under applicable law in the manner provided in section 505(a) 
        of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.
            (2) Factors to be considered.--In considering any 
        enforcement action under this subsection against any payment 
        system, or any participant in a payment system that is a 
        creditor, credit card issuer, financial institution, operator 
        of a terminal at which an electronic fund transfer may be 
        initiated, money transmitting business, or international, 
        national, regional, or local network utilized to effect a 
        credit transaction, electronic fund transfer, or money 
        transmitting service, or a participant in such network, the 
        Federal functional regulators and the Federal Trade Commission 
        shall consider the following factors:
                    (A) The extent to which such person is extending 
                credit or transmitting funds knowing the transaction is 
                in connection with unlawful Internet gambling.
                    (B) The history of such person in extending credit 
                or transmitting funds knowing the transaction is in 
                connection with unlawful Internet gambling.
                    (C) The extent to which such person has established 
                and is maintaining policies and procedures in 
                compliance with regulations prescribed under this 
                subsection.
                    (D) The feasibility that any specific remedy 
                prescribed can be implemented by such person without 
                substantial deviation from normal business practice.
                    (E) The costs and burdens the specific remedy will 
                have on such person.

SEC. 2134. DEFINITIONS.

    For purposes of this subchapter, the following definitions shall 
apply:
            (1) Restricted transaction.--The term ``restricted 
        transaction'' means any transaction or transmittal to any 
        person engaged in the business of betting or wagering, in 
        connection with the participation of another person in unlawful 
        Internet gambling, of--
                    (A) credit, or the proceeds of credit, extended to 
                or on behalf of such other person (including credit 
                extended through the use of a credit card);
                    (B) an electronic fund transfer or funds 
                transmitted by or through a money transmitting 
                business, or the proceeds of an electronic fund 
                transfer or money transmitting service, from or on 
                behalf of the other person;
                    (C) any check, draft, or similar instrument which 
                is drawn by or on behalf of the other person and is 
                drawn on or payable at or through any financial 
                institution; or
                    (D) the proceeds of any other form of financial 
                transaction as the Federal functional regulators may 
                prescribe by regulation which involves a financial 
                institution as a payor or financial intermediary on 
                behalf of or for the benefit of the other person.
            (2) Bets or wagers.--The term ``bets or wagers''--
                    (A) means the staking or risking by any person of 
                something of value upon the outcome of a contest of 
                others, a sporting event, or a game subject to chance, 
                upon an agreement or understanding that the person or 
                another person will receive something of greater value 
                than the amount staked or risked in the event of a 
                certain outcome;
                    (B) includes the purchase of a chance or 
                opportunity to win a lottery or other prize (which 
                opportunity to win is predominantly subject to chance);
                    (C) includes any scheme of a type described in 
                section 3702 of title 28, United States Code;
                    (D) includes any instructions or information 
                pertaining to the establishment or movement of funds in 
                an account by the bettor or customer with the business 
                of betting or wagering; and
                    (E) does not include--
                            (i) any activity governed by the securities 
                        laws (as that term is defined in section 
                        3(a)(47) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
                        1934) for the purchase or sale of securities 
                        (as that term is defined in section 3(a)(10) of 
                        such Act);
                            (ii) any transaction conducted on or 
                        subject to the rules of a registered entity or 
                        exempt board of trade pursuant to the Commodity 
                        Exchange Act;
                            (iii) any over-the-counter derivative 
                        instrument;
                            (iv) any other transaction that--
                                    (I) is excluded or exempt from 
                                regulation under the Commodity Exchange 
                                Act; or
                                    (II) is exempt from State gaming or 
                                bucket shop laws under section 12(e) of 
                                the Commodity Exchange Act or section 
                                28(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
                                1934;
                            (v) any contract of indemnity or guarantee;
                            (vi) any contract for insurance;
                            (vii) any deposit or other transaction with 
                        a depository institution (as defined in section 
                        3(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act);
                            (viii) any participation in a simulation 
                        sports game or an educational game or contest 
                        that--
                                    (I) is not dependent solely on the 
                                outcome of any single sporting event or 
                                nonparticipant's singular individual 
                                performance in any single sporting 
                                event;
                                    (II) has an outcome that reflects 
                                the relative knowledge and skill of the 
                                participants with such outcome 
                                determined predominantly by accumulated 
                                statistical results of sporting events; 
                                and
                                    (III) offers a prize or award to a 
                                participant that is established in 
                                advance of the game or contest and is 
                                not determined by the number of 
                                participants or the amount of any fees 
                                paid by those participants; and
                            (ix) any lawful transaction with a business 
                        licensed or authorized by a State, and for 
                        purposes of this clause, the term ``lawful 
                        transaction'' means any transaction that is 
                        lawful under all applicable Federal laws and 
                        all applicable State laws of both the State in 
                        which the licensed or authorized business is 
                        located and the State where the bet is 
                        initiated.
            (3) Designated payment system defined.--The term 
        ``designated payment system'' means any system utilized by any 
        creditor, credit card issuer, financial institution, operator 
        of a terminal at which an electronic fund transfer may be 
        initiated, money transmitting business, or international, 
        national, regional, or local network utilized to effect a 
        credit transaction, electronic fund transfer, or money 
        transmitting service, or any participant in such network, that 
        the Federal functional regulators determine, by regulation or 
        order, could be utilized in connection with, or to facilitate, 
        any restricted transaction.
            (4) Federal functional regulator.--The term ``Federal 
        functional regulator'' has the same meaning as in section 
        509(2) of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.
            (5) Internet.--The term ``Internet'' means the 
        international computer network of interoperable packet switched 
        data networks.
            (6) Unlawful internet gambling.--The term ``unlawful 
        Internet gambling'' means to place, receive, or otherwise 
        transmit a bet or wager by any means which involves the use, at 
        least in part, of the Internet where such bet or wager is 
        unlawful under any applicable Federal or State law in the State 
        in which the bet or wager is initiated, received, or otherwise 
        made.
            (7) Other terms.--
                    (A) Credit; creditor; and credit card.--The terms 
                ``credit'', ``creditor'', and ``credit card'' have the 
                meanings given such terms in section 103 of the Truth 
                in Lending Act.
                    (B) Electronic fund transfer.--The term 
                ``electronic fund transfer''--
                            (i) has the meaning given such term in 
                        section 903 of the Electronic Fund Transfer 
                        Act; and
                            (ii) includes any fund transfer covered by 
                        Article 4A of the Uniform Commercial Code, as 
                        in effect in any State.
                    (C) Financial institution.--The term ``financial 
                institution''--
                            (i) has the meaning given such term in 
                        section 903 of the Electronic Fund Transfer 
                        Act; and
                            (ii) includes any financial institution, as 
                        defined in section 509(3) of the Gramm-Leach-
                        Bliley Act.
                    (D) Money transmitting business and money 
                transmitting service.--The terms ``money transmitting 
                business'' and ``money transmitting service'' have the 
                meanings given such terms in section 5330(d) of title 
                31, United States Code.

SEC. 2135. COMMON SENSE RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.

    No provision of this subchapter shall be construed as altering, 
limiting, extending, changing the status of, or otherwise affecting any 
law relating to, affecting, or regulating gambling within the United 
States.

             Subtitle F--Criminal History Background Checks

SEC. 2141. SHORT TITLE.

    This subtitle may be cited as the ``Criminal History Access Means 
Protection of Infrastructures and Our Nation''.

SEC. 2142. CRIMINAL HISTORY INFORMATION CHECKS.

    (a) In General.--Section 534 of title 28, United States Code, is 
amended by adding at the end the following:
    ``(f)(1) Under rules prescribed by the Attorney General, the 
Attorney General shall establish and maintain a system for providing to 
an employer criminal history information that--
            ``(A) is in the possession of the Attorney General; and
            ``(B) is requested by an employer as part of an employee 
        criminal history investigation that has been authorized by the 
        State where the employee works or where the employer has their 
        principal place of business;
in order to ensure that a prospective employee is suitable for certain 
employment positions.
    ``(2) The Attorney General shall require that an employer seeking 
criminal history information of an employee request such information 
and submit fingerprints or other biometric identifiers as approved by 
the Attorney General to provide a positive and reliable identification 
of such prospective employee.
    ``(3) The Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation may 
require an employer to pay a reasonable fee for such information.
    ``(4) Upon receipt of fingerprints or other biometric identifiers, 
the Attorney General shall conduct an Integrated Fingerprint 
Identification System of the Federal Bureau of Investigation (IAFIS) 
check and provide the results of such check to the requester.
    ``(5) As used in this subsection,
            ``(A) the term `criminal history information' and `criminal 
        history records' includes--
                    ``(i) an identifying description of the individual 
                to whom it pertains;
                    ``(ii) notations of arrests, detentions, 
                indictments, or other formal criminal charges 
                pertaining to such individual; and
                    ``(iii) any disposition to a notation revealed in 
                subparagraph (B), including acquittal, sentencing, 
                correctional supervision, or release.
            ``(B) the term `Integrated Automated Fingerprint 
        Identification System of the Federal Bureau of Investigation 
        (IAFIS)' means the national depository for fingerprint, 
        biometric, and criminal history information, through which 
        fingerprints are processed electronically.
    ``(6) Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the Attorney 
General from authorizing or requiring criminal history record checks on 
individuals employed or seeking employment in positions vital to the 
Nation's critical infrastructure or key resources as those terms are 
defined in section 1016(e) of Public Law 107-56 (42 U.S.C. 5195c(e)) 
and section 2(9) of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 (6 U.S.C. 
101(9)).''.
    (b) Report to Congress.--
            (1) In general.--Not later than 120 days after the date of 
        the enactment of this Act, the Attorney General shall report to 
        the appropriate committees of Congress regarding all statutory 
        requirements for criminal history record checks that are 
        required to be conducted by the Department of Justice or any of 
        its components.
            (2) Identification of information.--The Attorney General 
        shall identify the number of records requested, including the 
        type of information requested, usage of different terms and 
        definitions regarding criminal history information, and the 
        variation in fees charged for such information and who pays 
        such fees.
            (3) Recommendations.--The Attorney General shall make 
        recommendations for consolidating the existing procedures into 
        a unified procedure consistent with that provided in section 
        534(f) of title 28, United States Code, as amended by this 
        subtitle.

Subtitle G--Protection of United States Aviation System From Terrorist 
                                Attacks

SEC. 2171. PROVISION FOR THE USE OF BIOMETRIC OR OTHER TECHNOLOGY.

    (a) Use of Biometric Technology.--Section 44903(h) of title 49, 
United States Code, is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (4)(E) by striking ``may provide for'' and 
        inserting ``shall issue, not later than 120 days after the date 
        of enactment of paragraph (5), guidance for''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(5) Use of biometric technology in airport access control 
        systems.--In issuing guidance under paragraph (4)(E), the 
        Assistant Secretary of Homeland Security (Transportation 
        Security Administration), in consultation with representatives 
        of the aviation industry, the biometrics industry, and the 
        National Institute of Standards and Technology, shall 
        establish, at a minimum--
                    ``(A) comprehensive technical and operational 
                system requirements and performance standards for the 
                use of biometrics in airport access control systems 
                (including airport perimeter access control systems) to 
                ensure that the biometric systems are effective, 
                reliable, and secure;
                    ``(B) a list of products and vendors that meet such 
                requirements and standards;
                    ``(C) procedures for implementing biometric 
                systems--
                            ``(i) to ensure that individuals do not use 
                        an assumed identity to enroll in a biometric 
                        system; and
                            ``(ii) to resolve failures to enroll, false 
                        matches, and false non-matches; and
                    ``(D) best practices for incorporating biometric 
                technology into airport access control systems in the 
                most effective manner, including a process to best 
                utilize existing airport access control systems, 
                facilities, and equipment and existing data networks 
                connecting airports.
            ``(6) Use of biometric technology for law enforcement 
        officer travel.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Not later than 120 days after 
                the date of enactment of this paragraph, the Assistant 
                Secretary shall--
                            ``(i) establish a law enforcement officer 
                        travel credential that incorporates biometrics 
                        and is uniform across all Federal, State, and 
                        local government law enforcement agencies;
                            ``(ii) establish a process by which the 
                        travel credential will be used to verify the 
                        identity of a Federal, State, or local 
                        government law enforcement officer seeking to 
                        carry a weapon on board an aircraft, without 
                        unnecessarily disclosing to the public that the 
                        individual is a law enforcement officer;
                            ``(iii) establish procedures--
                                    ``(I) to ensure that only Federal, 
                                State, and local government law 
                                enforcement officers are issued the 
                                travel credential;
                                    ``(II) to resolve failures to 
                                enroll, false matches, and false non-
                                matches relating to use of the travel 
                                credential; and
                                    ``(III) to invalidate any travel 
                                credential that is lost, stolen, or no 
                                longer authorized for use;
                            ``(iv) begin issuance of the travel 
                        credential to each Federal, State, and local 
                        government law enforcement officer authorized 
                        by the Assistant Secretary to carry a weapon on 
                        board an aircraft; and
                            ``(v) take such other actions with respect 
                        to the travel credential as the Secretary 
                        considers appropriate.
                    ``(B) Funding.--There are authorized to be 
                appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out 
                this paragraph.
            ``(7) Definitions.--In this subsection, the following 
        definitions apply:
                    ``(A) Biometric information.--The term `biometric 
                information' means the distinct physical or behavioral 
                characteristics that are used for identification, or 
                verification of the identity, of an individual.
                    ``(B) Biometrics.--The term `biometrics' means a 
                technology that enables the automated identification, 
                or verification of the identity, of an individual based 
                on biometric information.
                    ``(C) Failure to enroll.--The term `failure to 
                enroll' means the inability of an individual to enroll 
                in a biometric system due to an insufficiently 
                distinctive biometric sample, the lack of a body part 
                necessary to provide the biometric sample, a system 
                design that makes it difficult to provide consistent 
                biometric information, or other factors.
                    ``(D) False match.--The term `false match' means 
                the incorrect matching of one individual's biometric 
                information to another individual's biometric 
                information by a biometric system.
                    ``(E) False non-match.--The term `false non-match' 
                means the rejection of a valid identity by a biometric 
                system.
                    ``(F) Secure area of an airport.--The term `secure 
                area of an airport' means the sterile area and the 
                Secure Identification Display Area of an airport (as 
                such terms are defined in section 1540.5 of title 49, 
                Code of Federal Regulations, or any successor 
                regulation to such section).''.
    (b) Funding for Use of Biometric Technology in Airport Access 
Control Systems.--
            (1) Grant authority.--Section 44923(a)(4) of title 49, 
        United States Code, is amended--
                    (A) by striking ``and'' at the end of paragraph 
                (3);
                    (B) by redesignating paragraph (4) as paragraph 
                (5); and
                    (C) by inserting after paragraph (3) the following:
            ``(4) for projects to implement biometric technologies in 
        accordance with guidance issued under section 44903(h)(4)(E); 
        and''.
            (2) Authorization of appropriations.--Section 44923(i)(1) 
        of such title is amended by striking ``$250,000,000 for each of 
        fiscal years 2004 through 2007'' and inserting ``$250,000,000 
        for fiscal year 2004, $345,000,000 for fiscal year 2005, and 
        $250,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2006 and 2007''.

SEC. 2172. TRANSPORTATION SECURITY STRATEGIC PLANNING.

    Section 44904 of title 49, United States Code, is amended--
            (1) by redesignating subsection (c) as subsection (e); and
            (2) by inserting after subsection (b) the following:
    ``(c) Transportation Security Strategic Planning.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary of Homeland Security shall 
        prepare and update, as needed, a transportation sector specific 
        plan and transportation modal security plans in accordance with 
        this section.
            ``(2) Contents.--At a minimum, the modal security plan for 
        aviation prepared under paragraph (1) shall--
                    ``(A) set risk-based priorities for defending 
                aviation assets;
                    ``(B) select the most practical and cost-effective 
                methods for defending aviation assets;
                    ``(C) assign roles and missions to Federal, State, 
                regional, and local authorities and to stakeholders;
                    ``(D) establish a damage mitigation and recovery 
                plan for the aviation system in the event of a 
                terrorist attack; and
                    ``(E) include a threat matrix document that 
                outlines each threat to the United States civil 
                aviation system and the corresponding layers of 
                security in place to address such threat.
            ``(3) Reports.--Not later than 180 days after the date of 
        enactment of the subsection and annually thereafter, the 
        Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Transportation and 
        Infrastructure of the House of Representatives and the 
        Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation of the 
        Senate a report containing the plans prepared under paragraph 
        (1), including any updates to the plans. The report may be 
        submitted in a classified format.
    ``(d) Operational Criteria.--Not later than 90 days after the date 
of submission of the report under subsection (c)(3), the Assistant 
Secretary of Homeland Security (Transportation Security Administration) 
shall issue operational criteria to protect airport infrastructure and 
operations against the threats identified in the plans prepared under 
subsection (c)(1) and shall approve best practices guidelines for 
airport assets.''.

SEC. 2173. NEXT GENERATION AIRLINE PASSENGER PRESCREENING.

    (a) In General.--Section 44903(j)(2) of title 49, United States 
Code, is amended by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(C) Next generation airline passenger 
                prescreening.--
                            ``(i) Commencement of testing.--Not later 
                        than November 1, 2004, the Assistant Secretary 
                        of Homeland Security (Transportation Security 
                        Administration), or the designee of the 
                        Assistant Secretary, shall commence testing of 
                        a next generation passenger prescreening system 
                        that will allow the Department of Homeland 
                        Security to assume the performance of comparing 
                        passenger name records to the automatic 
                        selectee and no fly lists, utilizing all 
                        appropriate records in the consolidated and 
                        integrated terrorist watchlist maintained by 
                        the Federal Government.
                            ``(ii) Assumption of function.--Not later 
                        than 180 days after completion of testing under 
                        clause (i), the Assistant Secretary, or the 
                        designee of the Assistant Secretary, shall 
                        assume the performance of the passenger 
                        prescreening function of comparing passenger 
                        name records to the automatic selectee and no 
                        fly lists and utilize all appropriate records 
                        in the consolidated and integrated terrorist 
                        watchlist maintained by the Federal Government 
                        in performing that function.
                            ``(iii) Requirements.--In assuming 
                        performance of the function under clause (i), 
                        the Assistant Secretary shall--
                                    ``(I) establish a procedure to 
                                enable airline passengers, who are 
                                delayed or prohibited from boarding a 
                                flight because the next generation 
                                passenger prescreening system 
                                determined that they might pose a 
                                security threat, to appeal such 
                                determination and correct information 
                                contained in the system;
                                    ``(II) ensure that Federal 
                                Government databases that will be used 
                                to establish the identity of a 
                                passenger under the system will not 
                                produce a large number of false 
                                positives;
                                    ``(III) establish an internal 
                                oversight board to oversee and monitor 
                                the manner in which the system is being 
                                implemented;
                                    ``(IV) establish sufficient 
                                operational safeguards to reduce the 
                                opportunities for abuse;
                                    ``(V) implement substantial 
                                security measures to protect the system 
                                from unauthorized access;
                                    ``(VI) adopt policies establishing 
                                effective oversight of the use and 
                                operation of the system; and
                                    ``(VII) ensure that there are no 
                                specific privacy concerns with the 
                                technological architecture of the 
                                system.
                            ``(iv) Passenger name records.--Not later 
                        than 60 days after the completion of the 
                        testing of the next generation passenger 
                        prescreening system, the Assistant Secretary 
                        shall require air carriers to supply to the 
                        Assistant Secretary the passenger name records 
                        needed to begin implementing the next 
                        generation passenger prescreening system.
                    ``(D) Screening of employees against watchlist.--
                The Assistant Secretary of Homeland Security 
                (Transportation Security Administration), in 
                coordination with the Secretary of Transportation and 
                the Administrator of the Federal Aviation 
                Administration, shall ensure that individuals are 
                screened against all appropriate records in the 
                consolidated and integrated terrorist watchlist 
                maintained by the Federal Government before--
                            ``(i) being certificated by the Federal 
                        Aviation Administration;
                            ``(ii) being issued a credential for access 
                        to the secure area of an airport; or
                            ``(iii) being issued a credential for 
                        access to the air operations area (as defined 
                        in section 1540.5 of title 49, Code of Federal 
                        Regulations, or any successor regulation to 
                        such section) of an airport.
                    ``(E) Appeal procedures.--The Assistant Secretary 
                shall establish a timely and fair process for 
                individuals identified as a threat under subparagraph 
                (D) to appeal the determination and correct any 
                erroneous information.
                    ``(F) Definition.--In this paragraph, the term 
                `secure area of an airport' means the sterile area and 
                the Secure Identification Display Area of an airport 
                (as such terms are defined in section 1540.5 of title 
                49, Code of Federal Regulations, or any successor 
                regulation to such section).''.
    (b) GAO Report.--
            (1) In general.--Not later than 90 days after the date on 
        which the Assistant Secretary of Homeland Security 
        (Transportation Security Administration) assumes performance of 
        the passenger prescreening function under section 
        44903(j)(2)(C)(ii) of title 49, United States Code, the 
        Comptroller General shall submit to the appropriate 
        congressional committees a report on the assumption of such 
        function. The report may be submitted in a classified format.
            (2) Contents.--The report under paragraph (1) shall 
        address--
                    (A) whether a system exists in the next generation 
                passenger prescreening system whereby aviation 
                passengers, determined to pose a threat and either 
                delayed or prohibited from boarding their scheduled 
                flights by the Transportation Security Administration, 
                may appeal such a decision and correct erroneous 
                information;
                    (B) the sufficiency of identifying information 
                contained in passenger name records and any government 
                databases for ensuring that a large number of false 
                positives will not result under the next generation 
                passenger prescreening system in a significant number 
                of passengers being treated as a threat mistakenly or 
                in security resources being diverted;
                    (C) whether the Transportation Security 
                Administration stress tested the next generation 
                passenger prescreening system;
                    (D) whether an internal oversight board has been 
                established in the Department of Homeland Security to 
                monitor the next generation passenger prescreening 
                system;
                    (E) whether sufficient operational safeguards have 
                been established to prevent the opportunities for abuse 
                of the system;
                    (F) whether substantial security measures are in 
                place to protect the passenger prescreening database 
                from unauthorized access;
                    (G) whether policies have been adopted for the 
                effective oversight of the use and operation of the 
                system;
                    (H) whether specific privacy concerns still exist 
                with the system; and
                    (I) whether appropriate life cycle cost estimates 
                have been developed, and a benefit and cost analysis 
                has been performed, for the system.

SEC. 2174. DEPLOYMENT AND USE OF EXPLOSIVE DETECTION EQUIPMENT AT 
              AIRPORT SCREENING CHECKPOINTS.

    (a) Nonmetallic Weapons and Explosives.--In order to improve 
security, the Assistant Secretary of Homeland Security (Transportation 
Security Administration) shall give priority to developing, testing, 
improving, and deploying technology at screening checkpoints at 
airports that will detect nonmetallic weapons and explosives on the 
person of individuals, in their clothing, or in their carry-on baggage 
or personal property and shall ensure that the equipment alone, or as 
part of an integrated system, can detect under realistic operating 
conditions the types of nonmetallic weapons and explosives that 
terrorists would likely try to smuggle aboard an air carrier aircraft.
    (b) Strategic Plan for Deployment and Use of Explosive Detection 
Equipment at Airport Screening Checkpoints.--
            (1) In general.--Not later than 90 days after the date of 
        enactment of this Act, the Assistant Secretary shall transmit 
        to the appropriate congressional committees a strategic plan to 
        promote the optimal utilization and deployment of explosive 
        detection systems at airports to screen individuals and their 
        carry-on baggage or personal property, including walk-through 
        explosive detection portals, document scanners, shoe scanners, 
        and any other explosive detection equipment for use at a 
        screening checkpoint. The plan may be transmitted in a 
        classified format.
            (2) Contents.--The strategic plan shall include 
        descriptions of the operational applications of explosive 
        detection equipment at airport screening checkpoints, a 
        deployment schedule and quantities of equipment needed to 
        implement the plan, and funding needs for implementation of the 
        plan, including a financing plan that provides for leveraging 
        non-Federal funding.

SEC. 2175. PILOT PROGRAM TO EVALUATE USE OF BLAST-RESISTANT CARGO AND 
              BAGGAGE CONTAINERS.

    (a) In General.--Beginning not later than 180 days after the date 
of enactment of this Act, the Assistant Secretary of Homeland Security 
(Transportation Security Administration) shall carry out a pilot 
program to evaluate the use of blast-resistant containers for cargo and 
baggage on passenger aircraft to minimize the potential effects of 
detonation of an explosive device.
    (b) Incentives for Participation in Pilot Program.--
            (1) In general.--As part of the pilot program, the 
        Assistant Secretary shall provide incentives to air carriers to 
        volunteer to test the use of blast-resistant containers for 
        cargo and baggage on passenger aircraft.
            (2) Applications.--To volunteer to participate in the 
        incentive program, an air carrier shall submit to the Assistant 
        Secretary an application that is in such form and contains such 
        information as the Assistant Secretary requires.
            (3) Types of assistance.--Assistance provided by the 
        Assistant Secretary to air carriers that volunteer to 
        participate in the pilot program shall include the use of 
        blast-resistant containers and financial assistance to cover 
        increased costs to the carriers associated with the use and 
        maintenance of the containers, including increased fuel costs.
    (c) Report.--Not later than one year after the date of enactment of 
this Act, the Assistant Secretary shall submit to appropriate 
congressional committees a report on the results of the pilot program.
    (d) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section $2,000,000. Such sums shall 
remain available until expended.

SEC. 2176. AIR CARGO SCREENING TECHNOLOGY.

    The Transportation Security Administration shall develop technology 
to better identify, track, and screen air cargo.

SEC. 2177. AIRPORT CHECKPOINT SCREENING EXPLOSIVE DETECTION.

    Section 44940 of title 49, United States Code, is amended by adding 
at the end the following:
    ``(i) Checkpoint Screening Security Fund.--
            ``(1) Establishment.--There is established in the 
        Department of Homeland Security a fund to be known as the 
        `Checkpoint Screening Security Fund'.
            ``(2) Deposits.--In each of fiscal years 2005 and 2006, 
        after amounts are made available under section 44923(h), the 
        next $30,000,000 derived from fees received under subsection 
        (a)(1) shall be available to be deposited in the Fund.
            ``(3) Fees.--The Secretary of Homeland Security shall 
        impose the fee authorized by subsection (a)(1) so as to collect 
        at least $30,000,000 in each of fiscal years 2005 and 2006 for 
        deposit into the Fund.
            ``(4) Availability of amounts.--Amounts in the Fund shall 
        be available for the purchase, deployment, and installation of 
        equipment to improve the ability of security screening 
        personnel at screening checkpoints to detect explosives.''.

SEC. 2178. NEXT GENERATION SECURITY CHECKPOINT.

    (a) Pilot Program.--The Transportation Security Administration 
shall develop, not later than 120 days after the date of enactment of 
this Act, and conduct a pilot program to test, integrate, and deploy 
next generation security checkpoint screening technology at not less 
than 5 airports in the United States.
    (b) Human Factor Studies.-- The Administration shall conduct human 
factors studies to improve screener performance as part of the pilot 
program under subsection (a).

SEC. 2179. PENALTY FOR FAILURE TO SECURE COCKPIT DOOR.

    (a) Civil Penalty.--Section 46301(a) of title 49, United States 
Code, is amended by adding at the end the following:
            ``(6) Penalty for failure to secure flight deck door.--Any 
        person holding a part 119 certificate under part of title 14, 
        Code of Federal Regulations, is liable to the Government for a 
        civil penalty of not more than $25,000 for each violation, by 
        the pilot in command of an aircraft owned or operated by such 
        person, of any Federal regulation that requires that the flight 
        deck door be closed and locked when the aircraft is being 
        operated.''.
    (b) Technical Corrections.--
            (1) Compromise and setoff for false information.--Section 
        46302(b) of such title is amended by striking ``Secretary of 
        Transportation'' and inserting ``Secretary of the Department of 
        Homeland Security and, for a violation relating to section 
        46504, the Secretary of Transportation,''.
            (2) Carrying a weapon.--Section 46303 of such title is 
        amended--
                    (A) in subsection (b) by striking ``Secretary of 
                Transportation'' and inserting ``Secretary of Homeland 
                Security''; and
                    (B) in subsection (c)(2) by striking ``Under 
                Secretary of Transportation for Security'' and 
                inserting ``Secretary of Homeland Security''.
            (3) Administrative imposition of penalties.--Section 
        46301(d) of such title is amended--
                    (A) in the first sentence of paragraph (2) by 
                striking ``46302, 46303,'' and inserting ``46302 (for a 
                violation relating to section 46504),''; and
                    (B) in the second sentence of paragraph (2)--
                            (i) by striking ``Under Secretary of 
                        Transportation for Security'' and inserting 
                        ``Secretary of Homeland Security''; and
                            (ii) by striking ``44909)'' and inserting 
                        ``44909), 46302 (except for a violation 
                        relating to section 46504), 46303,'';
                    (C) in each of paragraphs (2), (3), and (4) by 
                striking ``Under Secretary or'' and inserting 
                ``Secretary of Homeland Security''; and
                    (D) in paragraph (4)(A) by moving clauses (i), 
                (ii), and (iii) 2 ems to the left.

SEC. 2180. FEDERAL AIR MARSHAL ANONYMITY.

    The Director of the Federal Air Marshal Service of the Department 
of Homeland Security shall continue to develop operational initiatives 
to protect the anonymity of Federal air marshals.

SEC. 2181. FEDERAL LAW ENFORCEMENT IN-FLIGHT COUNTERTERRORISM TRAINING.

    The Assistant Secretary for Immigration and Customs Enforcement and 
the Director of Federal Air Marshal Service of the Department of 
Homeland Security, in coordination with the Assistant Secretary of 
Homeland Security (Transportation Security Administration), shall make 
available appropriate in-flight counterterrorism procedures and tactics 
training to Federal law enforcement officers who fly while on duty.

SEC. 2182. FEDERAL FLIGHT DECK OFFICER WEAPON CARRIAGE PILOT PROGRAM.

    (a) In General.--Not later than 90 days after the date of enactment 
of this Act, the Assistant Secretary of Homeland Security 
(Transportation Security Administration) shall implement a pilot 
program to allow pilots participating in the Federal flight deck 
officer program to transport their firearms on their persons. The 
Assistant Secretary may prescribe any training, equipment, or 
procedures that the Assistant Secretary determines necessary to ensure 
safety and maximize weapon retention.
    (b) Review.--Not later than 1 year after the date of initiation of 
the pilot program, the Assistant Secretary shall conduct a review of 
the safety record of the pilot program and transmit a report on the 
results of the review to the appropriate congressional committees.
    (c) Option.--If the Assistant Secretary as part of the review under 
subsection (b) determines that the safety level obtained under the 
pilot program is comparable to the safety level determined under 
existing methods of pilots carrying firearms on aircraft, the Assistant 
Secretary shall allow all pilots participating in the Federal flight 
deck officer program the option of carrying their firearm on their 
person subject to such requirements as the Assistant Secretary 
determines appropriate.

SEC. 2183. REGISTERED TRAVELER PROGRAM.

    The Transportation Security Administration shall expedite 
implementation of the registered traveler program.

SEC. 2184. WIRELESS COMMUNICATION.

    (a) Study.--The Transportation Security Administration, in 
consultation with the Federal Aviation Administration, shall conduct a 
study to determine the viability of providing devices or methods, 
including wireless methods, to enable a flight crew to discreetly 
notify the pilot in the case of a security breach or safety issue 
occurring in the cabin.
    (b) Matters to Be Considered.--In conducting the study, the 
Transportation Security Administration and the Federal Aviation 
Administration shall consider technology that is readily available and 
can be quickly integrated and customized for use aboard aircraft for 
flight crew communication.
    (c) Report.--Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of 
this Act, the Transportation Security Administration shall submit to 
the appropriate congressional committees a report on the results of the 
study.

SEC. 2185. SECONDARY FLIGHT DECK BARRIERS.

    Not later than 6 months after the date of enactment of this Act, 
the Assistant Secretary of Homeland Security (Transportation Security 
Administration) shall transmit to the appropriate congressional 
committees a report on the costs and benefits associated with the use 
of secondary flight deck barriers and whether the use of such barriers 
should be mandated for all air carriers. The Assistant Secretary may 
transmit the report in a classified format.

SEC. 2186. EXTENSION.

    Section 48301(a) of title 49, United States Code, is amended by 
striking ``and 2005'' and inserting ``2005, and 2006''.

SEC. 2187. PERIMETER SECURITY.

    (a) Report.--Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of 
this Act, the Assistant Secretary of Homeland Security (Transportation 
Security Administration), in consultation with airport operators and 
law enforcement authorities, shall develop and submit to the 
appropriate congressional committee a report on airport perimeter 
security. The report may be submitted in a classified format.
    (b) Contents.--The report shall include--
            (1) an examination of the feasibility of access control 
        technologies and procedures, including the use of biometrics 
        and other methods of positively identifying individuals prior 
        to entry into secure areas of airports, and provide best 
        practices for enhanced perimeter access control techniques; and
            (2) an assessment of the feasibility of physically 
        screening all individuals prior to entry into secure areas of 
        an airport and additional methods for strengthening the 
        background vetting process for all individuals credentialed to 
        gain access to secure areas of airports.

SEC. 2188. DEFINITIONS.

    In this title, the following definitions apply:
            (1) Appropriate congressional committee.--The term 
        ``appropriate congressional committees'' means the Committee on 
        Transportation and Infrastructure of the House of 
        Representatives and the Committee on Commerce, Science, and 
        Transportation of the Senate.
            (2) Air carrier.--The term ``air carrier'' has the meaning 
        such term has under section 40102 of title 49, United States 
        Code.
            (3) Secure area of an airport.--The term ``secure area of 
        an airport'' means the sterile area and the Secure 
        Identification Display Area of an airport (as such terms are 
        defined in section 1540.5 of title 49, Code of Federal 
        Regulations, or any successor regulation to such section).

                       Subtitle H--Other Matters

SEC. 2191. GRAND JURY INFORMATION SHARING.

    (a) Rule Amendments.--Rule 6(e) of the Federal Rules of Criminal 
Procedure is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (3)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (A)(ii), by striking ``or state 
                subdivision or of an Indian tribe'' and inserting ``, 
                state subdivision, Indian tribe, or foreign 
                government'';
                    (B) in subparagraph (D)--
                            (i) by inserting after the first sentence 
                        the following: ``An attorney for the government 
                        may also disclose any grand-jury matter 
                        involving a threat of actual or potential 
                        attack or other grave hostile acts of a foreign 
                        power or an agent of a foreign power, domestic 
                        or international sabotage, domestic or 
                        international terrorism, or clandestine 
                        intelligence gathering activities by an 
                        intelligence service or network of a foreign 
                        power or by an agent of a foreign power, within 
                        the United States or elsewhere, to any 
                        appropriate Federal, State, state subdivision, 
                        Indian tribal, or foreign government official 
                        for the purpose of preventing or responding to 
                        such a threat.''; and
                            (ii) in clause (i)--
                                    (I) by striking ``federal''; and
                                    (II) by adding at the end the 
                                following: ``Any State, state 
                                subdivision, Indian tribal, or foreign 
                                government official who receives 
                                information under Rule 6(e)(3)(D) may 
                                use the information only consistent 
                                with such guidelines as the Attorney 
                                General and the National Intellience 
                                Director shall jointly issue.''; and
                    (C) in subparagraph (E)--
                            (i) by redesignating clauses (iii) and (iv) 
                        as clauses (iv) and (v), respectively;
                            (ii) by inserting after clause (ii) the 
                        following:
                            ``(iii) at the request of the government, 
                        when sought by a foreign court or prosecutor 
                        for use in an official criminal 
                        investigation;''; and
                            (iii) in clause (iv), as redesignated--
                                    (I) by striking ``state or Indian 
                                tribal'' and inserting ``State, Indian 
                                tribal, or foreign''; and
                                    (II) by striking ``or Indian tribal 
                                official'' and inserting ``Indian 
                                tribal, or foreign government 
                                official''; and
            (2) in paragraph (7), by inserting ``, or of guidelines 
        jointly issued by the Attorney General and Director of Central 
        Intelligence pursuant to Rule 6,'' after ``Rule 6''.
    (b) Conforming Amendment.--Section 203(c) of Public Law 107-56 (18 
U.S.C. 2517 note) is amended by striking ``Rule 6(e)(3)(C)(i)(V) and 
(VI)'' and inserting ``Rule 6(e)(3)(D)''.

SEC. 2192. INTEROPERABLE LAW ENFORCEMENT AND INTELLIGENCE DATA SYSTEM.

    (a) Findings.--The Congress finds as follows:
            (1) The interoperable electronic data system know as the 
        ``Chimera system'', and required to be developed and 
        implemented by section 202(a)(2) of the Enhanced Border 
        Security and Visa Entry Reform Act of 2002 (8 U.S.C. 
        1722(a)(2)), has not in any way been implemented.
            (2) Little progress has been made since the enactment of 
        such Act with regard to establishing a process to connect 
        existing trusted systems operated independently by the 
        respective intelligence agencies.
            (3) It is advisable, therefore, to assign such 
        responsibility to the National Intelligence Director.
            (4) The National Intelligence Director should, pursuant to 
        the amendments made by subsection (c), begin systems planning 
        immediately upon assuming office to deliver an interim system 
        not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this 
        Act, and to deliver the fully functional Chimera system not 
        later than September 11, 2007.
            (5) Both the interim system, and the fully functional 
        Chimera system, should be designed so that intelligence 
        officers, Federal law enforcement agencies (as defined in 
        section 2 of such Act (8 U.S.C. 1701)), operational counter-
        terror support center personnel, consular officers, and 
        Department of Homeland Security enforcement officers have 
        access to them.
    (b) Purposes.--The purposes of this section are as follows:
            (1) To provide the National Intelligence Director with the 
        necessary authority and resources to establish both an interim 
        data system and, subsequently, a fully functional Chimera 
        system, to collect and share intelligence and operational 
        information with the intelligence community (as defined in 
        section 3(4) of the National Security Act of 1947 (50 U.S.C. 
        401a(4)).
            (2) To require the National Intelligence Director to 
        establish a state-of-the-art Chimera system with both biometric 
        identification and linguistic capabilities satisfying the best 
        technology standards.
            (3) To ensure that the National Intelligence Center will 
        have a fully functional capability, not later than September 
        11, 2007, for interoperable data and intelligence exchange with 
        the agencies of the intelligence community (as so defined).
    (c) Amendments.--
            (1) In general.--Title II of the Enhanced Border Security 
        and Visa Entry Reform Act of 2002 (8 U.S.C. 1721 et seq.) is 
        amended--
                    (A) in section 202(a)--
                            (i) by amending paragraphs (1) and (2) to 
                        read as follows:
            ``(1) Interim interoperable intelligence data exchange 
        system.--Not later than 1 year after assuming office, the 
        National Intelligence Director shall establish an interim 
        interoperable intelligence data exchange system that will 
        connect the data systems operated independently by the entities 
        in the intelligence community and by the National 
        counterterrorism Center, so as to permit automated data 
        exchange among all of these entities. Immediately upon assuming 
        office, the National Intelligence Director shall begin the 
        plans necessary to establish such interim system.
            ``(2) Chimera system.--Not later than September 11, 2007, 
        the National Intelligence Director shall establish a fully 
        functional interoperable law enforcement and intelligence 
        electronic data system within the National counterterrorism 
        Center to provide immediate access to information in databases 
        of Federal law enforcement agencies and the intelligence 
        community that is necessary to identify terrorists, and 
        organizations and individuals that support terrorism. The 
        system established under this paragraph shall referred to as 
        the `Chimera system'. '';
                            (ii) in paragraph (3)--
                                    (I) by striking ``President'' and 
                                inserting ``National Intelligence 
                                Director''; and
                                    (II) by striking ``the data 
                                system'' and inserting ``the interim 
                                system described in paragraph (1) and 
                                the Chimera system described in 
                                paragraph (2)'';
                            (iii) in paragraph (4)(A), by striking 
                        ``The data system'' and all that follows 
                        through ``(2),'' and inserting ``The interim 
                        system described in paragraph (1) and the 
                        Chimera system described in paragraph (2)'';
                            (iv) in paragraph (5)--
                                    (I) in the matter preceding 
                                subparagraph (A), by striking ``data 
                                system under this subsection'' and 
                                inserting ``Chimera system described in 
                                paragraph (2)'';
                                    (II) in subparagraph (B), by 
                                striking ``and'' at the end;
                                    (III) in subparagraph (C), by 
                                striking the period at the end and 
                                inserting ``; and''; and
                                    (IV) by adding at the end the 
                                following:
                    ``(D) to any Federal law enforcement or 
                intelligence officer authorized to assist in the 
                investigation, identification, or prosecution of 
                terrorists, alleged terrorists, individuals supporting 
                terrorist activities, and individuals alleged to 
                support terrorist activities. ''; and
                            (v) in paragraph (6)--
                                    (I) by striking ``President'' and 
                                inserting ``National Intelligence 
                                Director'';
                                    (II) by striking ``the data 
                                system'' and all that follows through 
                                ``(2),'' and inserting ``the interim 
                                system described in paragraph (1) and 
                                the Chimera system described in 
                                paragraph (2)'';
                    (B) in section 202(b)--
                            (i) in paragraph (1), by striking ``The 
                        interoperable'' and all that follows through 
                        ``subsection (a)'' and inserting ``the Chimera 
                        system described in subsection (a)(2)'';
                            (ii) in paragraph (2), by striking 
                        ``interoperable electronic database'' and 
                        inserting ``Chimera system described in 
                        subsection (a)(2)''; and
                            (iii) by amending paragraph (4) to read as 
                        follows:
            ``(4) Interim reports.--Not later than 6 months after 
        assuming office, the National Intelligence Director shall 
        submit a report to the appropriate committees of Congress on 
        the progress in implementing each requirement of this 
        section.'';
                    (C) in section 204--
                            (i) by striking ``Attorney General'' each 
                        place such term appears and inserting 
                        ``National Intelligence Director'';
                            (ii) in subsection (d)(1), by striking 
                        ``Attorney General's'' and inserting ``National 
                        Intelligence Director's''; and
                    (D) by striking section 203 and redesignating 
                section 204 as section 203.
            (2) Clerical amendment.--The table of contents for the 
        Enhanced Border Security and Visa Entry Reform Act of 2002 (8 
        U.S.C. 1701 et seq.) is amended--
                    (A) by striking the item relating to section 203; 
                and
                    (B) by redesignating the item relating to section 
                204 as relating to section 203.

SEC. 2193. IMPROVEMENT OF INTELLIGENCE CAPABILITIES OF THE FEDERAL 
              BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION.

    (a) Findings.--Consistent with the report of the National 
Commission on Terrorist Attacks Upon the United States and to meet the 
intelligence needs of the United States, Congress makes the following 
findings:
            (1) The Federal Bureau of Investigation has made 
        significant progress in improving its intelligence 
        capabilities.
            (2) The Federal Bureau of Investigation must further 
        enhance and fully institutionalize its ability to prevent, 
        preempt, and disrupt terrorist threats to our homeland, our 
        people, our allies, and our interests.
            (3) The Federal Bureau of Investigation must collect, 
        process, share, and disseminate, to the greatest extent 
        permitted by applicable law, to the President, the Vice 
        President, and other officials in the Executive Branch, all 
        terrorism information and other information necessary to 
        safeguard our people and advance our national and homeland 
        security interests.
            (4) The Federal Bureau of Investigation must move towards 
        full and seamless coordination and cooperation with all other 
        elements of the Intelligence Community, including full 
        participation in, and support to, the National counterterrorism 
        Center.
            (5) The Federal Bureau of Investigation must strengthen its 
        pivotal role in coordination and cooperation with Federal, 
        State, tribal, and local law enforcement agencies to ensure the 
        necessary sharing of information for counterterrorism and 
        criminal law enforcement purposes.
            (6) The Federal Bureau of Investigation must perform its 
        vital intelligence functions in a manner consistent with both 
        with national intelligence priorities and respect for privacy 
        and other civil liberties under the Constitution and laws of 
        the United States.
    (b) Improvement of Intelligence Capabilities.--The Director of the 
Federal Bureau of Investigation shall establish a comprehensive 
intelligence program for--
            (1) intelligence analysis, including recruitment and hiring 
        of analysts, analyst training, priorities and status for 
        analysis, and analysis performance measures;
            (2) intelligence production, including product standards, 
        production priorities, information sharing and dissemination, 
        and customer satisfaction measures;
            (3) production of intelligence that is responsive to 
        national intelligence requirements and priorities, including 
        measures of the degree to which each FBI headquarters and field 
        component is collecting and providing such intelligence;
            (4) intelligence sources, including source validation, new 
        source development, and performance measures;
            (5) field intelligence operations, including staffing and 
        infrastructure, management processes, priorities, and 
        performance measures;
            (6) full and seamless coordination and cooperation with the 
        other components of the Intelligence Community, consistent with 
        their responsibilities; and
            (7) sharing of FBI intelligence and information across 
        Federal, state, and local governments, with the private sector, 
        and with foreign partners as provided by law or by guidelines 
        of the Attorney General.
    (c) Intelligence Directorate.--The Director of the Federal Bureau 
of Investigation shall establish an Intelligence Directorate within the 
FBI. The Intelligence Directorate shall have the authority to manage 
and direct the intelligence operations of all FBI headquarters and 
field components. The Intelligence Directorate shall have 
responsibility for all components and functions of the FBI necessary 
for--
            (1) oversight of FBI field intelligence operations;
            (2) FBI human source development and management;
            (3) FBI collection against nationally-determined 
        intelligence requirements;
            (4) language services;
            (5) strategic analysis;
            (6) intelligence program and budget management; and
            (7) the intelligence workforce.
    (d) National Security Workforce.--The Director of the Federal 
Bureau of Investigation shall establish a specialized, integrated 
intelligence cadre composed of Special Agents, analysts, linguists, and 
surveillance specialists in a manner which creates and sustains within 
the FBI a workforce with substantial expertise in, and commitment to, 
the intelligence mission of the FBI. The Director shall--
            (1) ensure that these FBI employees may make their career, 
        including promotion to the most senior positions in the FBI, 
        within this career track;
            (2) establish intelligence cadre requirements for--
                    (A) training;
                    (B) career development and certification;
                    (C) recruitment, hiring, and selection;
                    (D) integrating field intelligence teams; and
                    (E) senior level field management;
            (3) establish intelligence officer certification 
        requirements, including requirements for training courses and 
        assignments to other intelligence, national security, or 
        homeland security components of the Executive branch, in order 
        to advance to senior operational management positions in the 
        FBI;
            (4) ensure that the FBI's recruitment and training program 
        enhances its ability to attract individuals with educational 
        and professional backgrounds in intelligence, international 
        relations, language, technology, and other skills relevant to 
        the intelligence mission of the FBI;
            (5) ensure that all Special Agents and analysts employed by 
        the FBI after the date of the enactment of this Act shall 
        receive basic training in both criminal justice matters and 
        intelligence matters;
            (6) ensure that all Special Agents employed by the FBI 
        after the date of the enactment of this Act, to the maximum 
        extent practicable, be given an opportunity to undergo, during 
        their early service with the FBI, meaningful assignments in 
        criminal justice matters and in intelligence matters;
            (7) ensure that, to the maximum extent practical, Special 
        Agents who specialize in intelligence are afforded the 
        opportunity to work on intelligence matters over the remainder 
        of their career with the FBI; and
            (8) ensure that, to the maximum extent practical, analysts 
        are afforded FBI training and career opportunities commensurate 
        with the training and career opportunities afforded analysts in 
        other elements of the intelligence community.
    (e) Field Office Matters.--The Director of the Federal Bureau of 
Investigation shall take appropriate actions to ensure the integration 
of analysis, Special Agents, linguists, and surveillance personnel in 
FBI field intelligence components and to provide effective leadership 
and infrastructure to support FBI field intelligence components. The 
Director shall--
            (1) ensure that each FBI field office has an official at 
        the level of Assistant Special Agent in Charge or higher with 
        responsibility for the FBI field intelligence component; and
            (2) to the extent practicable, provide for such expansion 
        of special compartmented information facilities in FBI field 
        offices as is necessary to ensure the discharge by the field 
        intelligence components of the national security and criminal 
        intelligence mission of the FBI.
    (f) Budget Matters.--The Director of the Federal Bureau of 
Investigation shall, in consultation with the Director of the Office of 
Management and Budget, modify the budget structure of the FBI in order 
to organize the budget according to its four main programs as follows:
            (1) Intelligence.
            (2) counterterrorism and counterintelligence.
            (3) Criminal enterprise/Federal crimes.
            (4) Criminal justice services.
    (g) Reports.--
            (1)(A) Not later than 180 days after the date of the 
        enactment of this Act, and every twelve months thereafter, the 
        Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation shall submit to 
        Congress a report on the progress made as of the date of such 
        report in carrying out the requirements of this section.
            (B) The Director shall include in the first report required 
        by subparagraph (A) an estimate of the resources required to 
        complete the expansion of special compartmented information 
        facilities to carry out the intelligence mission of FBI field 
        intelligence components.
            (2) In each annual report required by paragraph (1)(A) the 
        director shall include--
                    (A) a report on the progress made by each FBI field 
                office during the period covered by such review in 
                addressing FBI and national intelligence priorities;
                    (B) a report assessing the qualifications, status, 
                and roles of analysts at FBI headquarters and in FBI 
                field offices; and
                    (C) a report on the progress of the FBI in 
                implementing information-sharing principles.
            (3) A report required by this subsection shall be 
        submitted--
                    (A) to each committee of Congress that has 
                jurisdiction over the subject matter of such report; 
                and
                    (B) in unclassified form, but may include a 
                classified annex.

            TITLE III--BORDER SECURITY AND TERRORIST TRAVEL

        Subtitle A--Immigration Reform in the National Interest

                     CHAPTER 1--GENERAL PROVISIONS

SEC. 3001. ELIMINATING THE ``WESTERN HEMISPHERE'' EXCEPTION FOR 
              CITIZENS.

    (a) In General.--
            (1) In general.--Section 215(b) of the Immigration and 
        Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1185(b)) is amended to read as 
        follows:
    ``(b)(1) Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, it shall 
be unlawful for any citizen of the United States to depart from or 
enter, or attempt to depart from or enter, the United States unless the 
citizen bears a valid United States passport.
    ``(2) Subject to such limitations and exceptions as the President 
may authorize and prescribe, the President may waive the application of 
paragraph (1) in the case of a citizen departing the United States to, 
or entering the United States from, foreign contiguous territory.
    ``(3) The President, if waiving the application of paragraph (1) 
pursuant to paragraph (2), shall require citizens departing the United 
States to, or entering the United States from, foreign contiguous 
territory to bear a document (or combination of documents) designated 
by the Secretary of Homeland Security under paragraph (4).
    ``(4) The Secretary of Homeland Security--
            ``(A) shall designate documents that are sufficient to 
        denote identity and citizenship in the United States such that 
        they may be used, either individually or in conjunction with 
        another document, to establish that the bearer is a citizen or 
        national of the United States for purposes of lawfully 
        departing from or entering the United States; and
            ``(B) shall publish a list of those documents in the 
        Federal Register.
    ``(5) A document may not be designated under paragraph (4) (whether 
alone or in combination with other documents) unless the Secretary of 
Homeland Security determines that the document--
            ``(A) may be relied upon for the purposes of this 
        subsection; and
            ``(B) may not be issued to an alien unlawfully present in 
        the United States.''.
            (2) Effective date.--The amendment made by paragraph (1) 
        shall take effect on October 1, 2006.
    (b) Interim Rule.--
            (1) In general.--Not later than 60 days after the date of 
        the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Homeland Security--
                    (A) shall designate documents that are sufficient 
                to denote identity and citizenship in the United States 
                such that they may be used, either individually or in 
                conjunction with another document, to establish that 
                the bearer is a citizen or national of the United 
                States for purposes of lawfully departing from or 
                entering the United States; and
                    (B) shall publish a list of those documents in the 
                Federal Register.
            (2) Limitation on presidential authority.--Beginning on the 
        date that is 90 days after the publication described in 
        paragraph (1)(B), the President, notwithstanding section 215(b) 
        of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1185(b)), may 
        not exercise the President's authority under such section so as 
        to permit any citizen of the United States to depart from or 
        enter, or attempt to depart from or enter, the United States 
        from any country other than foreign contiguous territory, 
        unless the citizen bears a document (or combination of 
        documents) designated under paragraph (1)(A).
            (3) Criteria for designation.--A document may not be 
        designated under paragraph (1)(A) (whether alone or in 
        combination with other documents) unless the Secretary of 
        Homeland Security determines that the document--
                    (A) may be relied upon for the purposes of this 
                subsection; and
                    (B) may not be issued to an alien unlawfully 
                present in the United States.
            (4) Effective date.--This subsection shall take effect on 
        the date of the enactment of this Act and shall cease to be 
        effective on September 30, 2006.

SEC. 3002. MODIFICATION OF WAIVER AUTHORITY WITH RESPECT TO 
              DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS FOR NATIONALS OF FOREIGN 
              CONTIGUOUS TERRITORIES AND ADJACENT ISLANDS.

    (a) In General.--Section 212(d)(4) of the Immigration and 
Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1182(d)(4)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``Attorney General'' and inserting 
        ``Secretary of Homeland Security'';
            (2) by striking ``on the basis of reciprocity'' and all 
        that follows through ``or (C)''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
        ``Either or both of the requirements of such paragraph may also 
        be waived by the Secretary of Homeland Security and the 
        Secretary of State, acting jointly and on the basis of 
        reciprocity, with respect to nationals of foreign contiguous 
        territory or of adjacent islands, but only if such nationals 
        are required, in order to be admitted into the United States, 
        to be in possession of identification deemed by the Secretary 
        of Homeland Security to be secure.''.
    (b) Effective Date.--The amendment made by subsection (a) shall 
take effect on December 31, 2006.

SEC. 3003. INCREASE IN FULL-TIME BORDER PATROL AGENTS.

    The Secretary of Homeland Security, in each of fiscal years 2006 
through 2010, shall increase by not less than 2,000 the number of 
positions for full-time active-duty border patrol agents within the 
Department of Homeland Security above the number of such positions for 
which funds were allotted for the preceding fiscal year.

SEC. 3004. INCREASE IN FULL-TIME IMMIGRATION AND CUSTOMS ENFORCEMENT 
              INVESTIGATORS.

    The Secretary of Homeland Security, in each of fiscal years 2006 
through 2010, shall increase by not less than 800 the number of 
positions for full-time active-duty investigators within the Department 
of Homeland Security investigating violations of immigration laws (as 
defined in section 101(a)(17) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 
U.S.C. 1101(a)(17)) above the number of such positions for which funds 
were allotted for the preceding fiscal year. At least half of these 
additional investigators shall be designated to investigate potential 
violations of section 274A of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 
U.S.C 1324a). Each State shall be allotted at least 3 of these 
additional investigators.

SEC. 3005. ALIEN IDENTIFICATION STANDARDS.

    Section 211 of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1181) 
is amended by adding at the end the following:
    ``(d) For purposes of establishing identity to any Federal 
employee, an alien present in the United States may present any 
document issued by the Attorney General or the Secretary of Homeland 
Security under the authority of one of the immigration laws (as defined 
in section 101(a)(17)), or an unexpired lawfully issued foreign 
passport. Subject to the limitations and exceptions in immigration laws 
(as defined in section 101(a)(17) of the Immigration and Nationality 
Act (8 U.S.C. 1101(a)(17)), no other document may be presented for 
those purposes.''.

SEC. 3006. EXPEDITED REMOVAL.

    Section 235(b)(1)(A) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 
U.S.C. 1225(b)(1)(A)) is amended by striking clauses (i) through (iii) 
and inserting the following:
                            ``(i) In general.--If an immigration 
                        officer determines that an alien (other than an 
                        alien described in subparagraph (F)) who is 
                        arriving in the United States, or who has not 
                        been admitted or paroled into the United States 
                        and has not been physically present in the 
                        United States continuously for the 5-year 
                        period immediately prior to the date of the 
                        determination of inadmissibility under this 
                        paragraph, is inadmissible under section 
                        212(a)(6)(C) or 212(a)(7), the officer shall 
                        order the alien removed from the United States 
                        without further hearing or review, unless--
                                    ``(I) the alien has been charged 
                                with a crime, is in criminal 
                                proceedings, or is serving a criminal 
                                sentence; or
                                    ``(II) the alien indicates an 
                                intention to apply for asylum under 
                                section 208 or a fear of persecution 
                                and the officer determines that the 
                                alien has been physically present in 
                                the United States for less than 1 year.
                            ``(ii) Claims for asylum.--If an 
                        immigration officer determines that an alien 
                        (other than an alien described in subparagraph 
                        (F)) who is arriving in the United States, or 
                        who has not been admitted or paroled into the 
                        United States and has not been physically 
                        present in the United States continuously for 
                        the 5-year period immediately prior to the date 
                        of the determination of inadmissibility under 
                        this paragraph, is inadmissible under section 
                        212(a)(6)(C) or 212(a)(7), and the alien 
                        indicates either an intention to apply for 
                        asylum under section 208 or a fear of 
                        persecution, the officer shall refer the alien 
                        for an interview by an asylum officer under 
                        subparagraph (B) if the officer determines that 
                        the alien has been physically present in the 
                        United States for less than 1 year.''.

SEC. 3007. PREVENTING TERRORISTS FROM OBTAINING ASYLUM.

    (a) Conditions for Granting Asylum.--Section 208(b) of the 
Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1158(b)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1), by striking ``The Attorney General'' 
        and inserting the following:
                    ``(A) Eligibility.--The Secretary of Homeland 
                Security or the Attorney General''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(B) Burden of proof.--The burden of proof is on 
                the applicant to establish that the applicant is a 
                refugee within the meaning of section 101(a)(42)(A). To 
                establish that the applicant is a refugee within the 
                meaning of this Act, the applicant must establish that 
                race, religion, nationality, membership in a particular 
                social group, or political opinion was or will be the 
                central motive for persecuting the applicant. The 
                testimony of the applicant may be sufficient to sustain 
                such burden without corroboration, but only if it is 
                credible, is persuasive, and refers to specific facts 
                that demonstrate that the applicant is a refugee. Where 
                the trier of fact finds that it is reasonable to expect 
                corroborating evidence for certain alleged facts 
                pertaining to the specifics of the applicant's claim, 
                such evidence must be provided unless a reasonable 
                explanation is given as to why such information is not 
                provided. The credibility determination of the trier of 
                fact may be based, in addition to other factors, on the 
                demeanor, candor, or responsiveness of the applicant or 
                witness, the consistency between the applicant's or 
                witness's written and oral statements, whether or not 
                under oath, made at any time to any officer, agent, or 
                employee of the United States, the internal consistency 
                of each such statement, the consistency of such 
                statements with the country conditions in the country 
                from which the applicant claims asylum (as presented by 
                the Department of State) and any inaccuracies or 
                falsehoods in such statements. These factors may be 
                considered individually or cumulatively.''.
    (b) Standard of Review for Orders of Removal.--Section 242(b)(4) of 
the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1252(b)(4)) is amended by 
adding after subparagraph (D) the following flush language: ``No court 
shall reverse a determination made by an adjudicator with respect to 
the availability of corroborating evidence as described in section 
208(b)(1)(B), unless the court finds that a reasonable adjudicator is 
compelled to conclude that such corroborating evidence is 
unavailable.''.
    (c) Effective Date.--The amendment made by subsection (b) shall 
take effect upon the date of enactment of this Act and shall apply to 
cases in which the final administrative removal order was issued 
before, on, or after the date of enactment of this Act.

SEC. 3008. REVOCATION OF VISAS AND OTHER TRAVEL DOCUMENTATION.

    (a) Limitation on Review.--Section 221(i) of the Immigration and 
Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1201(i)) is amended by adding at the end the 
following: ``There shall be no means of administrative or judicial 
review of a revocation under this subsection, and no court or other 
person otherwise shall have jurisdiction to consider any claim 
challenging the validity of such a revocation.''.
    (b) Classes of Deportable Aliens.--Section 237(a)(1)(B) of the 
Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1227(a)(1)(B)) is amended by 
striking ``United States is'' and inserting the following: ``United 
States, or whose nonimmigrant visa (or other documentation authorizing 
admission into the United States as a nonimmigrant) has been revoked 
under section 221(i), is''.
    (c) Revocation of Petitions.--Section 205 of the Immigration and 
Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1155) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``Attorney General'' and inserting 
        ``Secretary of Homeland Security''; and
            (2) by striking the final two sentences.
    (d) Effective Date.--The amendments made by this section shall take 
effect on the date of the enactment of this Act and shall apply to 
revocations under sections 205 and 221(i) of the Immigration and 
Nationality Act made before, on, or after such date.

SEC. 3009. JUDICIAL REVIEW OF ORDERS OF REMOVAL.

    (a) In General.--Section 242 of the Immigration and Nationality Act 
(8 U.S.C. 1252) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) in subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C), by 
                        inserting ``(statutory and nonstatutory), 
                        including section 2241 of title 28, United 
                        States Code, or any other habeas corpus 
                        provision, and sections 1361 and 1651 of title 
                        28, United States Code'' after 
                        ``Notwithstanding any other provision of law''; 
                        and
                            (ii) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(D) Judicial review of certain legal claims.--
                Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as 
                precluding consideration by the circuit courts of 
                appeals of constitutional claims or pure questions of 
                law raised upon petitions for review filed in 
                accordance with this section. Notwithstanding any other 
                provision of law (statutory and nonstatutory), 
                including section 2241 of title 28, United States Code, 
                or, except as provided in subsection (e), any other 
                habeas corpus provision, and sections 1361 and 1651 of 
                title 28, United States Code, such petitions for review 
                shall be the sole and exclusive means of raising any 
                and all claims with respect to orders of removal 
                entered or issued under any provision of this Act.''; 
                and
                    (B) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(4) Claims under the united nations convention.--
        Notwithstanding any other provision of law (statutory and 
        nonstatutory), including section 2241 of title 28, United 
        States Code, or any other habeas corpus provision, and sections 
        1361 and 1651 of title 28, United States Code, a petition for 
        review by the circuit courts of appeals filed in accordance 
        with this section is the sole and exclusive means of judicial 
        review of claims arising under the United Nations Convention 
        Against Torture and Other Forms of Cruel, Inhuman, or Degrading 
        Treatment or Punishment.
            ``(5) Exclusive means of review.--The judicial review 
        specified in this subsection shall be the sole and exclusive 
        means for review by any court of an order of removal entered or 
        issued under any provision of this Act. For purposes of this 
        title, in every provision that limits or eliminates judicial 
        review or jurisdiction to review, the terms `judicial review' 
        and `jurisdiction to review' include habeas corpus review 
        pursuant to section 2241 of title 28, United States Code, or 
        any other habeas corpus provision, sections 1361 and 1651 of 
        title 28, United States Code, and review pursuant to any other 
        provision of law.'';
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (3)(B), by inserting ``pursuant to 
                subsection (f)'' after ``unless''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (9), by adding at the end the 
                following: ``Except as otherwise provided in this 
                subsection, no court shall have jurisdiction, by habeas 
                corpus under section 2241 of title 28, United States 
                Code, or any other habeas corpus provision, by section 
                1361 or 1651 of title 28, United States Code, or by any 
                other provision of law (statutory or nonstatutory), to 
                hear any cause or claim subject to these consolidation 
                provisions.'';
            (3) in subsection (f)(2), by inserting ``or stay, by 
        temporary or permanent order, including stays pending judicial 
        review,'' after ``no court shall enjoin''; and
            (4) in subsection (g), by inserting ``(statutory and 
        nonstatutory), including section 2241 of title 28, United 
        States Code, or any other habeas corpus provision, and sections 
        1361 and 1651 of title 28, United States Code'' after 
        ``notwithstanding any other provision of law''.
    (b) Effective Date.--The amendments made by subsection (a) shall 
take effect upon the date of enactment of this Act and shall apply to 
cases in which the final administrative removal order was issued 
before, on, or after the date of enactment of this Act.

    CHAPTER 2--DEPORTATION OF TERRORISTS AND SUPPORTERS OF TERRORISM

SEC. 3031. EXPANDED INAPPLICABILITY OF RESTRICTION ON REMOVAL.

    (a) In General.--Section 241(b)(3)(B) (8 U.S.C. 1231(b)(3)(B)) is 
amended--
            (1) in the matter preceding clause (i), by striking 
        ``section 237(a)(4)(D)'' and inserting ``paragraph (4)(B) or 
        (4)(D) of section 237(a)''; and
            (2) in clause (iii), by striking ``or'';
            (3) in clause (iv), by striking the period and inserting 
        ``; or'' ;
            (4) by inserting after clause (iv) and following:
                            ``(v) the alien is described in subclause 
                        (I), (II), (III), (IV), or (VI) of section 
                        212(a)(3)(B)(i) or section 237(a)(4)(B), 
                        unless, in the case only of an alien described 
                        in subclause (IV) of section 212(a)(3)(B)(i), 
                        the Secretary of Homeland Security determines, 
                        in the Secretary's discretion, that there are 
                        not reasonable grounds for regarding the alien 
                        as a danger to the security of the United 
                        States.''; and
            (5) by striking the last sentence.
    (b) Exceptions.--Section 208(b)(2)(A)(v) of the Immigration and 
Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1158(b)(2)(A)(v)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``inadmissible under'' each place such term 
        appears and inserting ``described in''; and
            (2) by striking ``removable under''.
    (c) Effective Date.--The amendments made by this section shall take 
effect on the date of the enactment of this Act and shall apply to--
            (1) removal proceedings instituted before, on, or after the 
        date of the enactment of this Act; and
            (2) acts and conditions constituting a ground for 
        inadmissibility or removal occurring or existing before, on, or 
        after such date.

SEC. 3032. EXCEPTION TO RESTRICTION ON REMOVAL FOR TERRORISTS AND 
              CRIMINALS.

    (a) Regulations.--
            (1) Revision deadline.--Not later than 120 days after the 
        date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Homeland 
        Security shall revise the regulations prescribed by the 
        Secretary to implement the United Nations Convention Against 
        Torture and Other Forms of Cruel, Inhuman or Degrading 
        Treatment or Punishment, done at New York on December 10, 1984.
            (2) Exclusion of certain aliens.--The revision--
                    (A) shall exclude from the protection of such 
                regulations aliens described in section 241(b)(3)(B) of 
                the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 
                1231(b)(3)(B)) (as amended by this title), including 
                rendering such aliens ineligible for withholding or 
                deferral of removal under the Convention; and
                    (B) shall ensure that the revised regulations 
                operate so as to--
                            (i) allow for the reopening of 
                        determinations made under the regulations 
                        before the effective date of the revision; and
                            (ii) apply to acts and conditions 
                        constituting a ground for ineligibility for the 
                        protection of such regulations, as revised, 
                        regardless of when such acts or conditions 
                        occurred.
            (3) Burden of proof.--The revision shall also ensure that 
        the burden of proof is on the applicant for withholding or 
        deferral of removal under the Convention to establish by clear 
        and convincing evidence that he or she would be tortured if 
        removed to the proposed country of removal.
    (b) Judicial Review.--Notwithstanding any other provision of law, 
no court shall have jurisdiction to review the regulations adopted to 
implement this section, and nothing in this section shall be construed 
as providing any court jurisdiction to consider or review claims raised 
under the Convention or this section, except as part of the review of a 
final order of removal pursuant to section 242 of the Immigration and 
Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1252).

SEC. 3033. ADDITIONAL REMOVAL AUTHORITIES.

    (a) In General.--Section 241(b) of the Immigration and Nationality 
Act (8 U.S.C. 1231(b)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1)--
                    (A) in each of subparagraphs (A) and (B), by 
                striking the period at the end and inserting ``unless, 
                in the opinion of the Secretary of Homeland Security, 
                removing the alien to such country would be prejudicial 
                to the United States.''; and
                    (B) by amending subparagraph (C) to read as 
                follows:
                    ``(C) Alternative countries.--If the alien is not 
                removed to a country designated in subparagraph (A) or 
                (B), the Secretary of Homeland Security shall remove 
                the alien to--
                            ``(i) the country of which the alien is a 
                        citizen, subject, or national, where the alien 
                        was born, or where the alien has a residence, 
                        unless the country physically prevents the 
                        alien from entering the country upon the 
                        alien's removal there; or
                            ``(ii) any country whose government will 
                        accept the alien into that country.''; and
            (2) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) by striking ``Attorney General'' each place 
                such term appears and inserting ``Secretary of Homeland 
                Security'';
                    (B) by amending subparagraph (D) to read as 
                follows:
                    ``(D) Alternative countries.--If the alien is not 
                removed to a country designated under subparagraph 
                (A)(i), the Secretary of Homeland Security shall remove 
                the alien to a country of which the alien is a subject, 
                national, or citizen, or where the alien has a 
                residence, unless--
                            ``(i) such country physically prevents the 
                        alien from entering the country upon the 
                        alien's removal there; or
                            ``(ii) in the opinion of the Secretary of 
                        Homeland Security, removing the alien to the 
                        country would be prejudicial to the United 
                        States.''; and
                    (C) by amending subparagraph (E)(vii) to read as 
                follows:
                            ``(vii) Any country whose government will 
                        accept the alien into that country.''.
    (b) Effective Date.--The amendments made by subsection (a) shall 
take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act and shall apply to 
any deportation, exclusion, or removal on or after such date pursuant 
to any deportation, exclusion, or removal order, regardless of whether 
such order is administratively final before, on, or after such date.

                Subtitle B--Identity Management Security

    CHAPTER 1--IMPROVED SECURITY FOR DRIVERS' LICENSES AND PERSONAL 
                          IDENTIFICATION CARDS

SEC. 3051. DEFINITIONS.

    In this chapter, the following definitions apply:
            (1) Driver's license.--The term ``driver's license'' means 
        a motor vehicle operator's license, as defined in section 30301 
        of title 49, United States Code.
            (2) Identification card.--The term ``identification card'' 
        means a personal identification card, as defined in section 
        1028(d) of title 18, United States Code, issued by a State.
            (3) Secretary.--The term ``Secretary'' means the Secretary 
        of Homeland Security.
            (4) State.--The term ``State'' means a State of the United 
        States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Virgin 
        Islands, Guam, American Samoa, the Northern Mariana Islands, 
        the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, and any other 
        territory or possession of the United States.

SEC. 3052. MINIMUM DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS AND ISSUANCE STANDARDS FOR 
              FEDERAL RECOGNITION.

    (a) Minimum Standards for Federal Use.--
            (1) In general.--Beginning 3 years after the date of 
        enactment of this Act, a Federal agency may not accept, for any 
        official purpose, a driver's license or identification card 
        issued by a State to any person unless the State is meeting the 
        requirements of this section.
            (2) State certifications.--The Secretary shall determine 
        whether a State is meeting the requirements of this section 
        based on certifications made by the State to the Secretary. 
        Such certifications shall be made at such times and in such 
        manner as the Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of 
        Transportation, may prescribe by regulation.
    (b) Minimum Document Requirements.--To meet the requirements of 
this section, a State shall include, at a minimum, the following 
information and features on each driver's license and identification 
card issued to a person by the State:
            (1) The person's full legal name.
            (2) The person's date of birth.
            (3) The person's gender.
            (4) The person's driver license or identification card 
        number.
            (5) A photograph of the person.
            (6) The person's address of principal residence.
            (7) The person's signature.
            (8) Physical security features designed to prevent 
        tampering, counterfeiting, or duplication of the document for 
        fraudulent purposes.
            (9) A common machine-readable technology, with defined 
        minimum data elements.
    (c) Minimum Issuance Standards.--
            (1) In general.--To meet the requirements of this section, 
        a State shall require, at a minimum, presentation and 
        verification of the following information before issuing a 
        driver's license or identification card to a person:
                    (A) A photo identity document, except that a non-
                photo identity document is acceptable if it includes 
                both the person's full legal name and date of birth.
                    (B) Documentation showing the person's date of 
                birth.
                    (C) Proof of the person's social security account 
                number or verification that the person is not eligible 
                for a social security account number.
                    (D) Documentation showing the person's name and 
                address of principal residence.
            (2) Verification of documents.--To meet the requirements of 
        this section, a State shall implement the following procedures:
                    (A) Before issuing a driver's license or 
                identification card to a person, the State shall 
                verify, with the issuing agency, the issuance, 
                validity, and completeness of each document required to 
                be presented by the person under paragraph (1).
                    (B) The State shall not accept any foreign 
                document, other than an official passport, to satisfy a 
                requirement of paragraph (1).
    (d) Other Requirements.--To meet the requirements of this section, 
a State shall adopt the following practices in the issuance of drivers' 
licenses and identification cards:
            (1) Employ technology to capture digital images of identity 
        source documents so that the images can be retained in 
        electronic storage in a transferable format.
            (2) Retain paper copies of source documents for a minimum 
        of 7 years or images of source documents presented for a 
        minimum of 10 years.
            (3) Subject each person applying for a driver's license or 
        identification card to mandatory facial image capture.
            (4) Establish an effective procedure to confirm or verify a 
        renewing applicant's information.
            (5) Confirm with the Social Security Administration a 
        social security account number presented by a person using the 
        full social security account number. In the event that a social 
        security account number is already registered to or associated 
        with another person to which any State has issued a driver's 
        license or identification card, the State shall resolve the 
        discrepancy and take appropriate action.
            (6) Refuse to issue a driver's license or identification 
        card to a person holding a driver's license issued by another 
        State without confirmation that the person is terminating or 
        has terminated the driver's license.
            (7) Ensure the physical security of locations where 
        drivers' licenses and identification cards are produced and the 
        security of document materials and papers from which drivers' 
        licenses and identification cards are produced.
            (8) Subject all persons authorized to manufacture or 
        produce drivers' licenses and identification cards to 
        appropriate security clearance requirements.
            (9) Establish fraudulent document recognition training 
        programs for appropriate employees engaged in the issuance of 
        drivers' licenses and identification cards.

SEC. 3053. LINKING OF DATABASES.

    (a) In General.--To be eligible to receive any grant or other type 
of financial assistance made available under this subtitle, a State 
shall participate in the interstate compact regarding sharing of driver 
license data, known as the ``Driver License Agreement'', in order to 
provide electronic access by a State to information contained in the 
motor vehicle databases of all other States.
    (b) Requirements for Information.--A State motor vehicle database 
shall contain, at a minimum, the following information:
            (1) All data fields printed on drivers' licenses and 
        identification cards issued by the State.
            (2) Motor vehicle drivers' histories, including motor 
        vehicle violations, suspensions, and points on licenses.

SEC. 3054. TRAFFICKING IN AUTHENTICATION FEATURES FOR USE IN FALSE 
              IDENTIFICATION DOCUMENTS.

    Section 1028(a)(8) of title 18, United States Code, is amended by 
striking ``false authentication features'' and inserting ``false or 
actual authentication features''.

SEC. 3055. GRANTS TO STATES.

    (a) In General.--The Secretary may make grants to a State to assist 
the State in conforming to the minimum standards set forth in this 
chapter.
    (b) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to the Secretary for each of the fiscal years 2005 through 
2009 such sums as may be necessary to carry out this chapter.

SEC. 3056. AUTHORITY.

    (a) Participation of Secretary of Transportation and States.--All 
authority to issue regulations, certify standards, and issue grants 
under this chapter shall be carried out by the Secretary, in 
consultation with the Secretary of Transportation and the States.
    (b) Extensions of Deadlines.--The Secretary may grant to a State an 
extension of time to meet the requirements of section 3052(a)(1) if the 
State provides adequate justification for noncompliance.

          CHAPTER 2--IMPROVED SECURITY FOR BIRTH CERTIFICATES

SEC. 3061. DEFINITIONS.

    (a) Applicability of Definitions.--Except as otherwise specifically 
provided, the definitions contained in section 3051 apply to this 
chapter.
    (b) Other Definitions.--In this chapter, the following definitions 
apply:
            (1) Birth certificate.--The term ``birth certificate'' 
        means a certificate of birth--
                    (A) for an individual (regardless of where born)--
                            (i) who is a citizen or national of the 
                        United States at birth; and
                            (ii) whose birth is registered in the 
                        United States; and
                    (B) that--
                            (i) is issued by a Federal, State, or local 
                        government agency or authorized custodian of 
                        record and produced from birth records 
                        maintained by such agency or custodian of 
                        record; or
                            (ii) is an authenticated copy, issued by a 
                        Federal, State, or local government agency or 
                        authorized custodian of record, of an original 
                        certificate of birth issued by such agency or 
                        custodian of record.
            (2) Registrant.--The term ``registrant'' means, with 
        respect to a birth certificate, the person whose birth is 
        registered on the certificate.
            (3) State.--The term ``State'' shall have the meaning given 
        such term in section 3051; except that New York City shall be 
        treated as a State separate from New York.

SEC. 3062. APPLICABILITY OF MINIMUM STANDARDS TO LOCAL GOVERNMENTS.

    The minimum standards in this chapter applicable to birth 
certificates issued by a State shall also apply to birth certificates 
issued by a local government in the State. It shall be the 
responsibility of the State to ensure that local governments in the 
State comply with the minimum standards.

SEC. 3063. MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR FEDERAL RECOGNITION.

    (a) Minimum Standards for Federal Use.--
            (1) In general.--Beginning 3 years after the date of 
        enactment of this Act, a Federal agency may not accept, for any 
        official purpose, a birth certificate issued by a State to any 
        person unless the State is meeting the requirements of this 
        section.
            (2) State certifications.--The Secretary shall determine 
        whether a State is meeting the requirements of this section 
        based on certifications made by the State to the Secretary. 
        Such certifications shall be made at such times and in such 
        manner as the Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of 
        Health and Human Services, may prescribe by regulation.
    (b) Minimum Document Standards.--To meet the requirements of this 
section, a State shall include, on each birth certificate issued to a 
person by the State, the use of safety paper, the seal of the issuing 
custodian of record, and such other features as the Secretary may 
determine necessary to prevent tampering, counterfeiting, and otherwise 
duplicating the birth certificate for fraudulent purposes. The 
Secretary may not require a single design to which birth certificates 
issued by all States must conform.
    (c) Minimum Issuance Standards.--
            (1) In general.--To meet the requirements of this section, 
        a State shall require and verify the following information from 
        the requestor before issuing an authenticated copy of a birth 
        certificate:
                    (A) The name on the birth certificate.
                    (B) The date and location of the birth.
                    (C) The mother's maiden name.
                    (D) Substantial proof of the requestor's identity.
            (2) Issuance to persons not named on birth certificate.--To 
        meet the requirements of this section, in the case of a request 
        by a person who is not named on the birth certificate, a State 
        must require the presentation of legal authorization to request 
        the birth certificate before issuance.
            (3) Issuance to family members.--Not later than one year 
        after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary, in 
        consultation with the Secretary of Health and Human Services 
        and the States, shall establish minimum standards for issuance 
        of a birth certificate to specific family members, their 
        authorized representatives, and others who demonstrate that the 
        certificate is needed for the protection of the requestor's 
        personal or property rights.
            (4) Waivers.--A State may waive the requirements set forth 
        in subparagraphs (A) through (C) of subsection (c)(1) in 
        exceptional circumstances, such as the incapacitation of the 
        registrant.
            (5) Applications by electronic means.--To meet the 
        requirements of this section, for applications by electronic 
        means, through the mail or by phone or fax, a State shall 
        employ third party verification, or equivalent verification, of 
        the identity of the requestor.
            (6) Verification of documents.--To meet the requirements of 
        this section, a State shall verify the documents used to 
        provide proof of identity of the requestor.
    (d) Other Requirements.--To meet the requirements of this section, 
a State shall adopt, at a minimum, the following practices in the 
issuance and administration of birth certificates:
            (1) Establish and implement minimum building security 
        standards for State and local vital record offices.
            (2) Restrict public access to birth certificates and 
        information gathered in the issuance process to ensure that 
        access is restricted to entities with which the State has a 
        binding privacy protection agreement.
            (3) Subject all persons with access to vital records to 
        appropriate security clearance requirements.
            (4) Establish fraudulent document recognition training 
        programs for appropriate employees engaged in the issuance 
        process.
            (5) Establish and implement internal operating system 
        standards for paper and for electronic systems.
            (6) Establish a central database that can provide 
        interoperative data exchange with other States and with Federal 
        agencies, subject to privacy restrictions and confirmation of 
        the authority and identity of the requestor.
            (7) Ensure that birth and death records are matched in a 
        comprehensive and timely manner, and that all electronic birth 
        records and paper birth certificates of decedents are marked 
        ``deceased''.
            (8) Cooperate with the Secretary in the implementation of 
        electronic verification of vital events under section 3065.

SEC. 3064. ESTABLISHMENT OF ELECTRONIC BIRTH AND DEATH REGISTRATION 
              SYSTEMS.

    In consultation with the Secretary of Health and Human Services and 
the Commissioner of Social Security, the Secretary shall take the 
following actions:
            (1) Work with the States to establish a common data set and 
        common data exchange protocol for electronic birth registration 
        systems and death registration systems.
            (2) Coordinate requirements for such systems to align with 
        a national model.
            (3) Ensure that fraud prevention is built into the design 
        of electronic vital registration systems in the collection of 
        vital event data, the issuance of birth certificates, and the 
        exchange of data among government agencies.
            (4) Ensure that electronic systems for issuing birth 
        certificates, in the form of printed abstracts of birth records 
        or digitized images, employ a common format of the certified 
        copy, so that those requiring such documents can quickly 
        confirm their validity.
            (5) Establish uniform field requirements for State birth 
        registries.
            (6) Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of 
        this Act, establish a process with the Department of Defense 
        that will result in the sharing of data, with the States and 
        the Social Security Administration, regarding deaths of United 
        States military personnel and the birth and death of their 
        dependents.
            (7) Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of 
        this Act, establish a process with the Department of State to 
        improve registration, notification, and the sharing of data 
        with the States and the Social Security Administration, 
        regarding births and deaths of United States citizens abroad.
            (8) Not later than 3 years after the date of establishment 
        of databases provided for under this section, require States to 
        record and retain electronic records of pertinent 
        identification information collected from requestors who are 
        not the registrants.
            (9) Not later than 6 months after the date of enactment of 
        this Act, submit to Congress, a report on whether there is a 
        need for Federal laws to address penalties for fraud and misuse 
        of vital records and whether violations are sufficiently 
        enforced.

SEC. 3065. ELECTRONIC VERIFICATION OF VITAL EVENTS.

    (a) Lead Agency.--The Secretary shall lead the implementation of 
electronic verification of a person's birth and death.
    (b) Regulations.--In carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary 
shall issue regulations to establish a means by which authorized 
Federal and State agency users with a single interface will be able to 
generate an electronic query to any participating vital records 
jurisdiction throughout the Nation to verify the contents of a paper 
birth certificate. Pursuant to the regulations, an electronic response 
from the participating vital records jurisdiction as to whether there 
is a birth record in their database that matches the paper birth 
certificate will be returned to the user, along with an indication if 
the matching birth record has been flagged ``deceased''. The 
regulations shall take effect not later than 5 years after the date of 
enactment of this Act.

SEC. 3066. GRANTS TO STATES.

    (a) In General.--The Secretary may make grants to a State to assist 
the State in conforming to the minimum standards set forth in this 
chapter.
    (b) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to the Secretary for each of the fiscal years 2005 through 
2009 such sums as may be necessary to carry out this chapter.

SEC. 3067. AUTHORITY.

    (a) Participation With Federal Agencies and States.--All authority 
to issue regulations, certify standards, and issue grants under this 
chapter shall be carried out by the Secretary, with the concurrence of 
the Secretary of Health and Human Services and in consultation with 
State vital statistics offices and appropriate Federal agencies.
    (b) Extensions of Deadlines.--The Secretary may grant to a State an 
extension of time to meet the requirements of section 3063(a)(1) if the 
State provides adequate justification for noncompliance.

CHAPTER 3--MEASURES TO ENHANCE PRIVACY AND INTEGRITY OF SOCIAL SECURITY 
                            ACCOUNT NUMBERS

SEC. 3071. PROHIBITION OF THE DISPLAY OF SOCIAL SECURITY ACCOUNT 
              NUMBERS ON DRIVER'S LICENSES OR MOTOR VEHICLE 
              REGISTRATIONS.

    (a) In General.--Section 205(c)(2)(C)(vi) of the Social Security 
Act (42 U.S.C. 405(c)(2)(C)(vi)) is amended--
            (1) by inserting ``(I)'' after ``(vi)''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following new subclause:
    ``(II) Any State or political subdivision thereof (and any person 
acting as an agent of such an agency or instrumentality), in the 
administration of any driver's license or motor vehicle registration 
law within its jurisdiction, may not display a social security account 
number issued by the Commissioner of Social Security (or any derivative 
of such number) on any driver's license or motor vehicle registration 
or any other document issued by such State or political subdivision to 
an individual for purposes of identification of such individual or 
include on any such licence, registration, or other document a magnetic 
strip, bar code, or other means of communication which conveys such 
number (or derivative thereof).''.
    (b) Effective Date.--The amendments made by this section shall 
apply with respect to licenses, registrations, and other documents 
issued or reissued after 1 year after the date of the enactment of this 
Act.

SEC. 3072. INDEPENDENT VERIFICATION OF BIRTH RECORDS PROVIDED IN 
              SUPPORT OF APPLICATIONS FOR SOCIAL SECURITY ACCOUNT 
              NUMBERS.

    (a) Applications for Social Security Account Numbers.--Section 
205(c)(2)(B)(ii) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 
405(c)(2)(B)(ii)) is amended--
            (1) by inserting ``(I)'' after ``(ii)''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following new subclause:
    ``(II) With respect to an application for a social security account 
number for an individual, other than for purposes of enumeration at 
birth, the Commissioner shall require independent verification of any 
birth record provided by the applicant in support of the application. 
The Commissioner may provide by regulation for reasonable exceptions 
from the requirement for independent verification under this subclause 
in any case in which the Commissioner determines there is minimal 
opportunity for fraud.''.
    (b) Effective Date.--The amendment made by subsection (a) shall 
apply with respect to applications filed after 270 days after the date 
of the enactment of this Act.
    (c) Study Regarding Applications for Replacement Social Security 
Cards.--
            (1) In general.--As soon as practicable after the date of 
        the enactment of this Act, the Commissioner of Social Security 
        shall undertake a study to test the feasibility and cost 
        effectiveness of verifying all identification documents 
        submitted by an applicant for a replacement social security 
        card. As part of such study, the Commissioner shall determine 
        the feasibility of, and the costs associated with, the 
        development of appropriate electronic processes for third party 
        verification of any such identification documents which are 
        issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the Federal 
        Government and of the States (and political subdivisions 
        thereof).
            (2) Report.--Not later than 2 years after the date of the 
        enactment of this Act, the Commissioner shall report to the 
        Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives and 
        the Committee on Finance of the Senate regarding the results of 
        the study undertaken under paragraph (1). Such report shall 
        contain such recommendations for legislative changes as the 
        Commissioner considers necessary to implement needed 
        improvements in the process for verifying identification 
        documents submitted by applicants for replacement social 
        security cards.

SEC. 3073. ENUMERATION AT BIRTH.

    (a) Improvement of Application Process.--
            (1) In general.--As soon as practicable after the date of 
        the enactment of this Act, the Commissioner of Social Security 
        shall undertake to make improvements to the enumeration at 
        birth program for the issuance of social security account 
        numbers to newborns. Such improvements shall be designed to 
        prevent--
                    (A) the assignment of social security account 
                numbers to unnamed children;
                    (B) the issuance of more than 1 social security 
                account number to the same child; and
                    (C) other opportunities for fraudulently obtaining 
                a social security account number.
            (2) Report to the congress.--Not later than 1 year after 
        the date of the enactment of this Act, the Commissioner shall 
        transmit to each House of the Congress a report specifying in 
        detail the extent to which the improvements required under 
        paragraph (1) have been made.
    (b) Study Regarding Process for Enumeration at Birth.--
            (1) In general.--As soon as practicable after the date of 
        the enactment of this Act, the Commissioner of Social Security 
        shall undertake a study to determine the most efficient options 
        for ensuring the integrity of the process for enumeration at 
        birth. Such study shall include an examination of available 
        methods for reconciling hospital birth records with birth 
        registrations submitted to agencies of States and political 
        subdivisions thereof and with information provided to the 
        Commissioner as part of the process for enumeration at birth.
            (2) Report.--Not later than 18 months after the date of the 
        enactment of this Act, the Commissioner shall report to the 
        Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives and 
        the Committee on Finance of the Senate regarding the results of 
        the study undertaken under paragraph (1). Such report shall 
        contain such recommendations for legislative changes as the 
        Commissioner considers necessary to implement needed 
        improvements in the process for enumeration at birth.

SEC. 3074. STUDY RELATING TO USE OF PHOTOGRAPHIC IDENTIFICATION IN 
              CONNECTION WITH APPLICATIONS FOR BENEFITS, SOCIAL 
              SECURITY ACCOUNT NUMBERS, AND SOCIAL SECURITY CARDS.

    (a) In General.--As soon as practicable after the date of the 
enactment of this Act, the Commissioner of Social Security shall 
undertake a study to--
            (1) determine the best method of requiring and obtaining 
        photographic identification of applicants for old-age, 
        survivors, and disability insurance benefits under title II of 
        the Social Security Act, for a social security account number, 
        or for a replacement social security card, and of providing for 
        reasonable exceptions to any requirement for photographic 
        identification of such applicants that may be necessary to 
        promote efficient and effective administration of such title, 
        and
            (2) evaluate the benefits and costs of instituting such a 
        requirement for photographic identification, including the 
        degree to which the security and integrity of the old-age, 
        survivors, and disability insurance program would be enhanced.
    (b) Report.--Not later than 18 months after the date of the 
enactment of this Act, the Commissioner shall report to the Committee 
on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives and the Committee on 
Finance of the Senate regarding the results of the study undertaken 
under subsection (a). Such report shall contain such recommendations 
for legislative changes as the Commissioner considers necessary 
relating to requirements for photographic identification of applicants 
described in subsection (a).

SEC. 3075. RESTRICTIONS ON ISSUANCE OF MULTIPLE REPLACEMENT SOCIAL 
              SECURITY CARDS.

    (a) In General.--Section 205(c)(2)(G) of the Social Security Act 
(42 U.S.C. 405(c)(2)(G)) is amended by adding at the end the following 
new sentence: ``The Commissioner shall restrict the issuance of 
multiple replacement social security cards to any individual to 3 per 
year and to 10 for the life of the individual, except in any case in 
which the Commissioner determines there is minimal opportunity for 
fraud.''.
    (b) Regulations and Effective Date.--The Commissioner of Social 
Security shall issue regulations under the amendment made by subsection 
(a) not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act. 
Systems controls developed by the Commissioner pursuant to such 
amendment shall take effect upon the earlier of the issuance of such 
regulations or the end of such 1-year period.

SEC. 3076. STUDY RELATING TO MODIFICATION OF THE SOCIAL SECURITY 
              ACCOUNT NUMBERING SYSTEM TO SHOW WORK AUTHORIZATION 
              STATUS.

    (a) In General.--As soon as practicable after the date of the 
enactment of this Act, the Commissioner of Social Security, in 
consultation with the Secretary of Homeland Security, shall undertake a 
study to examine the best method of modifying the social security 
account number assigned to individuals who--
            (1) are not citizens of the United States,
            (2) have not been admitted for permanent residence, and
            (3) are not authorized by the Secretary of Homeland 
        Security to work in the United States, or are so authorized 
        subject to one or more restrictions,
so as to include an indication of such lack of authorization to work or 
such restrictions on such an authorization.
    (b) Report.--Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment 
of this Act, the Commissioner shall report to the Committee on Ways and 
Means of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Finance of 
the Senate regarding the results of the study undertaken under this 
section. Such report shall include the Commissioner's recommendations 
of feasible options for modifying the social security account number in 
the manner described in subsection (a).

                 Subtitle C--Targeting Terrorist Travel

SEC. 3081. STUDIES ON MACHINE-READABLE PASSPORTS AND TRAVEL HISTORY 
              DATABASE.

    (a) In General.--Not later than May 31, 2005, the Comptroller 
General of the United States, the Secretary of State, and the Secretary 
of Homeland Security each shall submit to the Committees on the 
Judiciary of the House of Representatives and of the Senate, the 
Committee on International Relations of the House of Representatives, 
and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate the results of a 
separate study on the subjects described in subsection (c).
    (b) Study.--The study submitted by the Secretary of State under 
subsection (a) shall be completed by the Office of Visa and Passport 
Control of the Department of State, in coordination with the 
appropriate officials of the Department of Homeland Security.
    (c) Contents.--The studies described in subsection (a) shall 
examine the feasibility, cost, potential benefits, and relative 
importance to the objectives of tracking suspected terrorists' travel, 
and apprehending suspected terrorists, of each of the following:
            (1) Requiring nationals of all countries to present 
        machine-readable, tamper-resistant passports that incorporate 
        biometric and document authentication identifiers.
            (2) Creation of a database containing information on the 
        lifetime travel history of each foreign national or United 
        States citizen who might seek to enter the United States or 
        another country at any time, in order that border and visa 
        issuance officials may ascertain the travel history of a 
        prospective entrant by means other than a passport.
    (d) Incentives.--The studies described in subsection (a) shall also 
make recommendations on incentives that might be offered to encourage 
foreign nations to participate in the initiatives described in 
paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (c).

SEC. 3082. EXPANDED PREINSPECTION AT FOREIGN AIRPORTS.

    (a) In General.--Section 235A(a)(4) of the Immigration and 
Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1225(a)(4)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``October 31, 2000,'' and inserting 
        ``January 1, 2008,'';
            (2) by striking ``5 additional'' and inserting ``up to 25 
        additional'';
            (3) by striking ``number of aliens'' and inserting ``number 
        of inadmissible aliens, especially aliens who are potential 
        terrorists,'';
            (4) by striking ``who are inadmissible to the United 
        States.'' and inserting a period; and
            (5) by striking ``Attorney General'' each place such term 
        appears and inserting ``Secretary of Homeland Security''.
    (b) Report.--Not later than June 30, 2006, the Secretary of 
Homeland Security and the Secretary of State shall report to the 
Committees on the Judiciary of the House of Representatives and of the 
Senate, the Committee on International Relations of the House of 
Representatives, and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate 
on the progress being made in implementing the amendments made by 
subsection (a).
    (c) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to the Secretary of Homeland Security to carry out the 
amendments made by subsection (a)--
            (1) $24,000,000 for fiscal year 2005;
            (2) $48,000,000 for fiscal year 2006; and
            (3) $97,000,000 for fiscal year 2007.

SEC. 3083. IMMIGRATION SECURITY INITIATIVE.

    (a) In General.--Section 235A(b) of the Immigration and Nationality 
Act (8 U.S.C. 1225(b)) is amended--
            (1) in the subsection heading, by inserting ``and 
        Immigration Security Initiative'' after ``Program''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
``Beginning not later than December 31, 2006, the number of airports 
selected for an assignment under this subsection shall be at least 
50.''.
    (b) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to the Secretary of Homeland Security to carry out the 
amendments made by subsection (a)--
            (1) $25,000,000 for fiscal year 2005;
            (2) $40,000,000 for fiscal year 2006; and
            (3) $40,000,000 for fiscal year 2007.

SEC. 3084. RESPONSIBILITIES AND FUNCTIONS OF CONSULAR OFFICERS.

    (a) Increased Number of Consular Officers.--The Secretary of State, 
in each of fiscal years 2006 through 2009, may increase by 150 the 
number of positions for consular officers above the number of such 
positions for which funds were allotted for the preceding fiscal year.
    (b) Limitation on Use of Foreign Nationals for Nonimmigrant Visa 
Screening.--Section 222(d) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 
U.S.C. 1202(d)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
``All nonimmigrant visa applications shall be reviewed and adjudicated 
by a consular officer.''.
    (c) Training for Consular Officers in Detection of Fraudulent 
Documents.--Section 305(a) of the Enhanced Border Security and Visa 
Entry Reform Act of 2002 (8 U.S.C. 1734(a)) is amended by adding at the 
end the following: ``As part of the consular training provided to such 
officers by the Secretary of State, such officers shall also receive 
training in detecting fraudulent documents and general document 
forensics and shall be required as part of such training to work with 
immigration officers conducting inspections of applicants for admission 
into the United States at ports of entry.''.
    (d) Assignment of Anti-Fraud Specialists.--
            (1) Survey regarding document fraud.--The Secretary of 
        State, in coordination with the Secretary of Homeland Security, 
        shall conduct a survey of each diplomatic and consular post at 
        which visas are issued to assess the extent to which fraudulent 
        documents are presented by visa applicants to consular officers 
        at such posts.
            (2) Placement of specialist.--Not later than July 31, 2005, 
        the Secretary shall, in coordination with the Secretary of 
        Homeland Security, identify 100 of such posts that experience 
        the greatest frequency of presentation of fraudulent documents 
        by visa applicants. The Secretary shall place in each such post 
        at least one full-time anti-fraud specialist employed by the 
        Department of State to assist the consular officers at each 
        such post in the detection of such fraud.

SEC. 3085. INCREASE IN PENALTIES FOR FRAUD AND RELATED ACTIVITY.

    Section 1028 of title 18, United States Code, relating to penalties 
for fraud and related activity in connection with identification 
documents and information, is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)(1)(A)(i), by striking ``issued by or 
        under the authority of the United States'' and inserting the 
        following: ``as described in subsection (d)'';
            (2) in subsection (b)(2), by striking ``three years'' and 
        inserting ``six years'';
            (3) in subsection (b)(3), by striking ``20 years'' and 
        inserting ``25 years'';
            (4) in subsection (b)(4), by striking ``25 years'' and 
        inserting ``30 years''; and
            (5) in subsection (c)(1), by inserting after ``United 
        States'' the following: ``Government, a State, political 
        subdivision of a State, a foreign government, political 
        subdivision of a foreign government, an international 
        governmental or an international quasi-governmental 
        organization,''.

SEC. 3086. CRIMINAL PENALTY FOR FALSE CLAIM TO CITIZENSHIP.

    Section 1015 of title 18, United States Code, is amended--
            (1) by striking the dash at the end of subsection (f) and 
        inserting ``; or''; and
            (2) by inserting after subsection (f) the following:
    ``(g) Whoever knowingly makes any false statement or claim that he 
is a citizen of the United States in order to enter into, or remain in, 
the United States--''.

SEC. 3087. ANTITERRORISM ASSISTANCE TRAINING OF THE DEPARTMENT OF 
              STATE.

    (a) Limitation.--Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the 
Secretary of State shall ensure, subject to subsection (b), that the 
Antiterrorism Assistance Training (ATA) program of the Department of 
State (or any successor or related program) under chapter 8 of part II 
of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2349aa et seq.) (or 
other relevant provisions of law) is carried out primarily to provide 
training to host nation security services for the specific purpose of 
ensuring the physical security and safety of United States Government 
facilities and personnel abroad (as well as foreign dignitaries and 
training related to the protection of such dignitaries), including 
security detail training and offenses related to passport or visa 
fraud.
    (b) Exception.--The limitation contained in subsection (a) shall 
not apply, and the Secretary of State may expand the ATA program to 
include other types of antiterrorism assistance training, if the 
Secretary first consults with the Attorney General and provides written 
notification of such proposed expansion to the appropriate 
congressional committees.
    (c) Definition.--In this section, the term ``appropriate 
congressional committees'' means--
            (1) the Committee on International Relations and the 
        Committee on the Judiciary of the House of Representatives; and
            (2) the Committee on Foreign Relations and the Committee on 
        the Judiciary of the Senate.

SEC. 3088. INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS TO TRACK AND CURTAIL TERRORIST 
              TRAVEL THROUGH THE USE OF FRAUDULENTLY OBTAINED 
              DOCUMENTS.

    (a) Findings.--Congress finds the following:
            (1) International terrorists travel across international 
        borders to raise funds, recruit members, train for operations, 
        escape capture, communicate, and plan and carry out attacks.
            (2) The international terrorists who planned and carried 
        out the attack on the World Trade Center on February 26, 1993, 
        the attack on the embassies of the United States in Kenya and 
        Tanzania on August 7, 1998, the attack on the USS Cole on 
        October 12, 2000, and the attack on the World Trade Center and 
        the Pentagon on September 11, 2001, traveled across 
        international borders to plan and carry out these attacks.
            (3) The international terrorists who planned other attacks 
        on the United States, including the plot to bomb New York City 
        landmarks in 1993, the plot to bomb the New York City subway in 
        1997, and the millennium plot to bomb Los Angeles International 
        Airport on December 31, 1999, traveled across international 
        borders to plan and carry out these attacks.
            (4) Many of the international terrorists who planned and 
        carried out large-scale attacks against foreign targets, 
        including the attack in Bali, Indonesia, on October 11, 2002, 
        and the attack in Madrid, Spain, on March 11, 2004, traveled 
        across international borders to plan and carry out these 
        attacks.
            (5) Throughout the 1990s, international terrorists, 
        including those involved in the attack on the World Trade 
        Center on February 26, 1993, the plot to bomb New York City 
        landmarks in 1993, and the millennium plot to bomb Los Angeles 
        International Airport on December 31, 1999, traveled on 
        fraudulent passports and often had more than one passport.
            (6) Two of the September 11, 2001, hijackers were carrying 
        passports that had been manipulated in a fraudulent manner and 
        several other hijackers whose passports did not survive the 
        attacks on the World Trade Center and Pentagon were likely to 
        have carried passports that were similarly manipulated.
            (7) The National Commission on Terrorist Attacks upon the 
        United States, (commonly referred to as the 9/11 Commission), 
        stated that ``Targeting travel is at least as powerful a weapon 
        against terrorists as targeting their money.''.
    (b) International Agreements to Track and Curtail Terrorist 
Travel.--
            (1) International agreement on lost, stolen, or falsified 
        documents.--The President shall lead efforts to track and 
        curtail the travel of terrorists by supporting the drafting, 
        adoption, and implementation of international agreements, and 
        by supporting the expansion of existing international 
        agreements, to track and stop international travel by 
        terrorists and other criminals through the use of lost, stolen, 
        or falsified documents to augment existing United Nations and 
        other international anti-terrorism efforts.
            (2) Contents of international agreement.--The President 
        shall seek, in the appropriate fora, the drafting, adoption, 
        and implementation of an effective international agreement 
        requiring--
                    (A) the establishment of a system to share 
                information on lost, stolen, and fraudulent passports 
                and other travel documents for the purposes of 
                preventing the undetected travel of persons using such 
                passports and other travel documents that were obtained 
                improperly;
                    (B) the establishment and implementation of a real-
                time verification system of passports and other travel 
                documents with issuing authorities;
                    (C) the assumption of an obligation by countries 
                that are parties to the agreement to share with 
                officials at ports of entry in any such country 
                information relating to lost, stolen, and fraudulent 
                passports and other travel documents;
                    (D) the assumption of an obligation by countries 
                that are parties to the agreement--
                            (i) to criminalize--
                                    (I) the falsification or 
                                counterfeiting of travel documents or 
                                breeder documents for any purpose;
                                    (II) the use or attempted use of 
                                false documents to obtain a visa or 
                                cross a border for any purpose;
                                    (III) the possession of tools or 
                                implements used to falsify or 
                                counterfeit such documents;
                                    (IV) the trafficking in false or 
                                stolen travel documents and breeder 
                                documents for any purpose;
                                    (V) the facilitation of travel by a 
                                terrorist; and
                                    (VI) attempts to commit, including 
                                conspiracies to commit, the crimes 
                                specified above;
                            (ii) to impose significant penalties so as 
                        to appropriately punish violations and 
                        effectively deter these crimes; and
                            (iii) to limit the issuance of citizenship 
                        papers, passports, identification documents, 
                        and the like to persons whose identity is 
                        proven to the issuing authority, who have a 
                        bona fide entitlement to or need for such 
                        documents, and who are not issued such 
                        documents principally on account of a 
                        disproportional payment made by them or on 
                        their behalf to the issuing authority;
                    (E) the provision of technical assistance to State 
                Parties to help them meet their obligations under the 
                convention;
                    (F) the establishment and implementation of a 
                system of self-assessments and peer reviews to examine 
                the degree of compliance with the convention; and
                    (G) an agreement that would permit immigration and 
                border officials to confiscate a lost, stolen, or 
                falsified passport at ports of entry and permit the 
                traveler to return to the sending country without being 
                in possession of the lost, stolen, or falsified 
                passport, and for the detention and investigation of 
                such traveler upon the return of the traveler to the 
                sending country.
            (3) International civil aviation organization.--The United 
        States shall lead efforts to track and curtail the travel of 
        terrorists by supporting efforts at the International Civil 
        Aviation Organization to continue to strengthen the security 
        features of passports and other travel documents.
    (c) Report.--
            (1) In general.--Not later than one year after the date of 
        the enactment of this Act, and at least annually thereafter, 
        the President shall submit to the appropriate congressional 
        committees a report on progress toward achieving the goals 
        described in subsection (b).
            (2) Termination.--Paragraph (1) shall cease to be effective 
        when the President certifies to the Committee on International 
        Relations of the House of Representatives and the Committee on 
        Foreign Relations of the Senate that the goals described in 
        subsection (b) have been fully achieved.

SEC. 3089. INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS FOR TRANSLATION OF NAMES INTO THE 
              ROMAN ALPHABET FOR INTERNATIONAL TRAVEL DOCUMENTS AND 
              NAME-BASED WATCHLIST SYSTEMS.

    (a) Findings.--Congress finds that--
            (1) the current lack of a single convention for translating 
        Arabic names enabled some of the 19 hijackers of aircraft used 
        in the terrorist attacks against the United States that 
        occurred on September 11, 2001, to vary the spelling of their 
        names to defeat name-based terrorist watchlist systems and to 
        make more difficult any potential efforts to locate them; and
            (2) although the development and utilization of terrorist 
        watchlist systems using biometric identifiers will be helpful, 
        the full development and utilization of such systems will take 
        several years, and name-based terrorist watchlist systems will 
        always be useful.
    (b) Sense of Congress.--It is the sense of Congress that the 
President should seek to enter into an international agreement to 
modernize and improve standards for the translation of names into the 
Roman alphabet in order to ensure one common spelling for such names 
for international travel documents and name-based watchlist systems.

SEC. 3090. BIOMETRIC ENTRY AND EXIT DATA SYSTEM.

    (a) Findings.--Consistent with the report of the National 
Commission on Terrorist Attacks Upon the United States, Congress finds 
that completing a biometric entry and exit data system as expeditiously 
as possible is an essential investment in efforts to protect the United 
States by preventing the entry of terrorists.
    (b) Plan and Report.--
            (1) Development of plan.--The Secretary of Homeland 
        Security shall develop a plan to accelerate the full 
        implementation of an automated biometric entry and exit data 
        system required by applicable sections of--
                    (A) the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant 
                Responsibility Act of 1996 (Public Law 104-208);
                    (B) the Immigration and Naturalization Service Data 
                Management Improvement Act of 2000 (Public Law 106-
                205);
                    (C) the Visa Waiver Permanent Program Act (Public 
                Law 106-396);
                    (D) the Enhanced Border Security and Visa Entry 
                Reform Act of 2002 (Public Law 107-173); and
                    (E) the Uniting and Strengthening America by 
                Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and 
                Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Public Law 107-56).
            (2) Report.--Not later than 180 days after the date of the 
        enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall submit a report to 
        Congress on the plan developed under paragraph (1), which shall 
        contain--
                    (A) a description of the current functionality of 
                the entry and exit data system, including--
                            (i) a listing of ports of entry with 
                        biometric entry data systems in use and whether 
                        such screening systems are located at primary 
                        or secondary inspection areas;
                            (ii) a listing of ports of entry with 
                        biometric exit data systems in use;
                            (iii) a listing of databases and data 
                        systems with which the automated entry and exit 
                        data system are interoperable;
                            (iv) a description of--
                                    (I) identified deficiencies 
                                concerning the accuracy or integrity of 
                                the information contained in the entry 
                                and exit data system;
                                    (II) identified deficiencies 
                                concerning technology associated with 
                                processing individuals through the 
                                system; and
                                    (III) programs or policies planned 
                                or implemented to correct problems 
                                identified in subclause (I) or (II); 
                                and
                            (v) an assessment of the effectiveness of 
                        the entry and exit data system in fulfilling 
                        its intended purposes, including preventing 
                        terrorists from entering the United States;
                    (B) a description of factors relevant to the 
                accelerated implementation of the biometric entry and 
                exit system, including--
                            (i) the earliest date on which the 
                        Secretary estimates that full implementation of 
                        the biometric entry and exit data system can be 
                        completed;
                            (ii) the actions the Secretary will take to 
                        accelerate the full implementation of the 
                        biometric entry and exit data system at all 
                        ports of entry through which all aliens must 
                        pass that are legally required to do so; and
                            (iii) the resources and authorities 
                        required to enable the Secretary to meet the 
                        implementation date described in clause (i);
                    (C) a description of any improvements needed in the 
                information technology employed for the entry and exit 
                data system; and
                    (D) a description of plans for improved or added 
                interoperability with any other databases or data 
                systems.
    (c) Integration Requirement.--Not later than 2 years after the date 
of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall integrate the 
biometric entry and exit data system with all databases and data 
systems maintained by the United States Citizenship and Immigration 
Services that process or contain information on aliens.
    (d) Maintaining Accuracy and Integrity of Entry and Exit Data 
System.--
            (1) In general.--The Secretary, in consultation with other 
        appropriate agencies, shall establish rules, guidelines, 
        policies, and operating and auditing procedures for collecting, 
        removing, and updating data maintained in, and adding 
        information to, the entry and exit data system, and databases 
        and data systems linked to the entry and exit data system, that 
        ensure the accuracy and integrity of the data.
            (2) Requirements.--The rules, guidelines, policies, and 
        procedures established under paragraph (1) shall--
                    (A) incorporate a simple and timely method for--
                            (i) correcting errors; and
                            (ii) clarifying information known to cause 
                        false hits or misidentification errors; and
                    (B) include procedures for individuals to seek 
                corrections of data contained in the data systems.
    (e) Expediting Registered Travelers Across International Borders.--
            (1) Findings.--Consistent with the report of the National 
        Commission on Terrorist Attacks Upon the United States, 
        Congress finds that--
                    (A) expediting the travel of previously screened 
                and known travelers across the borders of the United 
                States should be a high priority; and
                    (B) the process of expediting known travelers 
                across the border can permit inspectors to better focus 
                on identifying terrorists attempting to enter the 
                United States.
            (2) Definition.--The term ``registered traveler program'' 
        means any program designed to expedite the travel of previously 
        screened and known travelers across the borders of the United 
        States.
            (3) Registered travel plan.--
                    (A) In general.--As soon as is practicable, the 
                Secretary shall develop and implement a plan to 
                expedite the processing of registered travelers who 
                enter and exit the United States through a single 
                registered traveler program.
                    (B) Integration.--The registered traveler program 
                developed under this paragraph shall be integrated into 
                the automated biometric entry and exit data system 
                described in this section.
                    (C) Review and evaluation.--In developing the 
                program under this paragraph, the Secretary shall--
                            (i) review existing programs or pilot 
                        projects designed to expedite the travel of 
                        registered travelers across the borders of the 
                        United States;
                            (ii) evaluate the effectiveness of the 
                        programs described in clause (i), the costs 
                        associated with such programs, and the costs to 
                        travelers to join such programs; and
                            (iii) increase research and development 
                        efforts to accelerate the development and 
                        implementation of a single registered traveler 
                        program.
            (4) Report.--Not later than 1 year after the date of the 
        enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall submit to the 
        Congress a report describing the Department's progress on the 
        development and implementation of the plan required by this 
        subsection.
    (f) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to the Secretary, for each of the fiscal years 2005 
through 2009, such sums as may be necessary to carry out the provisions 
of this section.

SEC. 3091. ENHANCED RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE COORDINATOR FOR 
              COUNTERTERRORISM.

    (a) Declaration of United States Policy.--Congress declares that it 
shall be the policy of the United States to--
            (1) make combating terrorist travel and those who assist 
        them a priority for the United States counterterrorism policy; 
        and
            (2) ensure that the information relating to individuals who 
        help facilitate terrorist travel by creating false passports, 
        visas, documents used to obtain such travel documents, and 
        other documents are fully shared within the United States 
        Government and, to the extent possible, with and from foreign 
        governments, in order to initiate United States and foreign 
        prosecutions of such individuals.
    (b) Amendment.--Section 1(e)(2) of the State Department Basic 
Authorities Act of 1956 (22 U.S.C. 2651a(e)(2)) is amended by adding at 
the end the following:
                    ``(C) Additional duties relating to terrorist 
                travel.--In addition to the principal duties of the 
                Coordinator described in subparagraph (B), the 
                Coordinator shall analyze methods used by terrorists to 
                travel internationally, develop policies with respect 
                to curtailing terrorist travel, and coordinate such 
                policies with the appropriate bureaus and other 
                entities of the Department of State, other United 
                States Government agencies, the Human Trafficking and 
                Smuggling Center, and foreign governments.''.

SEC. 3092. ESTABLISHMENT OF OFFICE OF VISA AND PASSPORT SECURITY IN THE 
              DEPARTMENT OF STATE.

    (a) Establishment.--There is established within the Bureau of 
Diplomatic Security of the Department of State an Office of Visa and 
Passport Security (in this section referred to as the ``Office'').
    (b) Head of Office.--
            (1) In general.--Notwithstanding any other provision of 
        law, the head of the Office shall be an individual who shall 
        have the rank and status of Deputy Assistant Secretary of State 
        for Diplomatic Security (in this section referred to as the 
        ``Deputy Assistant Secretary'').
            (2) Recruitment.--The Under Secretary of State for 
        Management shall chose the Deputy Assistant Secretary from 
        among individuals who are Diplomatic Security Agents.
            (3) Qualifications.--The Diplomatic Security Agent chosen 
        to serve as the Deputy Assistant Secretary shall have expertise 
        and experience in investigating and prosecuting visa and 
        passport fraud.
    (c) Duties.--
            (1) Preparation of strategic plan.--
                    (A) In general.--The Deputy Assistant Secretary, in 
                coordination with the appropriate officials of the 
                Department of Homeland Security, shall ensure the 
                preparation of a strategic plan to target and disrupt 
                individuals and organizations at home and in foreign 
                countries that are involved in the fraudulent 
                production, distribution, use, or other similar 
                activity--
                            (i) of a United States visa or United 
                        States passport;
                            (ii) of documents intended to help 
                        fraudulently procure a United States visa or 
                        United States passport, or other documents 
                        intended to gain unlawful entry into the United 
                        States; or
                            (iii) of passports and visas issued by 
                        foreign countries intended to gain unlawful 
                        entry into the United States.
                    (B) Emphasis.--Such plan shall--
                            (i) focus particular emphasis on 
                        individuals and organizations that may have 
                        links to domestic terrorist organizations or 
                        foreign terrorist organizations (as such term 
                        is defined in Section 219 of the Immigration 
                        and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1189));
                            (ii) require the development of a strategic 
                        training course under the Antiterrorism 
                        Assistance Training (ATA) program of the 
                        Department of State (or any successor or 
                        related program) under chapter 8 of part II of 
                        the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 
                        2349aa et seq.) (or other relevant provisions 
                        of law) to train participants in the 
                        identification of fraudulent documents and the 
                        forensic detection of such documents which may 
                        be used to obtain unlawful entry into the 
                        United States; and
                            (iii) determine the benefits and costs of 
                        providing technical assistance to foreign 
                        governments to ensure the security of 
                        passports, visas, and related documents and to 
                        investigate, arrest, and prosecute individuals 
                        who facilitate travel by the creation of false 
                        passports and visas, documents to obtain such 
                        passports and visas, and other types of travel 
                        documents.
            (2) Duties of office.--The Office shall have the following 
        duties:
                    (A) Analysis of methods.--Analyze methods used by 
                terrorists to travel internationally, particularly the 
                use of false or altered travel documents to illegally 
                enter foreign countries and the United States, and 
                advise the Bureau of Consular Affairs on changes to the 
                visa issuance process that could combat such methods, 
                including the introduction of new technologies into 
                such process.
                    (B) Identification of individuals and documents.--
                Identify, in cooperation with the Human Trafficking and 
                Smuggling Center, individuals who facilitate travel by 
                the creation of false passports and visas, documents 
                used to obtain such passports and visas, and other 
                types of travel documents, and ensure that the 
                appropriate agency is notified for further 
                investigation and prosecution or, in the case of such 
                individuals abroad for which no further investigation 
                or prosecution is initiated, ensure that all 
                appropriate information is shared with foreign 
                governments in order to facilitate investigation, 
                arrest, and prosecution of such individuals.
                    (C) Identification of foreign countries needing 
                assistance.--Identify foreign countries that need 
                technical assistance, such as law reform, 
                administrative reform, prosecutorial training, or 
                assistance to police and other investigative services, 
                to ensure passport, visa, and related document security 
                and to investigate, arrest, and prosecute individuals 
                who facilitate travel by the creation of false 
                passports and visas, documents used to obtain such 
                passports and visas, and other types of travel 
                documents.
                    (D) Inspection of applications.--Randomly inspect 
                visa and passport applications for accuracy, 
                efficiency, and fraud, especially at high terrorist 
                threat posts, in order to prevent a recurrence of the 
                issuance of visas to those who submit incomplete, 
                fraudulent, or otherwise irregular or incomplete 
                applications.
            (3) Report.--Not later than 90 days after the date of the 
        enactment of this Act, the Deputy Assistant Secretary shall 
        submit to Congress a report containing--
                    (A) a description of the strategic plan prepared 
                under paragraph (1); and
                    (B) an evaluation of the feasibility of 
                establishing civil service positions in field offices 
                of the Bureau of Diplomatic Security to investigate 
                visa and passport fraud, including an evaluation of 
                whether to allow diplomatic security agents to convert 
                to civil service officers to fill such positions.

                      Subtitle D--Terrorist Travel

SEC. 3101. INFORMATION SHARING AND COORDINATION.

    The Secretary of Homeland Security shall establish a mechanism to--
            (1) ensure the coordination and dissemination of terrorist 
        travel intelligence and operational information among the 
        appropriate agencies within the Department of Homeland 
        Security, including the Bureau of Customs and Border 
        Protection, the Bureau of Immigration and Customs Enforcement, 
        the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services, the 
        Transportation Security Administration, the Coast Guard, and 
        other agencies as directed by the Secretary; and
            (2) ensure the sharing of terrorist travel intelligence and 
        operational information with the Department of State, the 
        National counterterrorism Center, and other appropriate Federal 
        agencies.

SEC. 3102. TERRORIST TRAVEL PROGRAM.

    The Secretary of Homeland Security shall establish a program to--
            (1) analyze and utilize information and intelligence 
        regarding terrorist travel tactics, patterns, trends, and 
        practices; and
            (2) disseminate that information to all front-line 
        Department of Homeland Security personnel who are at ports of 
        entry or between ports of entry, to immigration benefits 
        offices, and, in coordination with the Secretary of State, to 
        appropriate individuals at United States embassies and 
        consulates.

SEC. 3103. TRAINING PROGRAM.

    (a) Review, Evaluation, and Revision of Existing Training 
Programs.--The Secretary of Homeland Security shall--
            (1) review and evaluate the training currently provided to 
        Department of Homeland Security personnel and, in consultation 
        with the Secretary of State, relevant Department of State 
        personnel with respect to travel and identity documents, and 
        techniques, patterns, and trends associated with terrorist 
        travel; and
            (2) develop and implement a revised training program for 
        border, immigration, and consular officials in order to teach 
        such officials how to effectively detect, intercept, and 
        disrupt terrorist travel.
    (b) Required Topics of Revised Programs.--The training program 
developed under subsection (a)(2) shall include training in the 
following areas:
            (1) Methods for identifying fraudulent and genuine travel 
        documents.
            (2) Methods for detecting terrorist indicators on travel 
        documents and other relevant identity documents.
            (3) Recognizing travel patterns, tactics, and behaviors 
        exhibited by terrorists.
            (4) Effectively utilizing information contained in 
        databases and data systems available to the Department of 
        Homeland Security.
            (5) Other topics determined to be appropriate by the 
        Secretary of Homeland Security in consultation with the 
        Secretary of State or the National Intelligence Director.

SEC. 3104. TECHNOLOGY ACQUISITION AND DISSEMINATION PLAN.

    (a) Plan Required.--Not later than 180 days after the date of the 
enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Homeland Security, in 
consultation with the Secretary of State, shall submit to the Congress 
a plan to ensure that the Department of Homeland Security and the 
Department of State acquire and deploy, to all consulates, ports of 
entry, and immigration benefits offices, technologies that facilitate 
document authentication and the detection of potential terrorist 
indicators on travel documents.
    (b) Interoperability Requirement.--To the extent possible, 
technologies to be acquired and deployed under the plan shall be 
compatible with current systems used by the Department of Homeland 
Security to detect and identify fraudulent documents and genuine 
documents.
    (c) Passport Screening.--The plan shall address the feasibility of 
using such technologies to screen passports submitted for 
identification purposes to a United States consular, border, or 
immigration official.

               Subtitle E--Maritime Security Requirements

SEC. 3111. DEADLINES FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF MARITIME SECURITY 
              REQUIREMENTS.

    (a) National Maritime Transportation Security Plan.--Section 
70103(a) of the 46, United States Code, is amended by striking ``The 
Secretary'' and inserting ``Not later than December 31, 2004, the 
Secretary''.
    (b) Facility and Vessel Vulnerability Assessments.--Section 
70102(b)(1) of the 46, United States Code, is amended by striking ``, 
the Secretary'' and inserting ``and by not later than December 31, 
2004, the Secretary''.
    (c) Transportation Security Card Regulations.--Section 70105(a) of 
the 46, United States Code, is amended by striking ``The Secretary'' 
and inserting ``Not later than December 31, 2004, the Secretary''.

          TITLE IV--INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION AND COORDINATION

         Subtitle A--Attack Terrorists and Their Organizations

        CHAPTER 1--PROVISIONS RELATING TO TERRORIST SANCTUARIES

SEC. 4001. UNITED STATES POLICY ON TERRORIST SANCTUARIES.

    It is the sense of Congress that it should be the policy of the 
United States--
            (1) to identify and prioritize foreign countries that are 
        or that could be used as terrorist sanctuaries;
            (2) to assess current United States resources being 
        provided to such foreign countries;
            (3) to develop and implement a coordinated strategy to 
        prevent terrorists from using such foreign countries as 
        sanctuaries; and
            (4) to work in bilateral and multilateral fora to prevent 
        foreign countries from being used as terrorist sanctuaries.

SEC. 4002. REPORTS ON TERRORIST SANCTUARIES.

    (a) Initial Report.--
            (1) In general.--Not later than 90 days after the date of 
        the enactment of this Act, the President shall transmit to 
        Congress a report that describes a strategy for addressing and, 
        where possible, eliminating terrorist sanctuaries.
            (2) Content.--The report required under this subsection 
        shall include the following:
                    (A) A list that prioritizes each actual and 
                potential terrorist sanctuary and a description of 
                activities in the actual and potential sanctuaries.
                    (B) An outline of strategies for preventing the use 
                of, disrupting, or ending the use of such sanctuaries.
                    (C) A detailed description of efforts, including an 
                assessment of successes and setbacks, by the United 
                States to work with other countries in bilateral and 
                multilateral fora to address or eliminate each actual 
                or potential terrorist sanctuary and disrupt or 
                eliminate the security provided to terrorists by each 
                such sanctuary.
                    (D) A description of long-term goals and actions 
                designed to reduce the conditions that allow the 
                formation of terrorist sanctuaries.
    (b) Subsequent Reports.--
            (1) Requirement of reports.--Section 140(a)(1) of the 
        Foreign Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal Years 1988 and 1989 
        (22 U.S.C. 2656f(a)(1)) is amended--
                    (A) by striking ``(1)'' and inserting ``(1)(A)'';
                    (B) by redesignating subparagraphs (A) through (C) 
                as clauses (i) through (iii), respectively;
                    (C) in subparagraph (A)(iii) (as redesignated), by 
                adding ``and'' at the end; and
                    (D) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(B) detailed assessments with respect to each foreign 
        country whose territory is being used or could potentially be 
        used as a sanctuary for terrorists or terrorist 
        organizations;''.
            (2) Provisions to be included in report.--Section 140(b) of 
        such Act (22 U.S.C. 2656f(b)) is amended--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) in the matter preceding subparagraph 
                        (A), by striking ``subsection (a)(1)'' and 
                        inserting ``subsection (a)(1)(A)''; and
                            (ii) by striking ``and'' at the end;
                    (B) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph 
                (3);
                    (C) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
            ``(2) with respect to subsection (a)(1)(B)--
                    ``(A) the extent of knowledge by the government of 
                the country with respect to terrorist activities in the 
                territory of the country; and
                    ``(B) the actions by the country--
                            ``(i) to eliminate each terrorist sanctuary 
                        in the territory of the country;
                            ``(ii) to cooperate with United States 
                        antiterrorism efforts; and
                            ``(iii) to prevent the proliferation of and 
                        trafficking in weapons of mass destruction in 
                        and through the territory of the country;'';
                    (D) by striking the period at the end of paragraph 
                (3) (as redesignated) and inserting a semicolon; and
                    (E) by inserting after paragraph (3) (as 
                redesignated) the following:
            ``(4) a strategy for addressing and, where possible, 
        eliminating terrorist sanctuaries that shall include--
                    ``(A) a description of actual and potential 
                terrorist sanctuaries, together with an assessment of 
                the priorities of addressing and eliminating such 
                sanctuaries;
                    ``(B) an outline of strategies for disrupting or 
                eliminating the security provided to terrorists by such 
                sanctuaries;
                    ``(C) a description of efforts by the United States 
                to work with other countries in bilateral and 
                multilateral fora to address or eliminate actual or 
                potential terrorist sanctuaries and disrupt or 
                eliminate the security provided to terrorists by such 
                sanctuaries; and
                    ``(D) a description of long-term goals and actions 
                designed to reduce the conditions that allow the 
                formation of terrorist sanctuaries;
            ``(5) an update of the information contained in the report 
        required to be transmitted to Congress pursuant to section 
        4002(a)(2) of the 9/11 Recommendations Implementation Act;
            ``(6) to the extent practicable, complete statistical 
        information on the number of individuals, including United 
        States citizens and dual nationals, killed, injured, or 
        kidnapped by each terrorist group during the preceding calendar 
        year; and
            ``(7) an analysis, as appropriate, relating to trends in 
        international terrorism, including changes in technology used, 
        methods and targets of attacks, demographic information on 
        terrorists, and other appropriate information.''.
            (3) Definitions.--Section 140(d) of such Act (22 U.S.C. 
        2656f(d)) is amended--
                    (A) in paragraph (2), by striking ``and'' at the 
                end;
                    (B) in paragraph (3), by striking the period at the 
                end and inserting a semicolon; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(4) the term `territory' and `territory of the country' 
        means the land, waters, and airspace of the country; and
            ``(5) the term `terrorist sanctuary' or `sanctuary' means 
        an area in the territory of a country that is used by a 
        terrorist group with the express or implied consent of the 
        government of the country--
                    ``(A) to carry out terrorist activities, including 
                training, fundraising, financing, recruitment, and 
                education activities; or
                    ``(B) to provide transit through the country.''.
            (4) Effective date.--The amendments made by paragraphs (1), 
        (2), and (3) apply with respect to the report required to be 
        transmitted under section 140 of the Foreign Relations 
        Authorization Act, Fiscal Years 1988 and 1989, by April 30, 
        2006, and by April 30 of each subsequent year.

SEC. 4003. AMENDMENTS TO EXISTING LAW TO INCLUDE TERRORIST SANCTUARIES.

    (a) Amendments.--Section 6(j) of the Export Administration Act of 
1979 (50 U.S.C. App. 2405(j)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1)--
                    (A) by redesignating subparagraph (B) as 
                subparagraph (C); and
                    (B) by inserting after subparagraph (A) the 
                following:
            ``(B) Any part of the territory of the country is being 
        used as a sanctuary for terrorists or terrorist 
        organizations.'';
            (2) in paragraph (3), by striking ``paragraph (1)(A)'' and 
        inserting ``subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (1)'';
            (3) by redesignating paragraph (5) as paragraph (6);
            (4) by inserting after paragraph (4) the following:
    ``(5) A determination made by the Secretary of State under 
paragraph (1)(B) may not be rescinded unless the President submits to 
the Speaker of the House of Representatives and the chairman of the 
Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs and the chairman of 
the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate before the proposed 
rescission would take effect a report certifying that the government of 
the country concerned --
            ``(A) is taking concrete, verifiable steps to eliminate 
        each terrorist sanctuary in the territory of the country;
            ``(B) is cooperating with United States antiterrorism 
        efforts; and
            ``(C) is taking all appropriate actions to prevent the 
        proliferation of and trafficking in weapons of mass destruction 
        in and through the territory of the country.''; and
            (5) by inserting after paragraph (6) (as redesignated) the 
        following:
    ``(7) In this subsection--
            ``(A) the term `territory of the country' means the land, 
        waters, and airspace of the country; and
            ``(B) the term `terrorist sanctuary' or `sanctuary' means 
        an area in the territory of a country that is used by a 
        terrorist group with the express or implied consent of the 
        government of the country--
                    ``(i) to carry out terrorist activities, including 
                training, fundraising, financing, recruitment, and 
                education activities; or
                    ``(ii) to provide transit through the country.''.
    (b) Implementation.--The President shall implement the amendments 
made by subsection (a) by exercising the authorities the President has 
under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (50 U.S.C. 1701 
et seq.).

                      CHAPTER 2--OTHER PROVISIONS

SEC. 4011. APPOINTMENTS TO FILL VACANCIES IN ARMS CONTROL AND 
              NONPROLIFERATION ADVISORY BOARD.

    (a) Requirement.--Not later than December 31, 2004, the Secretary 
of State shall appoint individuals to the Arms Control and 
Nonproliferation Advisory Board to fill all vacancies in the membership 
of the Board that exist on the date of the enactment of this Act.
    (b) Consultation.--Appointments to the Board under subsection (a) 
shall be made in consultation with the Committee on International 
Relations of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Foreign 
Relations of the Senate.

SEC. 4012. REVIEW OF UNITED STATES POLICY ON PROLIFERATION OF WEAPONS 
              OF MASS DESTRUCTION AND CONTROL OF STRATEGIC WEAPONS.

    (a) Review.--
            (1) In general.--The Undersecretary of State for Arms 
        Control and International Security shall instruct the Arms 
        Control and Nonproliferation Advisory Board (in this section 
        referred to as the ``Advisory Board'') to carry out a review of 
        existing policies of the United States relating to the 
        proliferation of weapons of mass destruction and the control of 
        strategic weapons.
            (2) Components.--The review required under this subsection 
        shall contain at a minimum the following:
                    (A) An identification of all major deficiencies in 
                existing United States policies relating to the 
                proliferation of weapons of mass destruction and the 
                control of strategic weapons.
                    (B) Proposals that contain a range of options that 
                if implemented would adequately address any significant 
                threat deriving from the deficiencies in existing 
                United States policies described in subparagraph (A).
    (b) Reports.--
            (1) Interim report.--Not later than June 15, 2005, the 
        Advisory Board shall prepare and submit to the Undersecretary 
        of State for Arms Control and International Security an interim 
        report that contains the initial results of the review carried 
        out pursuant to subsection (a).
            (2) Final report.--Not later than December 1, 2005, the 
        Advisory Board shall prepare and submit to the Undersecretary 
        of State for Arms Control and International Security, and to 
        the Committee on International Relations of the House of 
        Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the 
        Senate, a final report that contains the comprehensive results 
        of the review carried out pursuant to subsection (a).
    (c) Experts and Consultants.--In carrying out this section, the 
Advisory Board may procure temporary and intermittent services of 
experts and consultants, including experts and consultants from 
nongovernmental organizations, under section 3109(b) of title 5, United 
States Code.
    (d) Funding and Other Resources.--The Secretary of State shall 
provide to the Advisory Board an appropriate amount of funding and 
other resources to enable the Advisory Board to carry out this section.

SEC. 4013. INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS TO INTERDICT ACTS OF INTERNATIONAL 
              TERRORISM.

    Section 1(e)(2) of the State Department Basic Authorities Act of 
1956 (22 U.S.C. 2651a(e)(2)), as amended by section 3091(b), is further 
amended by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(D) Additional duties relating to international 
                agreements to interdict acts of international 
                terrorism.--
                            ``(i) In general.--In addition to the 
                        principal duties of the Coordinator described 
                        in subparagraph (B), the Coordinator, in 
                        consultation with relevant United States 
                        Government agencies, shall seek to negotiate on 
                        a bilateral basis international agreements 
                        under which parties to an agreement work in 
                        partnership to address and interdict acts of 
                        international terrorism.
                            ``(ii) Terms of international agreement.--
                        It is the sense of Congress that--
                                    ``(I) each party to an 
                                international agreement referred to in 
                                clause (i)--
                                            ``(aa) should be in full 
                                        compliance with United Nations 
                                        Security Council Resolution 
                                        1373 (September 28, 2001), 
                                        other appropriate international 
                                        agreements relating to 
                                        antiterrorism measures, and 
                                        such other appropriate criteria 
                                        relating to antiterrorism 
                                        measures;
                                            ``(bb) should sign and 
                                        adhere to a `counterterrorism 
                                        Pledge' and a list of 
                                        `Interdiction Principles', to 
                                        be determined by the parties to 
                                        the agreement;
                                            ``(cc) should identify 
                                        assets and agree to 
                                        multilateral efforts that 
                                        maximizes the country's 
                                        strengths and resources to 
                                        address and interdict acts of 
                                        international terrorism or the 
                                        financing of such acts;
                                            ``(dd) should agree to 
                                        joint training exercises among 
                                        the other parties to the 
                                        agreement; and
                                            ``(ee) should agree to the 
                                        negotiation and implementation 
                                        of other relevant international 
                                        agreements and consensus-based 
                                        international standards; and
                                    ``(II) an international agreement 
                                referred to in clause (i) should 
                                contain provisions that require the 
                                parties to the agreement--
                                            ``(aa) to identify regions 
                                        throughout the world that are 
                                        emerging terrorist threats;
                                            ``(bb) to establish 
                                        terrorism interdiction centers 
                                        in such regions and other 
                                        regions, as appropriate;
                                            ``(cc) to deploy terrorism 
                                        prevention teams to such 
                                        regions, including United 
                                        States-led teams; and
                                            ``(dd) to integrate 
                                        intelligence, military, and law 
                                        enforcement personnel from 
                                        countries that are parties to 
                                        the agreement in order to work 
                                        directly with the regional 
                                        centers described in item (bb) 
                                        and regional teams described in 
                                        item (cc).''.

SEC. 4014. EFFECTIVE COALITION APPROACH TOWARD DETENTION AND HUMANE 
              TREATMENT OF CAPTURED TERRORISTS.

    It is the sense of Congress that the President should pursue by all 
appropriate diplomatic means with countries that are participating in 
the Coalition to fight terrorism the development of an effective 
approach toward the detention and humane treatment of captured 
terrorists. The effective approach referred to in this section may, as 
appropriate, draw on Article 3 of the Convention Relative to the 
Treatment of Prisoners of War, done at Geneva on August 12, 1949 (6 UST 
3316).

SEC. 4015. SENSE OF CONGRESS AND REPORT REGARDING COUNTER-DRUG EFFORTS 
              IN AFGHANISTAN.

    (a) Sense of Congress.--It is the sense of Congress that--
            (1) the President should make the substantial reduction of 
        illegal drug production and trafficking in Afghanistan a 
        priority in the Global War on Terrorism;
            (2) the Secretary of Defense, in coordination with the 
        Secretary of State and the heads of other appropriate Federal 
        agencies, should expand cooperation with the Government of 
        Afghanistan and international organizations involved in 
        counter-drug activities to assist in providing a secure 
        environment for counter-drug personnel in Afghanistan; and
            (3) the United States, in conjunction with the Government 
        of Afghanistan and coalition partners, should undertake 
        additional efforts to reduce illegal drug trafficking and 
        related activities that provide financial support for terrorist 
        organizations in Afghanistan and neighboring countries.
    (b) Report Required.--(1) The Secretary of Defense and the 
Secretary of State shall jointly prepare a report that describes--
            (A) the progress made towards substantially reducing poppy 
        cultivation and heroin production capabilities in Afghanistan; 
        and
            (B) the extent to which profits from illegal drug activity 
        in Afghanistan are used to financially support terrorist 
        organizations and groups seeking to undermine the Government of 
        Afghanistan.
    (2) The report required by this subsection shall be submitted to 
Congress not later than 120 days after the date of the enactment of 
this Act.

         Subtitle B--Prevent the Continued Growth of Terrorism

               CHAPTER 1--UNITED STATES PUBLIC DIPLOMACY

SEC. 4021. ANNUAL REVIEW AND ASSESSMENT OF PUBLIC DIPLOMACY STRATEGY.

    (a) In General.--The Secretary of State, in coordination with all 
appropriate Federal agencies, shall submit to the Committee on 
International Relations of the House of Representatives and the 
Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate an annual assessment of 
the impact of public diplomacy efforts on target audiences. Each 
assessment shall review the United States public diplomacy strategy 
worldwide and by region, including an examination of the allocation of 
resources and an evaluation and assessment of the progress in, and 
barriers to, achieving the goals set forth under previous plans 
submitted under this section. Not later than March 15 of every year, 
the Secretary shall submit the assessment required by this subsection.
    (b) Further Action.-- On the basis of such review, the Secretary, 
in coordination with all appropriate Federal agencies, shall submit, as 
part of the annual budget submission, a public diplomacy strategy plan 
which specifies goals, agency responsibilities, and necessary resources 
and mechanisms for achieving such goals during the next fiscal year. 
The plan may be submitted in classified form.

SEC. 4022. PUBLIC DIPLOMACY TRAINING.

    (a) Statement of Policy.--It should be the policy of the United 
States:
            (1) The Foreign Service should recruit individuals with 
        expertise and professional experience in public diplomacy.
            (2) United States chiefs of mission should have a prominent 
        role in the formulation of public diplomacy strategies for the 
        countries and regions to which they are assigned and should be 
        accountable for the operation and success of public diplomacy 
        efforts at their posts.
            (3) Initial and subsequent training of Foreign Service 
        officers should be enhanced to include information and training 
        on public diplomacy and the tools and technology of mass 
        communication.
    (b) Personnel.--
            (1) Qualifications.--In the recruitment, training, and 
        assignment of members of the Foreign Service, the Secretary of 
        State shall emphasize the importance of public diplomacy and 
        applicable skills and techniques. The Secretary shall consider 
        the priority recruitment into the Foreign Service, at middle-
        level entry, of individuals with expertise and professional 
        experience in public diplomacy, mass communications, or 
        journalism. The Secretary shall give special consideration to 
        individuals with language facility and experience in particular 
        countries and regions.
            (2) Languages of special interest.--The Secretary of State 
        shall seek to increase the number of Foreign Service officers 
        proficient in languages spoken in predominantly Muslim 
        countries. Such increase shall be accomplished through the 
        recruitment of new officers and incentives for officers in 
        service.

SEC. 4023. PROMOTING DIRECT EXCHANGES WITH MUSLIM COUNTRIES.

    (a) Declaration of Policy.--Congress declares that the United 
States should commit to a long-term and sustainable investment in 
promoting engagement with people of all levels of society in countries 
with predominantly Muslim populations, particularly with youth and 
those who influence youth. Such an investment should make use of the 
talents and resources in the private sector and should include programs 
to increase the number of people who can be exposed to the United 
States and its fundamental ideas and values in order to dispel 
misconceptions. Such programs should include youth exchange programs, 
young ambassadors programs, international visitor programs, academic 
and cultural exchange programs, American Corner programs, library 
programs, journalist exchange programs, sister city programs, and other 
programs related to people-to-people diplomacy.
    (b) Sense of Congress.--It is the sense of Congress that the United 
States should significantly increase its investment in the people-to-
people programs described in subsection (a).

SEC. 4024. PUBLIC DIPLOMACY REQUIRED FOR PROMOTION IN FOREIGN SERVICE.

    (a) In General.--Section 603(b) of the Foreign Service Act of 1980 
(22 U.S.C. 4003(b)) is amended by adding at the end the following new 
sentences: ``The precepts for such selection boards shall also consider 
whether the member of the Service or the member of the Senior Foreign 
Service, as the case may be, has served in at least one position in 
which the primary responsibility of such member was related to public 
diplomacy. A member may not be promoted into or within the Senior 
Foreign Service if such member has not served in at least one such 
position.''.
    (b) Effective Date.--The amendment made by subsection (a) shall 
take effect on January 1, 2009.

            CHAPTER 2--UNITED STATES MULTILATERAL DIPLOMACY

SEC. 4031. PURPOSE.

    It is the purpose of this chapter to strengthen United States 
leadership and effectiveness at international organizations and 
multilateral institutions.

SEC. 4032. SUPPORT AND EXPANSION OF DEMOCRACY CAUCUS.

    (a) In General.--The President, acting through the Secretary of 
State and the relevant United States chiefs of mission, shall--
            (1) continue to strongly support and seek to expand the 
        work of the democracy caucus at the United Nations General 
        Assembly and the United Nations Human Rights Commission; and
            (2) seek to establish a democracy caucus at the United 
        Nations Conference on Disarmament and at other broad-based 
        international organizations.
    (b) Purposes of the Caucus.--A democracy caucus at an international 
organization should--
            (1) forge common positions, including, as appropriate, at 
        the ministerial level, on matters of concern before the 
        organization and work within and across regional lines to 
        promote agreed positions;
            (2) work to revise an increasingly outmoded system of 
        membership selection, regional voting, and decision making; and
            (3) establish a rotational leadership agreement to provide 
        member countries an opportunity, for a set period of time, to 
        serve as the designated president of the caucus, responsible 
        for serving as its voice in each organization.

SEC. 4033. LEADERSHIP AND MEMBERSHIP OF INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS.

    (a) United States Policy.--The President, acting through the 
Secretary of State, the relevant United States chiefs of mission, and, 
where appropriate, the Secretary of the Treasury, shall use the voice, 
vote, and influence of the United States to--
            (1) where appropriate, reform the criteria for leadership 
        and, in appropriate cases, for membership, at all United 
        Nations bodies and at other international organizations and 
        multilateral institutions to which the United States is a 
        member so as to exclude countries that violate the principles 
        of the specific organization;
            (2) make it a policy of the United Nations and other 
        international organizations and multilateral institutions of 
        which the United States is a member that a member country may 
        not stand in nomination for membership or in nomination or in 
        rotation for a leadership position in such bodies if the member 
        country is subject to sanctions imposed by the United Nations 
        Security Council; and
            (3) work to ensure that no member country stand in 
        nomination for membership, or in nomination or in rotation for 
        a leadership position in such organizations, or for membership 
        on the United Nations Security Council, if the member country 
        is subject to a determination under section 6(j)(1)(A) of the 
        Export Administration Act of 1979 (50 U.S.C. App. 
        2405(j)(1)(A)), section 620A(a) of the Foreign Assistance Act 
        of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2371(a)), or section 40(d) of the Arms 
        Export Control Act (22 U.S.C. 2780(d)).
    (b) Report to Congress.--Not later than 15 days after a country 
subject to a determination under one or more of the provisions of law 
specified in subsection (a)(3) is selected for membership or a 
leadership post in an international organization of which the United 
States is a member or for membership on the United Nations Security 
Council, the Secretary of State shall submit to the Committee on 
International Relations of the House of Representatives and the 
Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate a report on any steps 
taken pursuant to subsection (a)(3).

SEC. 4034. INCREASED TRAINING IN MULTILATERAL DIPLOMACY.

    (a) Training Programs.--Section 708 of the Foreign Service Act of 
1980 (22 U.S.C. 4028) is amended by adding at the end the following new 
subsection:
    ``(c) Training in Multilateral Diplomacy.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall establish a series 
        of training courses for officers of the Service, including 
        appropriate chiefs of mission, on the conduct of diplomacy at 
        international organizations and other multilateral institutions 
        and at broad-based multilateral negotiations of international 
        instruments.
            ``(2) Particular programs.--The Secretary shall ensure that 
        the training described in paragraph (1) is provided at various 
        stages of the career of members of the service. In particular, 
        the Secretary shall ensure that after January 1, 2006--
                    ``(A) officers of the Service receive training on 
                the conduct of diplomacy at international organizations 
                and other multilateral institutions and at broad-based 
                multilateral negotiations of international instruments 
                as part of their training upon entry into the Service; 
                and
                    ``(B) officers of the Service, including chiefs of 
                mission, who are assigned to United States missions 
                representing the United States to international 
                organizations and other multilateral institutions or 
                who are assigned in Washington, D.C., to positions that 
                have as their primary responsibility formulation of 
                policy towards such organizations and institutions or 
                towards participation in broad-based multilateral 
                negotiations of international instruments, receive 
                specialized training in the areas described in 
                paragraph (1) prior to beginning of service for such 
                assignment or, if receiving such training at that time 
                is not practical, within the first year of beginning 
                such assignment.''.
    (b) Training for Civil Service Employees.--The Secretary shall 
ensure that employees of the Department of State who are members of the 
civil service and who are assigned to positions described in section 
708(c) of the Foreign Service Act of 1980 (as amended by subsection 
(a)) receive training described in such section.
    (c) Conforming Amendments.--Section 708 of such Act is further 
amended--
            (1) in subsection (a), by striking ``(a) The'' and 
        inserting ``(a) Training on Human Rights.--The''; and
            (2) in subsection (b), by striking ``(b) The'' and 
        inserting ``(b) Training on Refugee Law and Religious 
        Persecution.--The''.

SEC. 4035. IMPLEMENTATION AND ESTABLISHMENT OF OFFICE ON MULTILATERAL 
              NEGOTIATIONS.

    (a) Establishment of Office.--The Secretary of State is authorized 
to establish, within the Bureau of International Organizational 
Affairs, an Office on Multilateral Negotiations to be headed by a 
Special Representative for Multilateral Negotiations (in this section 
referred to as the ``Special Representative'').
    (b) Appointment.--The Special Representative shall be appointed by 
the President and shall have the rank of Ambassador-at-Large. At the 
discretion of the President another official at the Department may 
serve as the Special Representative.
    (c) Staffing.--The Special Representative shall have a staff of 
Foreign Service and civil service officers skilled in multilateral 
diplomacy.
    (d) Duties.--The Special Representative shall have the following 
responsibilities:
            (1) In general.--The primary responsibility of the Special 
        Representative shall be to assist in the organization of, and 
        preparation for, United States participation in multilateral 
        negotiations, including advocacy efforts undertaken by the 
        Department of State and other United States Government 
        agencies.
            (2) Consultations.--The Special Representative shall 
        consult with Congress, international organizations, 
        nongovernmental organizations, and the private sector on 
        matters affecting multilateral negotiations.
            (3) Advisory role.--The Special Representative shall advise 
        the Assistant Secretary for International Organizational 
        Affairs and, as appropriate, the Secretary of State, regarding 
        advocacy at international organizations, multilateral 
        institutions, and negotiations, and shall make recommendations 
        regarding--
                    (A) effective strategies (and tactics) to achieve 
                United States policy objectives at multilateral 
                negotiations;
                    (B) the need for and timing of high level 
                intervention by the President, the Secretary of State, 
                the Deputy Secretary of State, and other United States 
                officials to secure support from key foreign government 
                officials for United States positions at such 
                organizations, institutions, and negotiations; and
                    (C) the composition of United States delegations to 
                multilateral negotiations.
            (4) Annual diplomatic missions of multilateral issues.--The 
        Special Representative, in coordination with the Assistant 
        Secretary for International Organizational Affairs, shall 
        organize annual diplomatic missions to appropriate foreign 
        countries to conduct consultations between principal officers 
        responsible for advising the Secretary of State on 
        international organizations and high-level representatives of 
        the governments of such foreign countries to promote the United 
        States agenda at the United Nations General Assembly and other 
        key international fora (such as the United Nations Human Rights 
        Commission).
            (5) Leadership and membership of international 
        organizations.--The Special Representative, in coordination 
        with the Assistant Secretary of International Organizational 
        Affairs, shall direct the efforts of the United States to 
        reform the criteria for leadership of and membership in 
        international organizations as described in section 4033.
            (6) Participation in multilateral negotiations.--The 
        Secretary of State may direct the Special Representative to 
        serve as a member of a United States delegation to any 
        multilateral negotiation.
            (7) Coordination with the department of the treasury.--
                    (A) Coordination and consultation.--The Special 
                Representative shall coordinate and consult with the 
                relevant staff at the Department of the Treasury in 
                order to prepare recommendations for the Secretary of 
                State regarding multilateral negotiations involving 
                international financial institutions and other 
                multilateral financial policymaking bodies.
                    (B) Negotiating authority clarified.--
                Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the 
                Secretary of the Treasury shall remain the lead 
                representative and lead negotiator for the United 
                States within the international financial institutions 
                and other multilateral financial policymaking bodies.
                    (C) Definitions.--In this paragraph:
                            (i) International financial institutions.--
                        The term ``international financial 
                        institutions'' has the meaning given in section 
                        1701(c)(2) of the International Financial 
                        Institutions Act.
                            (ii) Other multilateral financial 
                        policymaking bodies.--The term ``other 
                        multilateral financial policymaking bodies'' 
                        means--
                                    (I) the Financial Action Task Force 
                                at the Organization for Economic 
                                Cooperation and Development;
                                    (II) the international network of 
                                financial intelligence units known as 
                                the ``Egmont Group'';
                                    (III) the United States, Canada, 
                                the United Kingdom, France, Germany, 
                                Italy, Japan, and Russia, when meeting 
                                as the Group of Eight; and
                                    (IV) any other multilateral 
                                financial policymaking group in which 
                                the Secretary of the Treasury 
                                represents the United States.
                            (iii) Financial action task force.--The 
                        term ``Financial Action Task Force'' means the 
                        international grouping of countries that meets 
                        periodically to address issues related to money 
                        laundering, terrorist financing, and other 
                        financial crimes.

                      CHAPTER 3--OTHER PROVISIONS

SEC. 4041. PILOT PROGRAM TO PROVIDE GRANTS TO AMERICAN-SPONSORED 
              SCHOOLS IN PREDOMINANTLY MUSLIM COUNTRIES TO PROVIDE 
              SCHOLARSHIPS.

    (a) Findings.--Congress finds the following:
            (1) During the 2003-2004 school year, the Office of 
        Overseas Schools of the Department of State is financially 
        assisting 189 elementary and secondary schools in foreign 
        countries.
            (2) American-sponsored elementary and secondary schools are 
        located in more than 20 countries with significant Muslim 
        populations in the Near East, Africa, South Asia, Central Asia, 
        and East Asia.
            (3) American-sponsored elementary and secondary schools 
        provide an American-style education in English, with curricula 
        that typically include an emphasis on the development of 
        critical thinking and analytical skills.
    (b) Purpose.--The United States has an interest in increasing the 
level of financial support provided to American-sponsored elementary 
and secondary schools in predominantly Muslim countries, in order to--
            (1) increase the number of students in such countries who 
        attend such schools;
            (2) increase the number of young people who may thereby 
        gain at any early age an appreciation for the culture, society, 
        and history of the United States; and
            (3) increase the number of young people who may thereby 
        improve their proficiency in the English language.
    (c) Pilot Program Authorized.--The Secretary of State, acting 
through the Director of the Office of Overseas Schools of the 
Department of State, may conduct a pilot program to make grants to 
American-sponsored elementary and secondary schools in predominantly 
Muslim countries for the purpose of providing full or partial merit-
based scholarships to students from lower- and middle-income families 
of such countries to attend such schools.
    (d) Determination of Eligible Students.--For purposes of expending 
grant funds, an American-sponsored elementary and secondary school that 
receives a grant under subsection (c) is authorized to establish 
criteria to be implemented by such school to determine what constitutes 
lower- and middle-income families in the country (or region of the 
country, if regional variations in income levels in the country are 
significant) in which such school is located.
    (e) Restriction on Use of Funds.--Amounts appropriated to the 
Secretary of State pursuant to the authorization of appropriations in 
subsection (h) shall be used for the sole purpose of making grants 
under this section, and may not be used for the administration of the 
Office of Overseas Schools of the Department of State or for any other 
activity of the Office.
    (f) Voluntary Participation.--Nothing in this section shall be 
construed to require participation in the pilot program by an American-
sponsored elementary or secondary school in a predominantly Muslim 
country.
    (g) Report.--Not later than April 15, 2006, the Secretary shall 
submit to the Committee on International Relations of the House of 
Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate a 
report on the pilot program. The report shall assess the success of the 
program, examine any obstacles encountered in its implementation, and 
address whether it should be continued, and if so, provide 
recommendations to increase its effectiveness.
    (h) Funding.--There are authorized to be appropriated to the 
Secretary of State such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal 
years 2005, 2006, and 2007 to carry out this section.

SEC. 4042. ENHANCING FREE AND INDEPENDENT MEDIA.

    (a) Findings.--Congress makes the following findings:
            (1) Freedom of speech and freedom of the press are 
        fundamental human rights.
            (2) The United States has a national interest in promoting 
        these freedoms by supporting free media abroad, which is 
        essential to the development of free and democratic societies 
        consistent with our own.
            (3) Free media is undermined, endangered, or nonexistent in 
        many repressive and transitional societies around the world, 
        including in Eurasia, Africa, and the Middle East.
            (4) Individuals lacking access to a plurality of free media 
        are vulnerable to misinformation and propaganda and are 
        potentially more likely to adopt anti-American views.
            (5) Foreign governments have a responsibility to actively 
        and publicly discourage and rebut unprofessional and unethical 
        media while respecting journalistic integrity and editorial 
        independence.
    (b) Statements of Policy.--It shall be the policy of the United 
States, acting through the Secretary of State, to--
            (1) ensure that the promotion of press freedoms and free 
        media worldwide is a priority of United States foreign policy 
        and an integral component of United States public diplomacy;
            (2) respect the journalistic integrity and editorial 
        independence of free media worldwide; and
            (3) ensure that widely accepted standards for professional 
        and ethical journalistic and editorial practices are employed 
        when assessing international media.
    (c) Grants to Private Sector Group to Establish Media Network.--
            (1) In general.--Grants made available to the National 
        Endowment for Democracy (NED) pursuant to paragraph (3) shall 
        be used by NED to provide funding to a private sector group to 
        establish and manage a free and independent media network in 
        accordance with paragraph (2).
            (2) Purpose.--The purpose of the network shall be to 
        provide an effective forum to convene a broad range of 
        individuals, organizations, and governmental participants 
        involved in journalistic activities and the development of free 
        and independent media to--
                    (A) fund a clearinghouse to collect and share 
                information concerning international media development 
                and training;
                    (B) improve research in the field of media 
                assistance and program evaluation to better inform 
                decisions regarding funding and program design for 
                government and private donors;
                    (C) explore the most appropriate use of existing 
                means to more effectively encourage the involvement of 
                the private sector in the field of media assistance; 
                and
                    (D) identify effective methods for the development 
                of a free and independent media in societies in 
                transition.
            (3) Funding.--For grants made by the Department of State to 
        NED as authorized by the National Endowment for Democracy Act 
        (Public Law 98-164, 97 Stat. 1039), there are authorized to be 
        appropriated to the Secretary of State such sums as may be 
        necessary for each of fiscal years 2005, 2006, and 2007 to 
        carry out this section.

SEC. 4043. COMBATING BIASED OR FALSE FOREIGN MEDIA COVERAGE OF THE 
              UNITED STATES.

    (a) Findings.--Congress finds the following:
            (1) Biased or false media coverage of the United States and 
        its allies is a significant factor encouraging terrorist acts 
        against the people of the United States.
            (2) Public diplomacy efforts designed to encourage an 
        accurate understanding of the people of the United States and 
        the policies of the United States are unlikely to succeed if 
        foreign publics are subjected to unrelenting biased or false 
        local media coverage of the United States.
            (3) Where freedom of the press exists in foreign countries 
        the United States can combat biased or false media coverage by 
        responding in the foreign media or by communicating directly to 
        foreign publics in such countries.
            (4) Foreign governments which encourage biased or false 
        media coverage of the United States bear a significant degree 
        of responsibility for creating a climate within which terrorism 
        can flourish. Such governments are responsible for encouraging 
        biased or false media coverage if they--
                    (A) issue direct or indirect instructions to the 
                media to publish biased or false information regarding 
                the United States;
                    (B) make deliberately biased or false charges 
                expecting that such charges will be disseminated; or
                    (C) so severely constrain the ability of the media 
                to express criticism of any such government that one of 
                the few means of political expression available is 
                criticism of the United States.
    (b) Statements of Policy.--
            (1) Foreign governments.--It shall be the policy of the 
        United States to regard foreign governments as knowingly 
        engaged in unfriendly acts toward the United States if such 
        governments--
                    (A) instruct their state-owned or influenced media 
                to include content that is anti-American or prejudicial 
                to the foreign and security policies of the United 
                States; or
                    (B) make deliberately false charges regarding the 
                United States or permit false or biased charges against 
                the United States to be made while constraining normal 
                political discourse.
            (2) Seeking media access; responding to false charges.--It 
        shall be the policy of the United States to--
                    (A) seek access to the media in foreign countries 
                on terms no less favorable than those afforded any 
                other foreign entity or on terms available to the 
                foreign country in the United States; and
                    (B) combat biased or false media coverage in 
                foreign countries of the United States and its allies 
                by responding in the foreign media or by communicating 
                directly to foreign publics.
    (c) Responsibilities Regarding Biased or False Media Coverage.--
            (1) Secretary of state.--The Secretary of State shall 
        instruct chiefs of mission to report on and combat biased or 
        false media coverage originating in or received in foreign 
        countries to which such chiefs are posted. Based on such 
        reports and other information available to the Secretary, the 
        Secretary shall prioritize efforts to combat such media 
        coverage, giving special attention to audiences where fostering 
        popular opposition to terrorism is most important and such 
        media coverage is most prevalent.
            (2) Chiefs of mission.--Chiefs of mission shall have the 
        following responsibilities:
                    (A) Chiefs of mission shall give strong priority to 
                combatting biased or false media reports in foreign 
                countries to which such chiefs are posted regarding the 
                United States.
                    (B) Chiefs of mission posted to foreign countries 
                in which freedom of the press exists shall inform the 
                governments of such countries of the policies of the 
                United States regarding biased or false media coverage 
                of the United States, and shall make strong efforts to 
                persuade such governments to change policies that 
                encourage such media coverage.
    (d) Reports.--Not later than 120 days after the date of the 
enactment of this Act and at least annually thereafter until January 1, 
2015, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on International 
Relations of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Foreign 
Relations of the Senate a report regarding the major themes of biased 
or false media coverage of the United States in foreign countries, the 
actions taken to persuade foreign governments to change policies that 
encourage such media coverage (and the results of such actions), and 
any other actions taken to combat such media coverage in foreign 
countries.

SEC. 4044. REPORT ON BROADCAST OUTREACH STRATEGY.

    (a) Report.--Not later than 180 days after the date of the 
enactment of this Act, the President shall transmit to the Committee on 
International Relations of the House of Representatives and the 
Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate a report on the strategy 
of the United States to expand its outreach to foreign Muslim audiences 
through broadcast media.
    (b) Content.--The report required under subsection (a) shall 
contain the following:
            (1) An assessment of the Broadcasting Board of Governors 
        and the public diplomacy activities of the Department of State 
        with respect to outreach to foreign Muslim audiences through 
        broadcast media.
            (2) An outline of recommended actions that the United 
        States should take to more regularly and comprehensively 
        present a United States point of view through indigenous 
        broadcast media in countries with sizeable Muslim populations, 
        including increasing appearances by United States Government 
        officials, experts, and citizens.
            (3) An assessment of potential incentives for, and costs 
        associated with, encouraging United States broadcasters to dub 
        or subtitle into Arabic and other relevant languages their news 
        and public affairs programs broadcast in Muslim countries in 
        order to present those programs to a much broader Muslim 
        audience than is currently reached.
            (4) An assessment of providing a training program in media 
        and press affairs for members of the Foreign Service.

SEC. 4045. OFFICE RELOCATION.

    As soon as practicable after the date of the enactment of this Act, 
the Secretary of State shall take such actions as are necessary to 
consolidate within the Harry S. Truman Building all offices of the 
Department of State that are responsible for the conduct of public 
diplomacy, including the Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs.

SEC. 4046. STRENGTHENING THE COMMUNITY OF DEMOCRACIES FOR MUSLIM 
              COUNTRIES.

    (a) Sense of Congress.--It is the sense of Congress that the United 
States--
            (1) should work with the Community of Democracies to 
        discuss, develop, and refine policies and assistance programs 
        to support and promote political, economic, judicial, 
        educational, and social reforms in Muslim countries;
            (2) should, as part of that effort, secure support to 
        require countries seeking membership in the Community of 
        Democracies to be in full compliance with the Community's 
        criteria for participation, as established by the Community's 
        Convening Group, should work to ensure that the criteria are 
        part of a legally binding document, and should urge other donor 
        countries to use compliance with the criteria as a basis for 
        determining diplomatic and economic relations (including 
        assistance programs) with such participating countries; and
            (3) should seek support for international contributions to 
        the Community of Democracies and should seek authority for the 
        Community's Convening Group to oversee adherence and compliance 
        of participating countries with the criteria.
    (b) Middle East Partnership Initiative and Broader Middle East and 
North Africa Initiative .--Amounts made available to carry out the 
Middle East Partnership Initiative and the Broader Middle East and 
North Africa Initiative may be made available to the Community of 
Democracies in order to strengthen and expand its work with Muslim 
countries.
    (c) Report.--The Secretary of State shall include in the annual 
report entitled ``Supporting Human Rights and Democracy: The U.S. 
Record'' a description of efforts by the Community of Democracies to 
support and promote political, economic, judicial, educational, and 
social reforms in Muslim countries and the extent to which such 
countries meet the criteria for participation in the Community of 
Democracies.

  Subtitle C--Reform of Designation of Foreign Terrorist Organizations

SEC. 4051. DESIGNATION OF FOREIGN TERRORIST ORGANIZATIONS.

    (a) Period of Designation.--Section 219(a)(4) of the Immigration 
and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1189(a)(4)) is amended--
            (1) in subparagraph (A)--
                    (A) by striking ``Subject to paragraphs (5) and 
                (6), a'' and inserting ``A''; and
                    (B) by striking ``for a period of 2 years beginning 
                on the effective date of the designation under 
                paragraph (2)(B)'' and inserting ``until revoked under 
                paragraph (5) or (6) or set aside pursuant to 
                subsection (c)'';
            (2) by striking subparagraph (B) and inserting the 
        following:
                    ``(B) Review of designation upon petition.--
                            ``(i) In general.--The Secretary shall 
                        review the designation of a foreign terrorist 
                        organization under the procedures set forth in 
                        clauses (iii) and (iv) if the designated 
                        organization files a petition for revocation 
                        within the petition period described in clause 
                        (ii).
                            ``(ii) Petition period.--For purposes of 
                        clause (i)--
                                    ``(I) if the designated 
                                organization has not previously filed a 
                                petition for revocation under this 
                                subparagraph, the petition period 
                                begins 2 years after the date on which 
                                the designation was made; or
                                    ``(II) if the designated 
                                organization has previously filed a 
                                petition for revocation under this 
                                subparagraph, the petition period 
                                begins 2 years after the date of the 
                                determination made under clause (iv) on 
                                that petition.
                            ``(iii) Procedures.--Any foreign terrorist 
                        organization that submits a petition for 
                        revocation under this subparagraph must provide 
                        evidence in that petition that the relevant 
                        circumstances described in paragraph (1) have 
                        changed in such a manner as to warrant 
                        revocation with respect to the organization.
                            ``(iv) Determination.--
                                    ``(I) In general.--Not later than 
                                180 days after receiving a petition for 
                                revocation submitted under this 
                                subparagraph, the Secretary shall make 
                                a determination as to such revocation.
                                    ``(II) Classified information.--The 
                                Secretary may consider classified 
                                information in making a determination 
                                in response to a petition for 
                                revocation. Classified information 
                                shall not be subject to disclosure for 
                                such time as it remains classified, 
                                except that such information may be 
                                disclosed to a court ex parte and in 
                                camera for purposes of judicial review 
                                under subsection (c).
                                    ``(III) Publication of 
                                determination.--A determination made by 
                                the Secretary under this clause shall 
                                be published in the Federal Register.
                                    ``(IV) Procedures.--Any revocation 
                                by the Secretary shall be made in 
                                accordance with paragraph (6).''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(C) Other review of designation.--
                            ``(i) In general.--If in a 6-year period no 
                        review has taken place under subparagraph (B), 
                        the Secretary shall review the designation of 
                        the foreign terrorist organization in order to 
                        determine whether such designation should be 
                        revoked pursuant to paragraph (6).
                            ``(ii) Procedures.--If a review does not 
                        take place pursuant to subparagraph (B) in 
                        response to a petition for revocation that is 
                        filed in accordance with that subparagraph, 
                        then the review shall be conducted pursuant to 
                        procedures established by the Secretary. The 
                        results of such review and the applicable 
                        procedures shall not be reviewable in any 
                        court.
                            ``(iii) Publication of results of review.--
                        The Secretary shall publish any determination 
                        made pursuant to this subparagraph in the 
                        Federal Register.''.
    (b) Aliases.--Section 219 of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 
U.S.C. 1189) is amended--
            (1) by redesignating subsections (b) and (c) as subsections 
        (c) and (d), respectively; and
            (2) by inserting after subsection (a) the following new 
        subsection (b):
    ``(b) Amendments to a Designation.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary may amend a designation 
        under this subsection if the Secretary finds that the 
        organization has changed its name, adopted a new alias, 
        dissolved and then reconstituted itself under a different name 
        or names, or merged with another organization.
            ``(2) Procedure.--Amendments made to a designation in 
        accordance with paragraph (1) shall be effective upon 
        publication in the Federal Register. Subparagraphs (B) and (C) 
        of subsection (a)(2) shall apply to an amended designation upon 
        such publication. Paragraphs (2)(A)(i), (4), (5), (6), (7), and 
        (8) of subsection (a) shall also apply to an amended 
        designation.
            ``(3) Administrative record.--The administrative record 
        shall be corrected to include the amendments as well as any 
        additional relevant information that supports those amendments.
            ``(4) Classified information.--The Secretary may consider 
        classified information in amending a designation in accordance 
        with this subsection. Classified information shall not be 
        subject to disclosure for such time as it remains classified, 
        except that such information may be disclosed to a court ex 
        parte and in camera for purposes of judicial review under 
        subsection (c).''.
    (c) Technical and Conforming Amendments.--Section 219 of the 
Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1189) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in paragraph (3)(B), by striking ``subsection 
                (b)'' and inserting ``subsection (c)'';
                    (B) in paragraph (6)(A)--
                            (i) in the matter preceding clause (i), by 
                        striking ``or a redesignation made under 
                        paragraph (4)(B)'' and inserting ``at any time, 
                        and shall revoke a designation upon completion 
                        of a review conducted pursuant to subparagraphs 
                        (B) and (C) of paragraph (4)''; and
                            (ii) in clause (i), by striking ``or 
                        redesignation'';
                    (C) in paragraph (7), by striking ``, or the 
                revocation of a redesignation under paragraph (6),''; 
                and
                    (D) in paragraph (8)--
                            (i) by striking ``, or if a redesignation 
                        under this subsection has become effective 
                        under paragraph (4)(B),''; and
                            (ii) by striking ``or redesignation''; and
            (2) in subsection (c), as so redesignated--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``of the 
                designation in the Federal Register,'' and all that 
                follows through ``review of the designation'' and 
                inserting ``in the Federal Register of a designation, 
                an amended designation, or a determination in response 
                to a petition for revocation, the designated 
                organization may seek judicial review'';
                    (B) in paragraph (2), by inserting ``, amended 
                designation, or determination in response to a petition 
                for revocation'' after ``designation'';
                    (C) in paragraph (3), by inserting ``, amended 
                designation, or determination in response to a petition 
                for revocation'' after ``designation''; and
                    (D) in paragraph (4), by inserting ``, amended 
                designation, or determination in response to a petition 
                for revocation'' after ``designation'' each place that 
                term appears.
    (d) Savings Provision.--For purposes of applying section 219 of the 
Immigration and Nationality Act on or after the date of enactment of 
this Act, the term ``designation'', as used in that section, includes 
all redesignations made pursuant to section 219(a)(4)(B) of the 
Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1189(a)(4)(B)) prior to the 
date of enactment of this Act, and such redesignations shall continue 
to be effective until revoked as provided in paragraph (5) or (6) of 
section 219(a) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 
1189(a)).

SEC. 4052. INCLUSION IN ANNUAL DEPARTMENT OF STATE COUNTRY REPORTS ON 
              TERRORISM OF INFORMATION ON TERRORIST GROUPS THAT SEEK 
              WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION AND GROUPS THAT HAVE BEEN 
              DESIGNATED AS FOREIGN TERRORIST ORGANIZATIONS.

    (a) Inclusion in Reports.--Section 140 of the Foreign Relations 
Authorization Act, Fiscal Years 1988 and 1989 (22 U.S.C. 2656f) is 
amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(2)--
                    (A) by inserting ``any terrorist group known to 
                have obtained or developed, or to have attempted to 
                obtain or develop, weapons of mass destruction,'' after 
                ``during the preceding five years,''; and
                    (B) by inserting ``any group designated by the 
                Secretary as a foreign terrorist organization under 
                section 219 of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 
                U.S.C. 1189),'' after ``Export Administration Act of 
                1979,'';
            (2) in subsection (b)(1)(C)(iii), by striking ``and'' at 
        the end;
            (3) in subsection (b)(1)(C)--
                    (A) by redesignating clause (iv) as clause (v); and
                    (B) by inserting after clause (iii) the following 
                new clause:
                            ``(iv) providing weapons of mass 
                        destruction, or assistance in obtaining or 
                        developing such weapons, to terrorists or 
                        terrorist groups; and''; and
            (4) in subsection (b)(3) (as redesignated by section 
        4002(b)(2)(B) of this Act)--
                    (A) by redesignating subparagraphs (C), (D), and 
                (E) as (D), (E), and (F), respectively; and
                    (B) by inserting after subparagraph (B) the 
                following new subparagraph:
                    ``(C) efforts by those groups to obtain or develop 
                weapons of mass destruction;''.
    (b) Effective Date.--The amendments made by subsection (a) shall 
apply beginning with the first report under section 140 of the Foreign 
Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal Years 1988 and 1989 (22 U.S.C. 
2656f), submitted more than one year after the date of the enactment of 
this Act.

     Subtitle D--Afghanistan Freedom Support Act Amendments of 2004

SEC. 4061. SHORT TITLE.

    This subtitle may be cited as the ``Afghanistan Freedom Support Act 
Amendments of 2004''.

SEC. 4062. COORDINATION OF ASSISTANCE FOR AFGHANISTAN.

    (a) Findings.--Congress finds that--
            (1) the Final Report of the National Commission on 
        Terrorist Attacks Upon the United States criticized the 
        provision of United States assistance to Afghanistan for being 
        too inflexible; and
            (2) the Afghanistan Freedom Support Act of 2002 (Public Law 
        107-327; 22 U.S.C. 7501 et seq.) contains provisions that 
        provide for flexibility in the provision of assistance for 
        Afghanistan and are not subject to the requirements of typical 
        foreign assistance programs and provide for the designation of 
        a coordinator to oversee United States assistance for 
        Afghanistan.
    (b) Designation of Coordinator.--Section 104(a) of the Afghanistan 
Freedom Support Act of 2002 (22 U.S.C. 7514(a)) is amended in the 
matter preceding paragraph (1) by striking ``is strongly urged to'' and 
inserting ``shall''.
    (c) Other Matters.--Section 104 of such Act (22 U.S.C. 7514) is 
amended by adding at the end the following:
    ``(c) Program Plan.--The coordinator designated under subsection 
(a) shall annually submit to the Committees on International Relations 
and Appropriations of the House of Representatives and the Committees 
on Foreign Relations and Appropriations of the Senate the 
Administration's plan for assistance to Afghanistan together with a 
description of such assistance in prior years.
    ``(d) Coordination With International Community.--The coordinator 
designated under subsection (a) shall work with the international 
community and the Government of Afghanistan to ensure that assistance 
to Afghanistan is implemented in a coherent, consistent, and efficient 
manner to prevent duplication and waste. The coordinator designated 
under subsection (a) shall work through the Secretary of the Treasury 
and the United States Executive Directors at the international 
financial institutions in order to effectuate these responsibilities 
within the international financial institutions. The term 
`international financial institution' has the meaning given in section 
1701(c)(2) of the International Financial Institutions Act.''.

SEC. 4063. GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE AFGHANISTAN FREEDOM 
              SUPPORT ACT OF 2002.

    (a) Assistance to Promote Economic, Political and Social 
Development.--
            (1) Declaration of policy.--Congress reaffirms the 
        authorities contained in title I of the Afghanistan Freedom 
        Support Act of 2002 (22 U.S.C. 7501 et seq.; relating to 
        economic and democratic development assistance for 
        Afghanistan).
            (2) Provision of assistance.--Section 103(a) of such Act 
        (22 U.S.C. 7513(a)) is amended in the matter preceding 
        paragraph (1) by striking ``section 512 of Public Law 107-115 
        or any other similar'' and inserting ``any other''.
    (b) Declarations of Policy.--Congress makes the following 
declarations:
            (1) The United States reaffirms the support that it and 
        other countries expressed for the report entitled ``Securing 
        Afghanistan's Future'' in their Berlin Declaration of April 
        2004. The United States should help enable the growth needed to 
        create an economically sustainable Afghanistan capable of the 
        poverty reduction and social development foreseen in the 
        report.
            (2) The United States supports the parliamentary elections 
        to be held in Afghanistan by April 2005 and will help ensure 
        that such elections are not undermined by warlords or narcotics 
        traffickers.
            (3)(A) The United States continues to urge North Atlantic 
        Treaty Organization members and other friendly countries to 
        make much greater military contributions toward securing the 
        peace in Afghanistan.
            (B) The United States should continue to lead in the 
        security domain by, among other things, providing logistical 
        support to facilitate those contributions.
            (C) In coordination with the Government of Afghanistan, the 
        United States should urge others, and act itself, to increase 
        efforts to promote disarmament, demobilization, and 
        reintegration efforts, to enhance counternarcotics activities, 
        to expand deployments of Provincial Reconstruction Teams, and 
        to increase training of Afghanistan's National Army and its 
        police and border security forces.
    (c) Long-Term Strategy.--
            (1) Strategy.--Title III of such Act (22 U.S.C. 7551 et 
        seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 304 FORMULATION OF LONG-TERM STRATEGY FOR AFGHANISTAN.

    ``(a) Strategy.--
            ``(1) In general.--Not later than 180 days after the date 
        of the enactment of the Afghanistan Freedom Support Act 
        Amendments of 2004, the President shall formulate and transmit 
        to the Committee on International Relations of the House of 
        Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the 
        Senate a 5-year strategy for Afghanistan that includes specific 
        and measurable goals, timeframes for accomplishing such goals, 
        and specific resource levels necessary for accomplishing such 
        goals for addressing the long-term development and security 
        needs of Afghanistan, including sectors such as agriculture and 
        irrigation, parliamentary and democratic development, the 
        judicial system and rule of law, human rights, education, 
        health, telecommunications, electricity, women's rights, 
        counternarcotics, police, border security, anti-corruption, and 
        other law-enforcement activities.
            ``(2) Additional requirement.--The strategy shall also 
        delineate responsibilities for achieving such goals and 
        identify and address possible external factors that could 
        significantly affect the achievement of such goals.
    ``(b) Implementation.--Not later than 30 days after the date of the 
transmission of the strategy required by subsection (a), the Secretary 
of State, the Administrator of the United States Agency for 
International Development, and the Secretary of Defense shall submit to 
the Committee on International Relations of the House of 
Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate a 
written 5-year action plan to implement the strategy developed pursuant 
to subsection (a). Such action plan shall include a description and 
schedule of the program evaluations that will monitor progress toward 
achieving the goals described in subsection (a).
    ``(c) Review.--The Secretary of State, the Administrator of the 
United States Agency for International Development, and the Secretary 
of Defense shall carry out an annual review of the strategy required by 
subsection (a) and the action plan required by subsection (b).
    ``(d) Monitoring.--The report required by section 206(c)(2) of this 
Act shall include--
            ``(1) a description of progress toward implementation of 
        both the strategy required by subsection (a) and the action 
        plan required by subsection (b); and
            ``(2) a description of any changes to the strategy or 
        action plan since the date of the submission of the last report 
        required by such section.''.
            (2) Clerical amendment.--The table of contents for such Act 
        (22 U.S.C. 7501 note) is amended by adding after the item 
        relating to section 303 the following:

``Sec. 304. Formulation of long-term strategy for Afghanistan.''.

SEC. 4064. RULE OF LAW AND RELATED ISSUES.

    Section 103(a)(5)(A) of the Afghanistan Freedom Support Act of 2002 
(22 U.S.C. 7513(a)(5)(A)) is amended--
            (1) in clause (v), to read as follows:
                            ``(v) support for the activities of the 
                        Government of Afghanistan to develop modern 
                        legal codes and court rules, to provide for the 
                        creation of legal assistance programs, and 
                        other initiatives to promote the rule of law in 
                        Afghanistan;'';
            (2) in clause (xii), to read as follows:
                            ``(xii) support for the effective 
                        administration of justice at the national, 
                        regional, and local levels, including programs 
                        to improve penal institutions and the 
                        rehabilitation of prisoners, to establish a 
                        responsible and community-based police force, 
                        and to rehabilitate or construct courthouses 
                        and detention facilities;''; and
            (3) in clause (xiii), by striking ``and'' at the end;
            (4) in clause (xiv), by striking the period at the end and 
        inserting ``; and''; and
            (5) by adding at the end the following:
                            ``(xv) assistance for the protection of 
                        Afghanistan's culture, history, and national 
                        identity, including with the rehabilitation of 
                        Afghanistan's museums and sites of cultural 
                        significance.''.

SEC. 4065. MONITORING OF ASSISTANCE.

    Section 108 of the Afghanistan Freedom Support Act of 2002 (22 
U.S.C. 7518) is amended by adding at the end the following:
    ``(c) Monitoring of Assistance for Afghanistan.--
            ``(1) Report.--Not later than January 15, 2005, and every 
        six months thereafter, the Secretary of State, in consultation 
        with the Administrator for the United States Agency for 
        International Development, shall submit to the Committee on 
        International Relations of the House of Representatives and the 
        Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate a report on the 
        obligations and expenditures of United States assistance for 
        Afghanistan from all United States Government agencies.
            ``(2) Submission of information for report.--The head of 
        each United States Government agency referred to in paragraph 
        (1) shall provide on a timely basis to the Secretary of State 
        such information as the Secretary may reasonably require to 
        allow the Secretary to prepare and submit the report required 
        by such paragraph.''.

SEC. 4066. UNITED STATES POLICY TO SUPPORT DISARMAMENT OF PRIVATE 
              MILITIAS AND TO SUPPORT EXPANSION OF INTERNATIONAL 
              PEACEKEEPING AND SECURITY OPERATIONS IN AFGHANISTAN.

    (a) Disarmament of Private Militias.--Section 103 of the 
Afghanistan Freedom Support Act of 2002 (22 U.S.C. 7513) is amended by 
adding at the end the following:
    ``(d) United States Policy Relating to Disarmament of Private 
Militias.--
            ``(1) In general.--It shall be the policy of the United 
        States to take immediate steps to provide active support for 
        the disarmament, demobilization, and reintegration of armed 
        soldiers, particularly child soldiers, in Afghanistan, in close 
        consultation with the President of Afghanistan.
            ``(2) Report.--The report required by section 206(c)(2) of 
        this Act shall include a description of the progress to 
        implement paragraph (1).''.
    (b) International Peacekeeping and Security Operations.--Section 
103 of such Act (22 U.S.C. 7513(d)), as amended by subsection (a), is 
further amended by adding at the end the following:
    ``(e) United States Policy Relating to International Peacekeeping 
and Security Operations.--It shall be the policy of the United States 
to make every effort to support the expansion of international 
peacekeeping and security operations in Afghanistan in order to--
            ``(1) increase the area in which security is provided and 
        undertake vital tasks related to promoting security, such as 
        disarming warlords, militias, and irregulars, and disrupting 
        opium production; and
            ``(2) safeguard highways in order to allow the free flow of 
        commerce and to allow material assistance to the people of 
        Afghanistan, and aid personnel in Afghanistan, to move more 
        freely.''.

SEC. 4067. EFFORTS TO EXPAND INTERNATIONAL PEACEKEEPING AND SECURITY 
              OPERATIONS IN AFGHANISTAN.

    Section 206(d)(1) of the Afghanistan Freedom Support Act of 2002 
(22 U.S.C. 7536(d)(1)) is amended to read as follows:
            ``(1) Efforts to expand international peacekeeping and 
        security operations in afghanistan.--
                    ``(A) Efforts.--The President shall encourage, and, 
                as authorized by law, enable other countries to 
                actively participate in expanded international 
                peacekeeping and security operations in Afghanistan, 
                especially through the provision of military personnel 
                for extended periods of time.
                    ``(B) Reports.--The President shall prepare and 
                transmit to the Committee on International Relations of 
                the House of Representatives and the Committee on 
                Foreign Relations of the Senate a report on efforts 
                carried out pursuant to subparagraph (A). The first 
                report under this subparagraph shall be transmitted not 
                later than 60 days after the date of the enactment of 
                the Afghanistan Freedom Support Act Amendments of 2004 
                and subsequent reports shall be transmitted every six 
                months thereafter and may be included in the report 
                required by section 206(c)(2) of this Act.''.

SEC. 4068. PROVISIONS RELATING TO COUNTERNARCOTICS EFFORTS IN 
              AFGHANISTAN.

    (a) counternarcotics Efforts.--The Afghanistan Freedom Support Act 
of 2002 (22 U.S.C. 7501 et seq.) is amended--
            (1) by redesignating--
                    (A) title III as title IV; and
                    (B) sections 301 through 304 as sections 401 
                through 404, respectively; and
            (2) by inserting after title II the following:

    ``TITLE III--PROVISIONS RELATING TO counternarcotics EFFORTS IN 
                              AFGHANISTAN

``SEC. 301. ASSISTANCE FOR COUNTERNARCOTICS EFFORTS.

    ``In addition to programs established pursuant to section 103(a)(3) 
of this Act or other similar programs, the President is authorized and 
encouraged to implement specific initiatives to assist in the 
eradication of poppy cultivation and the disruption of heroin 
production in Afghanistan, such as--
            ``(1) promoting alternatives to poppy cultivation, 
        including the introduction of high value crops that are 
        suitable for export and the provision of appropriate technical 
        assistance and credit mechanisms for farmers;
            ``(2) enhancing the ability of farmers to bring legitimate 
        agricultural goods to market;
            ``(3) notwithstanding section 660 of the Foreign Assistance 
        Act of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2420), assistance, including nonlethal 
        equipment, training (including training in internationally 
        recognized standards of human rights, the rule of law, anti-
        corruption, and the promotion of civilian police roles that 
        support democracy), and payments, during fiscal years 2006 
        through 2008, for salaries for special counternarcotics police 
        and supporting units;
            ``(4) training the Afghan National Army in counternarcotics 
        activities; and
            ``(5) creating special counternarcotics courts, 
        prosecutors, and places of incarceration.''.
    (b) Clerical Amendments.--The table of contents for such Act (22 
U.S.C. 7501 note) is amended--
            (1) by redesignating--
                    (A) the item relating to title III as the item 
                relating to title IV; and
                    (B) the items relating to sections 301 through 304 
                as the items relating to sections 401 through 404; and
            (2) by inserting after the items relating to title II the 
        following:

    ``TITLE III--PROVISIONS RELATING TO counternarcotics EFFORTS IN 
                              AFGHANISTAN

``Sec. 301. Assistance for counternarcotics efforts.''.

SEC. 4069. ADDITIONAL AMENDMENTS TO THE AFGHANISTAN FREEDOM SUPPORT ACT 
              OF 2002.

    (a) Technical Amendment.--Section 103(a)(7)(A)(xii) of the 
Afghanistan Freedom Support Act of 2002 (22 U.S.C. 7513(a)(7)(A)(xii)) 
is amended by striking ``National'' and inserting ``Afghan 
Independent''.
    (b) Reporting Requirement.--Section 206(c)(2) of such Act (22 
U.S.C. 7536(c)(2)) is amended in the matter preceding subparagraph (A) 
by striking ``2007'' and inserting ``2012''.

SEC. 4070. REPEAL.

    Section 620D of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2374; 
relating to prohibition on assistance to Afghanistan) is hereby 
repealed.

      Subtitle E--Provisions Relating to Saudi Arabia and Pakistan

SEC. 4081. NEW UNITED STATES STRATEGY FOR RELATIONSHIP WITH SAUDI 
              ARABIA.

    (a) Sense of Congress.--It is the sense of Congress that the 
relationship between the United States and Saudi Arabia should include 
a more robust dialogue between the people and Government of the United 
States and the people and Government of Saudi Arabia in order to 
provide for a reevaluation of, and improvements to, the relationship by 
both sides.
    (b) Report.--
            (1) In general.-- Not later than one year after the date of 
        the enactment of this Act, the President shall transmit to the 
        Committee on International Relations of the House of 
        Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the 
        Senate a strategy for collaboration with the people and 
        Government of Saudi Arabia on subjects of mutual interest and 
        importance to the United States.
            (2) Contents.--The strategy required under paragraph (1) 
        shall include the following provisions:
                    (A) A framework for security cooperation in the 
                fight against terrorism, with special reference to 
                combating terrorist financing and an examination of the 
                origins of modern terrorism.
                    (B) A framework for political and economic reform 
                in Saudi Arabia and throughout the Middle East.
                    (C) An examination of steps that should be taken to 
                reverse the trend toward extremism in Saudi Arabia and 
                other Muslim countries and throughout the Middle East.
                    (D) A framework for promoting greater tolerance and 
                respect for cultural and religious diversity in Saudi 
                Arabia and throughout the Middle East.

SEC. 4082. UNITED STATES COMMITMENT TO THE FUTURE OF PAKISTAN.

    (a) Sense of Congress.--It is the sense of Congress that the United 
States should, over a long-term period, help to ensure a promising, 
stable, and secure future for Pakistan, and should in particular 
provide assistance to encourage and enable Pakistan--
            (1) to continue and improve upon its commitment to 
        combating extremists;
            (2) to seek to resolve any outstanding difficulties with 
        its neighbors and other countries in its region;
            (3) to continue to make efforts to fully control its 
        territory and borders;
            (4) to progress towards becoming a more effective and 
        participatory democracy;
            (5) to participate more vigorously in the global 
        marketplace and to continue to modernize its economy;
            (6) to take all necessary steps to halt the spread of 
        weapons of mass destruction;
            (7) to continue to reform its education system; and
            (8) to, in other ways, implement a general strategy of 
        moderation.
    (b) Strategy.--Not later than 180 days after the date of the 
enactment of this Act, the President shall transmit to Congress a 
detailed proposed strategy for the future, long-term, engagement of the 
United States with Pakistan.

SEC. 4083. EXTENSION OF PAKISTAN WAIVERS.

     The Act entitled ``An Act to authorize the President to exercise 
waivers of foreign assistance restrictions with respect to Pakistan 
through September 30, 2003, and for other purposes'', approved October 
27, 2001 (Public Law 107-57; 115 Stat. 403), as amended by section 2213 
of the Emergency Supplemental Appropriations Act for Defense and for 
the Reconstruction of Iraq and Afghanistan, 2004 (Public Law 108-106; 
117 Stat. 1232), is further amended--
            (1) in section 1(b)--
                    (A) in the heading, by striking ``Fiscal Year 
                2004'' and inserting ``Fiscal Years 2005 and 2006''; 
                and
                    (B) in paragraph (1), by striking ``2004'' and 
                inserting ``2005 or 2006'';
            (2) in section 3(2), by striking ``and 2004,'' and 
        inserting ``2004, 2005, and 2006''; and
            (3) in section 6, by striking ``2004'' and inserting 
        ``2006''.

                    Subtitle F--Oversight Provisions

SEC. 4091. CASE-ZABLOCKI ACT REQUIREMENTS.

    (a) Availability of Treaties and International Agreements.--Section 
112a of title 1, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end 
the following:
    ``(d) The Secretary of State shall cause to be published in slip 
form or otherwise made publicly available through the Internet website 
of the Department of State each treaty or international agreement 
proposed to be published in the compilation entitled `United States 
Treaties and Other International Agreements' not later than 180 days 
after the date on which the treaty or agreement enters into force.''.
    (b) Transmission to Congress.--Section 112b(a) of title 1, United 
States Code (commonly referred to as the ``Case-Zablocki Act''), is 
amended--
            (1) in the first sentence, by striking ``has entered into 
        force'' and inserting ``has been signed or entered into 
        force''; and
            (2) in the second sentence, by striking ``Committee on 
        Foreign Affairs'' and inserting ``Committee on International 
        Relations''.
    (c) Report.--Section 112b of title 1, United States Code, is 
amended--
            (1) by redesignating subsections (d) and (e) as subsections 
        (e) and (f), respectively; and
            (2) by inserting after subsection (c) the following:
    ``(d)(1) The Secretary of State shall submit to Congress on an 
annual basis a report that contains an index of all international 
agreements (including oral agreements), listed by country, date, title, 
and summary of each such agreement (including a description of the 
duration of activities under the agreement and the agreement itself), 
that the United States--
            ``(A) has signed, proclaimed, or with reference to which 
        any other final formality has been executed, or that has been 
        extended or otherwise modified, during the preceding calendar 
        year; and
            ``(B) has not been published, or is not proposed to be 
        published, in the compilation entitled `United States Treaties 
        and Other International Agreements'.
    ``(2) The report described in paragraph (1) may be submitted in 
classified form.''.
    (d) Determination of International Agreement.--Subsection (e) of 
section 112b of title 1, United States Code, (as redesignated) is 
amended--
            (1) by striking ``(e) The Secretary of State'' and 
        inserting ``(e)(1) Subject to paragraph (2), the Secretary of 
        State''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(2)(A) An arrangement shall constitute an international agreement 
within the meaning of this section (other than subsection (c) of this 
section) irrespective of the duration of activities under the 
arrangement or the arrangement itself.
    ``(B) Arrangements that constitute an international agreement 
within the meaning of this section (other than subsection (c) of this 
section) include, but are not limited to, the following:
            ``(i) A bilateral or multilateral counterterrorism 
        agreement.
            ``(ii) A bilateral agreement with a country that is subject 
        to a determination under section 6(j)(1)(A) of the Export 
        Administration Act of 1979 (50 U.S.C. App. 2405(j)(1)(A)), 
        section 620A(a) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 
        U.S.C. 2371(a)), or section 40(d) of the Arms Export Control 
        Act (22 U.S.C. 2780(d)).''.
    (e) Enforcement of Requirements.--Section 139(b) of the Foreign 
Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal Years 1988 and 1989 is amended to 
read as follows:
    ``(b) Effective Date.--Subsection (a) shall take effect 60 days 
after the date of the enactment of the 9/11 Recommendations 
Implementation Act and shall apply during fiscal years 2005, 2006, and 
2007.''.

  Subtitle G--Additional Protections of United States Aviation System 
                         from Terrorist Attacks

SEC. 4101. INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS TO ALLOW MAXIMUM DEPLOYMENT OF 
              FEDERAL FLIGHT DECK OFFICERS.

    The President is encouraged to pursue aggressively international 
agreements with foreign governments to allow the maximum deployment of 
Federal air marshals and Federal flight deck officers on international 
flights.

SEC. 4102. FEDERAL AIR MARSHAL TRAINING.

    Section 44917 of title 49, United States Code, is amended by adding 
at the end the following:
    ``(d) Training for Foreign Law Enforcement Personnel.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Assistant Secretary for Immigration 
        and Customs Enforcement of the Department of Homeland Security, 
        after consultation with the Secretary of State, may direct the 
        Federal Air Marshal Service to provide appropriate air marshal 
        training to law enforcement personnel of foreign countries.
            ``(2) Watchlist screening.--The Federal Air Marshal Service 
        may only provide appropriate air marshal training to law 
        enforcement personnel of foreign countries after comparing the 
        identifying information and records of law enforcement 
        personnel of foreign countries against appropriate records in 
        the consolidated and integrated terrorist watchlists of the 
        Federal Government.
            ``(3) Fees.--The Assistant Secretary shall establish 
        reasonable fees and charges to pay expenses incurred in 
        carrying out this subsection. Funds collected under this 
        subsection shall be credited to the account in the Treasury 
        from which the expenses were incurred and shall be available to 
        the Assistant Secretary for purposes for which amounts in such 
        account are available.''.

SEC. 4103. MAN-PORTABLE AIR DEFENSE SYSTEMS (MANPADS).

    (a) United States Policy on Nonproliferation and Export Control.--
            (1) To limit availability and transfer of manpads.--The 
        President shall pursue, on an urgent basis, further strong 
        international diplomatic and cooperative efforts, including 
        bilateral and multilateral treaties, in the appropriate forum 
        to limit the availability, transfer, and proliferation of 
        MANPADSs worldwide.
            (2) To limit the proliferation of manpads.--The President 
        is encouraged to seek to enter into agreements with the 
        governments of foreign countries that, at a minimum, would--
                    (A) prohibit the entry into force of a MANPADS 
                manufacturing license agreement and MANPADS co-
                production agreement, other than the entry into force 
                of a manufacturing license or co-production agreement 
                with a country that is party to such an agreement;
                    (B) prohibit, except pursuant to transfers between 
                governments, the export of a MANPADS, including any 
                component, part, accessory, or attachment thereof, 
                without an individual validated license; and
                    (C) prohibit the reexport or retransfer of a 
                MANPADS, including any component, part, accessory, or 
                attachment thereof, to a third person, organization, or 
                government unless the written consent of the government 
                that approved the original export or transfer is first 
                obtained.
            (3) To achieve destruction of manpads.--The President 
        should continue to pursue further strong international 
        diplomatic and cooperative efforts, including bilateral and 
        multilateral treaties, in the appropriate forum to assure the 
        destruction of excess, obsolete, and illicit stocks of MANPADSs 
        worldwide.
            (4) Reporting and briefing requirement.--
                    (A) President's report.--Not later than 180 days 
                after the date of enactment of this Act, the President 
                shall transmit to the appropriate congressional 
                committees a report that contains a detailed 
                description of the status of diplomatic efforts under 
                paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) and of efforts by the 
                appropriate United States agencies to comply with the 
                recommendations of the General Accounting Office set 
                forth in its report GAO-04-519, entitled 
                ``Nonproliferation: Further Improvements Needed in U.S. 
                Efforts to Counter Threats from Man-Portable Air 
                Defense Systems''.
                    (B) Annual briefings.--Annually after the date of 
                submission of the report under subparagraph (A) and 
                until completion of the diplomatic and compliance 
                efforts referred to in subparagraph (A), the Secretary 
                of State shall brief the appropriate congressional 
                committees on the status of such efforts.
    (b) FAA Airworthiness Certification of Missile Defense Systems for 
Commercial Aircraft.--
            (1) In general.--As soon as practicable, but not later than 
        the date of completion of Phase II of the Department of 
        Homeland Security's counter-man-portable air defense system 
        (MANPADS) development and demonstration program, the 
        Administrator of the Federal Aviation Administration shall 
        establish a process for conducting airworthiness and safety 
        certification of missile defense systems for commercial 
        aircraft certified as effective and functional by the 
        Department of Homeland Security. The process shall require a 
        certification by the Administrator that such systems can be 
        safely integrated into aircraft systems and ensure 
        airworthiness and aircraft system integrity.
            (2) Certification acceptance.--Under the process, the 
        Administrator shall accept the certification of the Department 
        of Homeland Security that a missile defense system is effective 
        and functional to defend commercial aircraft against MANPADSs.
            (3) Expeditious certification.--Under the process, the 
        Administrator shall expedite the airworthiness and safety 
        certification of missile defense systems for commercial 
        aircraft certified by the Department of Homeland Security.
            (4) Reports.--Not later than 90 days after the first 
        airworthiness and safety certification for a missile defense 
        system for commercial aircraft is issued by the Administrator, 
        and annually thereafter until December 31, 2008, the Federal 
        Aviation Administration shall transmit to the Committee on 
        Transportation and Infrastructure of the House of 
        Representatives and the Committee on Commerce, Science, and 
        Transportation of the Senate a report that contains a detailed 
        description of each airworthiness and safety certification 
        issued for a missile defense system for commercial aircraft.
    (c) Programs to Reduce MANPADS.--
            (1) In general.--The President is encouraged to pursue 
        strong programs to reduce the number of MANPADSs worldwide so 
        that fewer MANPADSs will be available for trade, proliferation, 
        and sale.
            (2) Reporting and briefing requirements.--Not later than 
        180 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the President 
        shall transmit to the appropriate congressional committees a 
        report that contains a detailed description of the status of 
        the programs being pursued under subsection (a). Annually 
        thereafter until the programs are no longer needed, the 
        Secretary of State shall brief the appropriate congressional 
        committees on the status of programs.
            (3) Funding.--There are authorized to be appropriated such 
        sums as may be necessary to carry out this section.
    (d) MANPADS Vulnerability Assessments Report.--
            (1) In general.--Not later than one year after the date of 
        enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Homeland Security shall 
        transmit to the Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure 
        of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Commerce, 
        Science, and Transportation of the Senate a report describing 
        the Department of Homeland Security's plans to secure airports 
        and the aircraft arriving and departing from airports against 
        MANPADSs attacks.
            (2) Matters to be addressed.--The Secretary's report shall 
        address, at a minimum, the following:
                    (A) The status of the Department's efforts to 
                conduct MANPADSs vulnerability assessments at United 
                States airports at which the Department is conducting 
                assessments.
                    (B) How intelligence is shared between the United 
                States intelligence agencies and Federal, State, and 
                local law enforcement to address the MANPADS threat and 
                potential ways to improve such intelligence sharing.
                    (C) Contingency plans that the Department has 
                developed in the event that it receives intelligence 
                indicating a high threat of a MANPADS attack on 
                aircraft at or near United States airports.
                    (D) The feasibility and effectiveness of 
                implementing public education and neighborhood watch 
                programs in areas surrounding United States airports in 
                cases in which intelligence reports indicate there is a 
                high risk of MANPADS attacks on aircraft.
                    (E) Any other issues that the Secretary deems 
                relevant.
            (3) Format.--The report required by this subsection may be 
        submitted in a classified format.
    (e) Definitions.--In this section, the following definitions apply:
            (1) Appropriate congressional committees.--The term 
        ``appropriate congressional committees'' means--
                    (A) the Committee on Armed Services, the Committee 
                on International Relations, and the Committee on 
                Transportation and Infrastructure of the House of 
                Representatives; and
                    (B) the Committee on Armed Services, the Committee 
                on Foreign Relations, and the Committee on Commerce, 
                Science, and Transportation of the Senate.
            (2) MANPADS.--The term ``MANPADS'' means--
                    (A) a surface-to-air missile system designed to be 
                man-portable and carried and fired by a single 
                individual; and
                    (B) any other surface-to-air missile system 
                designed to be operated and fired by more than one 
                individual acting as a crew and portable by several 
                individuals.

Subtitle H--Improving International Standards and Cooperation to Fight 
                          Terrorist Financing

SEC. 4111. SENSE OF THE CONGRESS REGARDING SUCCESS IN MULTILATERAL 
              ORGANIZATIONS.

    (a) Findings.--The Congress finds as follows:
            (1) The global war on terrorism and cutting off terrorist 
        financing is a policy priority for the United States and its 
        partners, working bilaterally and multilaterally through the 
        United Nations (UN), the UN Security Council and its 
        Committees, such as the 1267 and 1373 Committees, the Financial 
        Action Task Force (FATF) and various international financial 
        institutions, such as the International Monetary Fund (IMF), 
        the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development 
        (IBRD), and the regional multilateral development banks, and 
        other multilateral fora.
            (2) The Secretary of the Treasury has engaged the 
        international financial community in the global fight against 
        terrorist financing. Specifically, the Department of the 
        Treasury helped redirect the focus of the Financial Action Task 
        Force on the new threat posed by terrorist financing to the 
        international financial system, resulting in the establishment 
        of the FATF's Eight Special Recommendations on Terrorist 
        Financing as the international standard on combating terrorist 
        financing. The Secretary of the Treasury has engaged the Group 
        of Seven and the Group of Twenty Finance Ministers to develop 
        action plans to curb the financing of terror. In addition, 
        other economic and regional fora, such as the Asia-Pacific 
        Economic Cooperation (APEC) Forum, the Western Hemisphere 
        Financial Ministers, have been used to marshal political will 
        and actions in support of countering the financing of terrorism 
        (CFT) standards.
            (3) FATF's Forty Recommendations on Money Laundering and 
        the Eight Special Recommendations on Terrorist Financing are 
        the recognized global standards for fighting money laundering 
        and terrorist financing. The FATF has engaged in an assessment 
        process for jurisdictions based on their compliance with these 
        standards.
            (4) In March 2004, the IMF and IBRD Boards agreed to make 
        permanent a pilot program of collaboration with the FATF to 
        assess global compliance with the FATF Forty Recommendations on 
        Money Laundering and the Eight Special Recommendations on 
        Terrorist Financing. As a result, anti-money laundering (AML) 
        and combating the financing of terrorism (CFT) assessments are 
        now a regular part of their Financial Sector Assessment Progam 
        (FSAP) and Offshore Financial Center assessments, which provide 
        for a comprehensive analysis of the strength of a 
        jurisdiction's financial system. These reviews assess potential 
        systemic vulnerabilities, consider sectoral development needs 
        and priorities, and review the state of implementation of and 
        compliance with key financial codes and regulatory standards, 
        among them the AML and CFT standards.
            (5) To date, 70 FSAPs have been conducted, with over 24 of 
        those incorporating AML and CFT assessments. The international 
        financial institutions (IFIs), the FATF, and the FATF-style 
        regional bodies together are expected to assess AML and CFT 
        regimes in up to 40 countries or jurisdictions per year. This 
        will help countries and jurisdictions identify deficiencies in 
        their AML and CFT regimes and help focus technical assistance 
        (TA) efforts.
            (6) TA programs from the United States and other nations, 
        coordinated with the Department of State and other departments 
        and agencies, are playing an important role in helping 
        countries and jurisdictions address shortcomings in their AML 
        and CFT regimes and bringing their regimes into conformity with 
        international standards. Training is coordinated within the 
        United States Government, which leverages multilateral 
        organizations and bodies and international financial 
        institutions to internationalize the conveyance of technical 
        assistance.
            (7) In fulfilling its duties in advancing incorporation of 
        AML and CFT standards into the IFIs as part of the IFIs' work 
        on protecting the integrity of the international monetary 
        system, the Department of the Treasury, under the guidance of 
        the Secretary of the Treasury, has effectively brought together 
        all of the key United States Government agencies. In 
        particular, United States Government agencies continue to work 
        together to foster broad support for this important undertaking 
        in various multilateral fora, and United States Government 
        agencies recognize the need for close coordination and 
        communication within our own government.
    (b) Sense of the Congress.--It is the sense of the Congress that 
the Secretary of the Treasury should continue to promote the 
dissemination of international AML and CFT standards, and to press for 
full implementation of the FATF 40 + 8 Recommendations by all countries 
in order to curb financial risks and hinder terrorist financing around 
the globe.

SEC. 4112. EXPANDED REPORTING AND TESTIMONY REQUIREMENTS FOR THE 
              SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY.

    (a) Reporting Requirements.--Section 1503(a) of the International 
Financial Institutions Act (22 U.S.C. 262o-2(a)) is amended by adding 
at the end the following new paragraph:
            ``(15) Work with the International Monetary Fund to--
                    ``(A) foster strong global anti-money laundering 
                (AML) and combat the financing of terrorism (CFT) 
                regimes;
                    ``(B) ensure that country performance under the 
                Financial Action Task Force anti-money laundering and 
                counter-terrorist financing standards is effectively 
                and comprehensively monitored;
                    ``(C) ensure note is taken of AML and CFT issues in 
                Article IV reports, International Monetary Fund 
                programs, and other regular reviews of country 
                progress;
                    ``(D) ensure that effective AML and CFT regimes are 
                considered to be indispensable elements of sound 
                financial systems; and
                    ``(E) emphasize the importance of sound AML and CFT 
                regimes to global growth and development.''.
    (b) Testimony.--Section 1705(b) of such Act (22 U.S.C. 262r-4(b)) 
is amended--
            (1) by striking ``and'' at the end of paragraph (2);
            (2) by striking the period at the end of paragraph (3) and 
        inserting ``; and'' and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(4) the status of implementation of international anti-
        money laundering and counter-terrorist financing standards by 
        the International Monetary Fund, the multilateral development 
        banks, and other multilateral financial policymaking bodies.''.

SEC. 4113. COORDINATION OF UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT EFFORTS.

    The Secretary of the Treasury, or the designee of the Secretary as 
the lead United States Government official to the Financial Action Task 
Force (FATF), shall continue to convene the interagency United States 
Government FATF working group. This group, which includes 
representatives from all relevant federal agencies, shall meet at least 
once a year to advise the Secretary on policies to be pursued by the 
United States regarding the development of common international AML and 
CFT standards, to assess the adequacy and implementation of such 
standards, and to recommend to the Secretary improved or new standards 
as necessary.

SEC. 4114. DEFINITIONS.

    In this subtitle:
            (1) International financial institutions.--The term 
        ``international financial institutions'' has the meaning given 
        in section 1701(c)(2) of the International Financial 
        Institutions Act.
            (2) Financial Action Task Force.--The term ``Financial 
        Action Task Force'' means the international policy-making and 
        standard-setting body dedicated to combating money laundering 
        and terrorist financing that was created by the Group of Seven 
        in 1989.

                   TITLE V--GOVERNMENT RESTRUCTURING

      Subtitle A--Faster and Smarter Funding for First Responders

SEC. 5001. SHORT TITLE.

    This subtitle may be cited as the ``Faster and Smarter Funding for 
First Responders Act of 2004''.

SEC. 5002. FINDINGS.

    The Congress finds the following:
            (1) In order to achieve its objective of minimizing the 
        damage, and assisting in the recovery, from terrorist attacks, 
        the Department of Homeland Security must play a leading role in 
        assisting communities to reach the level of preparedness they 
        need to respond to a terrorist attack.
            (2) First responder funding is not reaching the men and 
        women of our Nation's first response teams quickly enough, and 
        sometimes not at all.
            (3) To reform the current bureaucratic process so that 
        homeland security dollars reach the first responders who need 
        it most, it is necessary to clarify and consolidate the 
        authority and procedures of the Department of Homeland Security 
        that support first responders.
            (4) Ensuring adequate resources for the new national 
        mission of homeland security, without degrading the ability to 
        address effectively other types of major disasters and 
        emergencies, requires a discrete and separate grant making 
        process for homeland security funds for first response to 
        terrorist acts, on the one hand, and for first responder 
        programs designed to meet pre-September 11 priorities, on the 
        other.
            (5) While a discrete homeland security grant making process 
        is necessary to ensure proper focus on the unique aspects of 
        terrorism prevention, preparedness, and response, it is 
        essential that State and local strategies for utilizing such 
        grants be integrated, to the greatest extent practicable, with 
        existing State and local emergency management plans.
            (6) Homeland security grants to first responders must be 
        based on the best intelligence concerning the capabilities and 
        intentions of our terrorist enemies, and that intelligence must 
        be used to target resources to the Nation's greatest threats, 
        vulnerabilities, and consequences.
            (7) The Nation's first response capabilities will be 
        improved by sharing resources, training, planning, personnel, 
        and equipment among neighboring jurisdictions through mutual 
        aid agreements and regional cooperation. Such regional 
        cooperation should be supported, where appropriate, through 
        direct grants from the Department of Homeland Security.
            (8) An essential prerequisite to achieving the Nation's 
        homeland security objectives for first responders is the 
        establishment of well-defined national goals for terrorism 
        preparedness. These goals should delineate the essential 
        capabilities that every jurisdiction in the United States 
        should possess or to which it should have access.
            (9) A national determination of essential capabilities is 
        needed to identify levels of State and local government 
        terrorism preparedness, to determine the nature and extent of 
        State and local first responder needs, to identify the human 
        and financial resources required to fulfill them, and to direct 
        funding to meet those needs and to measure preparedness levels 
        on a national scale.
            (10) To facilitate progress in achieving, maintaining, and 
        enhancing essential capabilities for State and local first 
        responders, the Department of Homeland Security should seek to 
        allocate homeland security funding for first responders to meet 
        nationwide needs.
            (11) Private sector resources and citizen volunteers can 
        perform critical functions in assisting in preventing and 
        responding to terrorist attacks, and should be integrated into 
        State and local planning efforts to ensure that their 
        capabilities and roles are understood, so as to provide 
        enhanced State and local operational capability and surge 
        capacity.
            (12) Public-private partnerships, such as the partnerships 
        between the Business Executives for National Security and the 
        States of New Jersey and Georgia, can be useful to identify and 
        coordinate private sector support for State and local first 
        responders. Such models should be expanded to cover all States 
        and territories.
            (13) An important aspect of essential capabilities is 
        measurability, so that it is possible to determine how prepared 
        a State or local government is now, and what additional steps 
        it needs to take, in order to respond to acts of terrorism.
            (14) The Department of Homeland Security should establish, 
        publish, and regularly update national voluntary consensus 
        standards for both equipment and training, in cooperation with 
        both public and private sector standard setting organizations, 
        to assist State and local governments in obtaining the 
        equipment and training to attain the essential capabilities for 
        first response to acts of terrorism, and to ensure that first 
        responder funds are spent wisely.

SEC. 5003. FASTER AND SMARTER FUNDING FOR FIRST RESPONDERS.

    (a) In General.--The Homeland Security Act of 2002 (Public Law 107-
296; 6 U.S.C. 361 et seq.) is amended--
            (1) in section 1(b) in the table of contents by adding at 
        the end the following:

              ``TITLE XVIII--FUNDING FOR FIRST RESPONDERS

        ``Sec. 1801. Definitions.
        ``Sec. 1802. Faster and smarter funding for first responders.
        ``Sec. 1803. Essential capabilities for first responders.
        ``Sec. 1804. Task Force on Essential Capabilities for First 
                            Responders.
        ``Sec. 1805. Covered grant eligibility and criteria.
        ``Sec. 1806. Use of funds and accountability requirements.
        ``Sec. 1807. National standards for first responder equipment 
                            and training.'';
        and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:

              ``TITLE XVIII--FUNDING FOR FIRST RESPONDERS

``SEC. 1801. DEFINITIONS.

    ``In this title:
            ``(1) Board.--The term `Board' means the First Responder 
        Grants Board established under section 1805(f).
            ``(2) Covered grant.--The term `covered grant' means any 
        grant to which this title applies under section 1802.
            ``(3) Directly eligible tribe.--The term `directly eligible 
        tribe' means any Indian tribe or consortium of Indian tribes 
        that--
                    ``(A) meets the criteria for inclusion in the 
                qualified applicant pool for Self-Governance that are 
                set forth in section 402(c) of the Indian Self-
                Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 
                458bb(c));
                    ``(B) employs at least 10 full-time personnel in a 
                law enforcement or emergency response agency with the 
                capacity to respond to calls for law enforcement or 
                emergency services; and
                    ``(C)(i) is located on, or within 5 miles of, an 
                international border or waterway;
                    ``(ii) is located within 5 miles of a facility 
                within a critical infrastructure sector identified in 
                section 1803(c)(2);
                    ``(iii) is located within or contiguous to one of 
                the 50 largest metropolitan statistical areas in the 
                United States; or
                    ``(iv) has more than 1,000 square miles of Indian 
                country, as that term is defined in section 1151 of 
                title 18, United States Code.
            ``(4) Elevations in the threat